From: Steve Hay Date: Fri, 22 Feb 2008 18:12:36 +0000 (+0000) Subject: Regenerate the win32/config_H.* files using the makefile targets X-Git-Url: http://git.shadowcat.co.uk/gitweb/gitweb.cgi?a=commitdiff_plain;h=ec6c7eee5fd971644a9be3d1160b3f2aff419da1;p=p5sagit%2Fp5-mst-13.2.git Regenerate the win32/config_H.* files using the makefile targets fixed-up by #33349. There shouldn't be any real changes here. If there are then I've screwed up. p4raw-id: //depot/perl@33350 --- diff --git a/win32/config_H.bc b/win32/config_H.bc index 7184387..e82a75c 100644 --- a/win32/config_H.bc +++ b/win32/config_H.bc @@ -7,14 +7,14 @@ * that running config_h.SH again will wipe out any changes you've made. * For a more permanent change edit undef and rerun config_h.SH. * - * $Id: Config_h.U,v 3.0.1.5 1997/02/28 14:57:43 ram Exp $ + * $Id: Config_h.U 1 2006-08-24 12:32:52Z rmanfredi $ */ /* * Package name : perl5 * Source directory : - * Configuration time: Mon Mar 17 20:15:35 2003 - * Configured by : gsar + * Configuration time: Fri Feb 22 17:41:50 2008 + * Configured by : shay * Target system : */ @@ -68,17 +68,6 @@ */ #define HAS_CHSIZE /**/ -/* HASCONST: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that this C compiler knows about - * the const type. There is no need to actually test for that symbol - * within your programs. The mere use of the "const" keyword will - * trigger the necessary tests. - */ -#define HASCONST /**/ -#ifndef HASCONST -#define const -#endif - /* HAS_CTERMID: * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the ctermid routine is * available to generate filename for terminal. @@ -512,13 +501,6 @@ */ #define HAS_STRCOLL /**/ -/* USE_STRUCT_COPY: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that this C compiler knows how - * to copy structures. If undefined, you'll need to use a block copy - * routine of some sort instead. - */ -#define USE_STRUCT_COPY /**/ - /* HAS_STRTOD: * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the strtod routine is * available to provide better numeric string conversion than atof(). @@ -597,15 +579,6 @@ */ /*#define HAS_USLEEP /**/ -/* HASVOLATILE: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that this C compiler knows about - * the volatile declaration. - */ -#define HASVOLATILE /**/ -#ifndef HASVOLATILE -#define volatile -#endif - /* HAS_WAIT4: * This symbol, if defined, indicates that wait4() exists. */ @@ -635,12 +608,6 @@ */ #define I_ARPA_INET /**/ -/* I_ASSERT: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that it could - * include to get the assert() macro. - */ -#define I_ASSERT /**/ - /* I_DBM: * This symbol, if defined, indicates that exists and should * be included. @@ -652,26 +619,6 @@ /*#define I_DBM /**/ #define I_RPCSVC_DBM /**/ -/* I_DIRENT: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that it should - * include . Using this symbol also triggers the definition - * of the Direntry_t define which ends up being 'struct dirent' or - * 'struct direct' depending on the availability of . - */ -/* DIRNAMLEN: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that the length - * of directory entry names is provided by a d_namlen field. Otherwise - * you need to do strlen() on the d_name field. - */ -/* Direntry_t: - * This symbol is set to 'struct direct' or 'struct dirent' depending on - * whether dirent is available or not. You should use this pseudo type to - * portably declare your directory entries. - */ -#define I_DIRENT /**/ -#define DIRNAMLEN /**/ -#define Direntry_t struct direct - /* I_DLFCN: * This symbol, if defined, indicates that exists and should * be included. @@ -690,6 +637,12 @@ */ #define I_FLOAT /**/ +/* I_GDBM: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that exists and should + * be included. + */ +/*#define I_GDBM /**/ + /* I_LIMITS: * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that it should * include to get definition of symbols like WORD_BIT or @@ -715,12 +668,6 @@ */ /*#define I_MEMORY /**/ -/* I_NET_ERRNO: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that exists and - * should be included. - */ -/*#define I_NET_ERRNO /**/ - /* I_NETINET_IN: * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that it should * include . Otherwise, you may try . @@ -874,40 +821,45 @@ */ /*#define I_VFORK /**/ -/* HAS_ACCESSX: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the accessx routine is - * available to do extended access checks. +/* INTSIZE: + * This symbol contains the value of sizeof(int) so that the C + * preprocessor can make decisions based on it. */ -/*#define HAS_ACCESSX /**/ - -/* HAS_EACCESS: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the eaccess routine is - * available to do extended access checks. +/* LONGSIZE: + * This symbol contains the value of sizeof(long) so that the C + * preprocessor can make decisions based on it. */ -/*#define HAS_EACCESS /**/ - -/* I_SYS_ACCESS: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that it should - * include . +/* SHORTSIZE: + * This symbol contains the value of sizeof(short) so that the C + * preprocessor can make decisions based on it. */ -/*#define I_SYS_ACCESS /**/ +#define INTSIZE 4 /**/ +#define LONGSIZE 4 /**/ +#define SHORTSIZE 2 /**/ -/* I_SYS_SECURITY: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that it should - * include . +/* MULTIARCH: + * This symbol, if defined, signifies that the build + * process will produce some binary files that are going to be + * used in a cross-platform environment. This is the case for + * example with the NeXT "fat" binaries that contain executables + * for several CPUs. */ -/*#define I_SYS_SECURITY /**/ +/*#define MULTIARCH /**/ -/* USE_CROSS_COMPILE: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that Perl is being cross-compiled. - */ -/* PERL_TARGETARCH: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates the target architecture - * Perl has been cross-compiled to. Undefined if not a cross-compile. +/* HAS_QUAD: + * This symbol, if defined, tells that there's a 64-bit integer type, + * Quad_t, and its unsigned counterpar, Uquad_t. QUADKIND will be one + * of QUAD_IS_INT, QUAD_IS_LONG, QUAD_IS_LONG_LONG, or QUAD_IS_INT64_T. */ -#ifndef USE_CROSS_COMPILE -/*#define USE_CROSS_COMPILE /**/ -#define PERL_TARGETARCH "" /**/ +/*#define HAS_QUAD /**/ +#ifdef HAS_QUAD +# define Quad_t __int64 /**/ +# define Uquad_t unsigned __int64 /**/ +# define QUADKIND 5 /**/ +# define QUAD_IS_INT 1 +# define QUAD_IS_LONG 2 +# define QUAD_IS_LONG_LONG 3 +# define QUAD_IS_INT64_T 4 #endif /* OSNAME: @@ -921,27 +873,7 @@ * feature tests from Configure are generally more reliable. */ #define OSNAME "MSWin32" /**/ -#define OSVERS "4.0" /**/ - -/* MULTIARCH: - * This symbol, if defined, signifies that the build - * process will produce some binary files that are going to be - * used in a cross-platform environment. This is the case for - * example with the NeXT "fat" binaries that contain executables - * for several CPUs. - */ -/*#define MULTIARCH /**/ - -/* MEM_ALIGNBYTES: - * This symbol contains the number of bytes required to align a - * double, or a long double when applicable. Usual values are 2, - * 4 and 8. The default is eight, for safety. - */ -#if defined(USE_CROSS_COMPILE) || defined(MULTIARCH) -# define MEM_ALIGNBYTES 8 -#else -#define MEM_ALIGNBYTES 8 -#endif +#define OSVERS "5.1" /**/ /* ARCHLIB: * This variable, if defined, holds the name of the directory in @@ -956,7 +888,7 @@ * This symbol contains the ~name expanded version of ARCHLIB, to be used * in programs that are not prepared to deal with ~ expansion at run-time. */ -#define ARCHLIB "c:\\perl\\5.11.0\\lib\\MSWin32-x86" /**/ +#define ARCHLIB "c:\\perl\\lib" /**/ /*#define ARCHLIB_EXP "" /**/ /* ARCHNAME: @@ -967,18 +899,6 @@ */ #define ARCHNAME "MSWin32-x86" /**/ -/* HAS_ATOLF: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the atolf routine is - * available to convert strings into long doubles. - */ -/*#define HAS_ATOLF /**/ - -/* HAS_ATOLL: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the atoll routine is - * available to convert strings into long longs. - */ -/*#define HAS_ATOLL /**/ - /* BIN: * This symbol holds the path of the bin directory where the package will * be installed. Program must be prepared to deal with ~name substitution. @@ -991,68 +911,9 @@ * This symbol, if defined, indicates that we'd like to relocate entries * in @INC at run time based on the location of the perl binary. */ -#define BIN "c:\\perl\\5.11.0\\bin\\MSWin32-x86" /**/ -#define BIN_EXP "c:\\perl\\5.11.0\\bin\\MSWin32-x86" /**/ -/*#define PERL_RELOCATABLE_INC "" /**/ - -/* INTSIZE: - * This symbol contains the value of sizeof(int) so that the C - * preprocessor can make decisions based on it. - */ -/* LONGSIZE: - * This symbol contains the value of sizeof(long) so that the C - * preprocessor can make decisions based on it. - */ -/* SHORTSIZE: - * This symbol contains the value of sizeof(short) so that the C - * preprocessor can make decisions based on it. - */ -#define INTSIZE 4 /**/ -#define LONGSIZE 4 /**/ -#define SHORTSIZE 2 /**/ - -/* BYTEORDER: - * This symbol holds the hexadecimal constant defined in byteorder, - * in a UV, i.e. 0x1234 or 0x4321 or 0x12345678, etc... - * If the compiler supports cross-compiling or multiple-architecture - * binaries (eg. on NeXT systems), use compiler-defined macros to - * determine the byte order. - * On NeXT 3.2 (and greater), you can build "Fat" Multiple Architecture - * Binaries (MAB) on either big endian or little endian machines. - * The endian-ness is available at compile-time. This only matters - * for perl, where the config.h can be generated and installed on - * one system, and used by a different architecture to build an - * extension. Older versions of NeXT that might not have - * defined either *_ENDIAN__ were all on Motorola 680x0 series, - * so the default case (for NeXT) is big endian to catch them. - * This might matter for NeXT 3.0. - */ -#if defined(USE_CROSS_COMPILE) || defined(MULTIARCH) -# ifdef __LITTLE_ENDIAN__ -# if LONGSIZE == 4 -# define BYTEORDER 0x1234 -# else -# if LONGSIZE == 8 -# define BYTEORDER 0x12345678 -# endif -# endif -# else -# ifdef __BIG_ENDIAN__ -# if LONGSIZE == 4 -# define BYTEORDER 0x4321 -# else -# if LONGSIZE == 8 -# define BYTEORDER 0x87654321 -# endif -# endif -# endif -# endif -# if !defined(BYTEORDER) && (defined(NeXT) || defined(__NeXT__)) -# define BYTEORDER 0x4321 -# endif -#else -#define BYTEORDER 0x1234 /* large digits for MSB */ -#endif /* NeXT */ +#define BIN "c:\\perl\\bin" /**/ +#define BIN_EXP "c:\\perl\\bin" /**/ +#define PERL_RELOCATABLE_INC "undef" /**/ /* CAT2: * This macro concatenates 2 tokens together. @@ -1063,19 +924,16 @@ #if 42 == 1 #define CAT2(a,b) a/**/b #define STRINGIFY(a) "a" - /* If you can get stringification with catify, tell me how! */ #endif #if 42 == 42 -#define PeRl_CaTiFy(a, b) a ## b +#define PeRl_CaTiFy(a, b) a ## b #define PeRl_StGiFy(a) #a -/* the additional level of indirection enables these macros to be - * used as arguments to other macros. See K&R 2nd ed., page 231. */ #define CAT2(a,b) PeRl_CaTiFy(a,b) #define StGiFy(a) PeRl_StGiFy(a) #define STRINGIFY(a) PeRl_StGiFy(a) #endif #if 42 != 1 && 42 != 42 -# include "Bletch: How does this C preprocessor concatenate tokens?" +#include "Bletch: How does this C preprocessor concatenate tokens?" #endif /* CPPSTDIN: @@ -1108,12 +966,6 @@ #define CPPRUN "cpp32 -oCON" #define CPPLAST "" -/* HAS__FWALK: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the _fwalk system call is - * available to apply a function to all the file handles. - */ -/*#define HAS__FWALK /**/ - /* HAS_ACCESS: * This manifest constant lets the C program know that the access() * system call is available to check for accessibility using real UID/GID. @@ -1121,11 +973,11 @@ */ #define HAS_ACCESS /**/ -/* HAS_AINTL: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the aintl routine is - * available. If copysignl is also present we can emulate modfl. +/* HAS_ACCESSX: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the accessx routine is + * available to do extended access checks. */ -/*#define HAS_AINTL / **/ +/*#define HAS_ACCESSX /**/ /* HAS_ASCTIME_R: * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the asctime_r routine @@ -1166,106 +1018,33 @@ */ /*#define HASATTRIBUTE_FORMAT /**/ /*#define PRINTF_FORMAT_NULL_OK /**/ +/*#define HASATTRIBUTE_NORETURN /**/ /*#define HASATTRIBUTE_MALLOC /**/ /*#define HASATTRIBUTE_NONNULL /**/ -/*#define HASATTRIBUTE_NORETURN /**/ /*#define HASATTRIBUTE_PURE /**/ /*#define HASATTRIBUTE_UNUSED /**/ /*#define HASATTRIBUTE_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT /**/ -/* HAS_BUILTIN_CHOOSE_EXPR: - * Can we handle GCC builtin for compile-time ternary-like expressions - */ -/* HAS_BUILTIN_EXPECT: - * Can we handle GCC builtin for telling that certain values are more - * likely - */ -/*#define HAS_BUILTIN_EXPECT / **/ -/*#define HAS_BUILTIN_CHOOSE_EXPR /**/ - -/* HAS_C99_VARIADIC_MACROS: - * If defined, the compiler supports C99 variadic macros. +/* HASCONST: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that this C compiler knows about + * the const type. There is no need to actually test for that symbol + * within your programs. The mere use of the "const" keyword will + * trigger the necessary tests. */ -/*#define HAS_C99_VARIADIC_MACROS /**/ +#define HASCONST /**/ +#ifndef HASCONST +#define const +#endif -/* CASTI32: - * This symbol is defined if the C compiler can cast negative - * or large floating point numbers to 32-bit ints. +/* HAS_CRYPT: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the crypt routine is available + * to encrypt passwords and the like. */ -#define CASTI32 /**/ +/*#define HAS_CRYPT /**/ -/* CASTNEGFLOAT: - * This symbol is defined if the C compiler can cast negative - * numbers to unsigned longs, ints and shorts. - */ -/* CASTFLAGS: - * This symbol contains flags that say what difficulties the compiler - * has casting odd floating values to unsigned long: - * 0 = ok - * 1 = couldn't cast < 0 - * 2 = couldn't cast >= 0x80000000 - * 4 = couldn't cast in argument expression list - */ -#define CASTNEGFLOAT /**/ -#define CASTFLAGS 0 /**/ - -/* HAS_CLASS: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the class routine is - * available to classify doubles. Available for example in AIX. - * The returned values are defined in and are: - * - * FP_PLUS_NORM Positive normalized, nonzero - * FP_MINUS_NORM Negative normalized, nonzero - * FP_PLUS_DENORM Positive denormalized, nonzero - * FP_MINUS_DENORM Negative denormalized, nonzero - * FP_PLUS_ZERO +0.0 - * FP_MINUS_ZERO -0.0 - * FP_PLUS_INF +INF - * FP_MINUS_INF -INF - * FP_NANS Signaling Not a Number (NaNS) - * FP_NANQ Quiet Not a Number (NaNQ) - */ -/*#define HAS_CLASS /**/ - -/* HAS_CLEARENV: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the clearenv () routine is - * available for use. - */ -/*#define HAS_CLEARENV /**/ - -/* VOID_CLOSEDIR: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the closedir() routine - * does not return a value. - */ -/*#define VOID_CLOSEDIR /**/ - -/* HAS_STRUCT_CMSGHDR: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the struct cmsghdr - * is supported. - */ -/*#define HAS_STRUCT_CMSGHDR /**/ - -/* HAS_COPYSIGNL: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the copysignl routine is - * available. If aintl is also present we can emulate modfl. - */ -/*#define HAS_COPYSIGNL /**/ - -/* USE_CPLUSPLUS: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that a C++ compiler was - * used to compiled Perl and will be used to compile extensions. - */ -/*#define USE_CPLUSPLUS /**/ - -/* HAS_CRYPT: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the crypt routine is available - * to encrypt passwords and the like. - */ -/*#define HAS_CRYPT /**/ - -/* HAS_CRYPT_R: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the crypt_r routine - * is available to crypt re-entrantly. +/* HAS_CRYPT_R: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the crypt_r routine + * is available to crypt re-entrantly. */ /* CRYPT_R_PROTO: * This symbol encodes the prototype of crypt_r. @@ -1313,28 +1092,6 @@ /*#define HAS_CTIME_R /**/ #define CTIME_R_PROTO 0 /**/ -/* HAS_DBMINIT_PROTO: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the system provides - * a prototype for the dbminit() function. Otherwise, it is up - * to the program to supply one. A good guess is - * extern int dbminit(char *); - */ -/*#define HAS_DBMINIT_PROTO /**/ - -/* HAS_DIRFD: - * This manifest constant lets the C program know that dirfd - * is available. - */ -/*#define HAS_DIRFD /**/ - -/* DLSYM_NEEDS_UNDERSCORE: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that we need to prepend an - * underscore to the symbol name before calling dlsym(). This only - * makes sense if you *have* dlsym, which we will presume is the - * case if you're using dl_dlopen.xs. - */ -/*#define DLSYM_NEEDS_UNDERSCORE /**/ - /* SETUID_SCRIPTS_ARE_SECURE_NOW: * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the bug that prevents * setuid scripts from being secure is not present in this kernel. @@ -1376,6 +1133,12 @@ */ /*#define HAS_DRAND48_PROTO /**/ +/* HAS_EACCESS: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the eaccess routine is + * available to do extended access checks. + */ +/*#define HAS_EACCESS /**/ + /* HAS_ENDGRENT: * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getgrent routine is * available for finalizing sequential access of the group database. @@ -1490,282 +1253,84 @@ /*#define HAS_ENDSERVENT_R /**/ #define ENDSERVENT_R_PROTO 0 /**/ -/* HAS_FAST_STDIO: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the "fast stdio" - * is available to manipulate the stdio buffers directly. +/* FLEXFILENAMES: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the system supports filenames + * longer than 14 characters. */ -#define HAS_FAST_STDIO /**/ +#define FLEXFILENAMES /**/ -/* HAS_FCHDIR: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the fchdir routine is - * available to change directory using a file descriptor. +/* HAS_GETGRENT: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getgrent routine is + * available for sequential access of the group database. */ -/*#define HAS_FCHDIR /**/ +/*#define HAS_GETGRENT /**/ -/* FCNTL_CAN_LOCK: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that fcntl() can be used - * for file locking. Normally on Unix systems this is defined. - * It may be undefined on VMS. +/* HAS_GETGRENT_R: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getgrent_r routine + * is available to getgrent re-entrantly. */ -/*#define FCNTL_CAN_LOCK /**/ - -/* HAS_FD_SET: - * This symbol, when defined, indicates presence of the fd_set typedef - * in +/* GETGRENT_R_PROTO: + * This symbol encodes the prototype of getgrent_r. + * It is zero if d_getgrent_r is undef, and one of the + * REENTRANT_PROTO_T_ABC macros of reentr.h if d_getgrent_r + * is defined. */ -#define HAS_FD_SET /**/ +/*#define HAS_GETGRENT_R /**/ +#define GETGRENT_R_PROTO 0 /**/ -/* HAS_FINITE: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the finite routine is - * available to check whether a double is finite (non-infinity non-NaN). +/* HAS_GETGRGID_R: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getgrgid_r routine + * is available to getgrgid re-entrantly. */ -/*#define HAS_FINITE /**/ - -/* HAS_FINITEL: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the finitel routine is - * available to check whether a long double is finite - * (non-infinity non-NaN). +/* GETGRGID_R_PROTO: + * This symbol encodes the prototype of getgrgid_r. + * It is zero if d_getgrgid_r is undef, and one of the + * REENTRANT_PROTO_T_ABC macros of reentr.h if d_getgrgid_r + * is defined. */ -/*#define HAS_FINITEL /**/ +/*#define HAS_GETGRGID_R /**/ +#define GETGRGID_R_PROTO 0 /**/ -/* FLEXFILENAMES: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the system supports filenames - * longer than 14 characters. +/* HAS_GETGRNAM_R: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getgrnam_r routine + * is available to getgrnam re-entrantly. */ -#define FLEXFILENAMES /**/ - -/* HAS_FLOCK_PROTO: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the system provides - * a prototype for the flock() function. Otherwise, it is up - * to the program to supply one. A good guess is - * extern int flock(int, int); +/* GETGRNAM_R_PROTO: + * This symbol encodes the prototype of getgrnam_r. + * It is zero if d_getgrnam_r is undef, and one of the + * REENTRANT_PROTO_T_ABC macros of reentr.h if d_getgrnam_r + * is defined. */ -#define HAS_FLOCK_PROTO /**/ +/*#define HAS_GETGRNAM_R /**/ +#define GETGRNAM_R_PROTO 0 /**/ -/* HAS_FP_CLASS: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the fp_class routine is - * available to classify doubles. Available for example in Digital UNIX. - * The returned values are defined in and are: - * - * FP_SNAN Signaling NaN (Not-a-Number) - * FP_QNAN Quiet NaN (Not-a-Number) - * FP_POS_INF +infinity - * FP_NEG_INF -infinity - * FP_POS_NORM Positive normalized - * FP_NEG_NORM Negative normalized - * FP_POS_DENORM Positive denormalized - * FP_NEG_DENORM Negative denormalized - * FP_POS_ZERO +0.0 (positive zero) - * FP_NEG_ZERO -0.0 (negative zero) +/* HAS_GETHOSTBYADDR: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the gethostbyaddr() routine is + * available to look up hosts by their IP addresses. */ -/*#define HAS_FP_CLASS /**/ +#define HAS_GETHOSTBYADDR /**/ -/* HAS_FPCLASS: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the fpclass routine is - * available to classify doubles. Available for example in Solaris/SVR4. - * The returned values are defined in and are: - * - * FP_SNAN signaling NaN - * FP_QNAN quiet NaN - * FP_NINF negative infinity - * FP_PINF positive infinity - * FP_NDENORM negative denormalized non-zero - * FP_PDENORM positive denormalized non-zero - * FP_NZERO negative zero - * FP_PZERO positive zero - * FP_NNORM negative normalized non-zero - * FP_PNORM positive normalized non-zero +/* HAS_GETHOSTBYNAME: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the gethostbyname() routine is + * available to look up host names in some data base or other. */ -/*#define HAS_FPCLASS /**/ +#define HAS_GETHOSTBYNAME /**/ -/* HAS_FPCLASSIFY: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the fpclassify routine is - * available to classify doubles. Available for example in HP-UX. - * The returned values are defined in and are - * - * FP_NORMAL Normalized - * FP_ZERO Zero - * FP_INFINITE Infinity - * FP_SUBNORMAL Denormalized - * FP_NAN NaN - * +/* HAS_GETHOSTENT: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the gethostent() routine is + * available to look up host names in some data base or another. */ -/*#define HAS_FPCLASSIFY /**/ +/*#define HAS_GETHOSTENT /**/ -/* HAS_FPCLASSL: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the fpclassl routine is - * available to classify long doubles. Available for example in IRIX. - * The returned values are defined in and are: - * - * FP_SNAN signaling NaN - * FP_QNAN quiet NaN - * FP_NINF negative infinity - * FP_PINF positive infinity - * FP_NDENORM negative denormalized non-zero - * FP_PDENORM positive denormalized non-zero - * FP_NZERO negative zero - * FP_PZERO positive zero - * FP_NNORM negative normalized non-zero - * FP_PNORM positive normalized non-zero +/* HAS_GETHOSTNAME: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the C program may use the + * gethostname() routine to derive the host name. See also HAS_UNAME + * and PHOSTNAME. */ -/*#define HAS_FPCLASSL /**/ - -/* HAS_FPOS64_T: - * This symbol will be defined if the C compiler supports fpos64_t. - */ -/*#define HAS_FPOS64_T /**/ - -/* HAS_FREXPL: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the frexpl routine is - * available to break a long double floating-point number into - * a normalized fraction and an integral power of 2. - */ -/*#define HAS_FREXPL /**/ - -/* HAS_STRUCT_FS_DATA: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the struct fs_data - * to do statfs() is supported. - */ -/*#define HAS_STRUCT_FS_DATA /**/ - -/* HAS_FSEEKO: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the fseeko routine is - * available to fseek beyond 32 bits (useful for ILP32 hosts). - */ -/*#define HAS_FSEEKO /**/ - -/* HAS_FSTATFS: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the fstatfs routine is - * available to stat filesystems by file descriptors. - */ -/*#define HAS_FSTATFS /**/ - -/* HAS_FSYNC: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the fsync routine is - * available to write a file's modified data and attributes to - * permanent storage. - */ -/*#define HAS_FSYNC /**/ - -/* HAS_FTELLO: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the ftello routine is - * available to ftell beyond 32 bits (useful for ILP32 hosts). - */ -/*#define HAS_FTELLO /**/ - -/* HAS_FUTIMES: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the futimes routine is - * available to change file descriptor time stamps with struct timevals. - */ -/*#define HAS_FUTIMES /**/ - -/* Gconvert: - * This preprocessor macro is defined to convert a floating point - * number to a string without a trailing decimal point. This - * emulates the behavior of sprintf("%g"), but is sometimes much more - * efficient. If gconvert() is not available, but gcvt() drops the - * trailing decimal point, then gcvt() is used. If all else fails, - * a macro using sprintf("%g") is used. Arguments for the Gconvert - * macro are: value, number of digits, whether trailing zeros should - * be retained, and the output buffer. - * The usual values are: - * d_Gconvert='gconvert((x),(n),(t),(b))' - * d_Gconvert='gcvt((x),(n),(b))' - * d_Gconvert='sprintf((b),"%.*g",(n),(x))' - * The last two assume trailing zeros should not be kept. - */ -#define Gconvert(x,n,t,b) gcvt((x),(n),(b)) - -/* HAS_GETCWD: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getcwd routine is - * available to get the current working directory. - */ -#define HAS_GETCWD /**/ - -/* HAS_GETESPWNAM: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getespwnam system call is - * available to retrieve enchanced (shadow) password entries by name. - */ -/*#define HAS_GETESPWNAM /**/ - -/* HAS_GETFSSTAT: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getfsstat routine is - * available to stat filesystems in bulk. - */ -/*#define HAS_GETFSSTAT /**/ - -/* HAS_GETGRENT: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getgrent routine is - * available for sequential access of the group database. - */ -/*#define HAS_GETGRENT /**/ - -/* HAS_GETGRENT_R: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getgrent_r routine - * is available to getgrent re-entrantly. - */ -/* GETGRENT_R_PROTO: - * This symbol encodes the prototype of getgrent_r. - * It is zero if d_getgrent_r is undef, and one of the - * REENTRANT_PROTO_T_ABC macros of reentr.h if d_getgrent_r - * is defined. - */ -/*#define HAS_GETGRENT_R /**/ -#define GETGRENT_R_PROTO 0 /**/ - -/* HAS_GETGRGID_R: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getgrgid_r routine - * is available to getgrgid re-entrantly. - */ -/* GETGRGID_R_PROTO: - * This symbol encodes the prototype of getgrgid_r. - * It is zero if d_getgrgid_r is undef, and one of the - * REENTRANT_PROTO_T_ABC macros of reentr.h if d_getgrgid_r - * is defined. - */ -/*#define HAS_GETGRGID_R /**/ -#define GETGRGID_R_PROTO 0 /**/ - -/* HAS_GETGRNAM_R: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getgrnam_r routine - * is available to getgrnam re-entrantly. - */ -/* GETGRNAM_R_PROTO: - * This symbol encodes the prototype of getgrnam_r. - * It is zero if d_getgrnam_r is undef, and one of the - * REENTRANT_PROTO_T_ABC macros of reentr.h if d_getgrnam_r - * is defined. - */ -/*#define HAS_GETGRNAM_R /**/ -#define GETGRNAM_R_PROTO 0 /**/ - -/* HAS_GETHOSTBYADDR: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the gethostbyaddr() routine is - * available to look up hosts by their IP addresses. - */ -#define HAS_GETHOSTBYADDR /**/ - -/* HAS_GETHOSTBYNAME: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the gethostbyname() routine is - * available to look up host names in some data base or other. - */ -#define HAS_GETHOSTBYNAME /**/ - -/* HAS_GETHOSTENT: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the gethostent() routine is - * available to look up host names in some data base or another. - */ -/*#define HAS_GETHOSTENT /**/ - -/* HAS_GETHOSTNAME: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the C program may use the - * gethostname() routine to derive the host name. See also HAS_UNAME - * and PHOSTNAME. - */ -/* HAS_UNAME: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the C program may use the - * uname() routine to derive the host name. See also HAS_GETHOSTNAME - * and PHOSTNAME. +/* HAS_UNAME: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the C program may use the + * uname() routine to derive the host name. See also HAS_GETHOSTNAME + * and PHOSTNAME. */ /* PHOSTNAME: * This symbol, if defined, indicates the command to feed to the @@ -1833,12 +1398,6 @@ */ #define HAS_GETHOST_PROTOS /**/ -/* HAS_GETITIMER: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getitimer routine is - * available to return interval timers. - */ -/*#define HAS_GETITIMER /**/ - /* HAS_GETLOGIN_R: * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getlogin_r routine * is available to getlogin re-entrantly. @@ -1852,18 +1411,6 @@ /*#define HAS_GETLOGIN_R /**/ #define GETLOGIN_R_PROTO 0 /**/ -/* HAS_GETMNT: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getmnt routine is - * available to get filesystem mount info by filename. - */ -/*#define HAS_GETMNT /**/ - -/* HAS_GETMNTENT: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getmntent routine is - * available to iterate through mounted file systems to get their info. - */ -/*#define HAS_GETMNTENT /**/ - /* HAS_GETNETBYADDR: * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getnetbyaddr() routine is * available to look up networks by their IP addresses. @@ -1929,13 +1476,6 @@ */ /*#define HAS_GETNET_PROTOS /**/ -/* HAS_GETPAGESIZE: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getpagesize system call - * is available to get system page size, which is the granularity of - * many memory management calls. - */ -/*#define HAS_GETPAGESIZE /**/ - /* HAS_GETPROTOENT: * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getprotoent() routine is * available to look up protocols in some data base or another. @@ -2011,12 +1551,6 @@ */ #define HAS_GETPROTO_PROTOS /**/ -/* HAS_GETPRPWNAM: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getprpwnam system call is - * available to retrieve protected (shadow) password entries by name. - */ -/*#define HAS_GETPRPWNAM /**/ - /* HAS_GETPWENT: * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getpwent routine is * available for sequential access of the passwd database. @@ -2116,12 +1650,6 @@ */ #define HAS_GETSERV_PROTOS /**/ -/* HAS_GETSPNAM: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getspnam system call is - * available to retrieve SysV shadow password entries by name. - */ -/*#define HAS_GETSPNAM /**/ - /* HAS_GETSPNAM_R: * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getspnam_r routine * is available to getspnam re-entrantly. @@ -2159,21 +1687,6 @@ /*#define HAS_GMTIME_R /**/ #define GMTIME_R_PROTO 0 /**/ -/* HAS_GNULIBC: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that - * the GNU C library is being used. A better check is to use - * the __GLIBC__ and __GLIBC_MINOR__ symbols supplied with glibc. - */ -/*#define HAS_GNULIBC /**/ -#if defined(HAS_GNULIBC) && !defined(_GNU_SOURCE) -# define _GNU_SOURCE -#endif -/* HAS_HASMNTOPT: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the hasmntopt routine is - * available to query the mount options of file systems. - */ -/*#define HAS_HASMNTOPT /**/ - /* HAS_HTONL: * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the htonl() routine (and * friends htons() ntohl() ntohs()) are available to do network @@ -2199,109 +1712,51 @@ #define HAS_NTOHL /**/ #define HAS_NTOHS /**/ -/* HAS_ILOGBL: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the ilogbl routine is - * available. If scalbnl is also present we can emulate frexpl. +/* HAS_LOCALTIME_R: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the localtime_r routine + * is available to localtime re-entrantly. */ -/*#define HAS_ILOGBL /**/ - -/* HAS_INT64_T: - * This symbol will defined if the C compiler supports int64_t. - * Usually the needs to be included, but sometimes - * is enough. +/* LOCALTIME_R_NEEDS_TZSET: + * Many libc's localtime_r implementations do not call tzset, + * making them differ from localtime(), and making timezone + * changes using \undef{TZ} without explicitly calling tzset + * impossible. This symbol makes us call tzset before localtime_r */ -/*#define HAS_INT64_T /**/ +/*#define LOCALTIME_R_NEEDS_TZSET /**/ +#ifdef LOCALTIME_R_NEEDS_TZSET +#define L_R_TZSET tzset(), +#else +#define L_R_TZSET +#endif -/* HAS_ISASCII: - * This manifest constant lets the C program know that isascii - * is available. +/* LOCALTIME_R_PROTO: + * This symbol encodes the prototype of localtime_r. + * It is zero if d_localtime_r is undef, and one of the + * REENTRANT_PROTO_T_ABC macros of reentr.h if d_localtime_r + * is defined. */ -#define HAS_ISASCII /**/ +/*#define HAS_LOCALTIME_R /**/ +#define LOCALTIME_R_PROTO 0 /**/ -/* HAS_ISFINITE: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the isfinite routine is - * available to check whether a double is finite (non-infinity non-NaN). +/* HAS_LONG_DOUBLE: + * This symbol will be defined if the C compiler supports long + * doubles. */ -/*#define HAS_ISFINITE /**/ - -/* HAS_ISINF: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the isinf routine is - * available to check whether a double is an infinity. +/* LONG_DOUBLESIZE: + * This symbol contains the size of a long double, so that the + * C preprocessor can make decisions based on it. It is only + * defined if the system supports long doubles. */ -/*#define HAS_ISINF /**/ - -/* HAS_ISNAN: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the isnan routine is - * available to check whether a double is a NaN. - */ -#define HAS_ISNAN /**/ - -/* HAS_ISNANL: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the isnanl routine is - * available to check whether a long double is a NaN. - */ -/*#define HAS_ISNANL /**/ - -/* HAS_LCHOWN: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the lchown routine is - * available to operate on a symbolic link (instead of following the - * link). - */ -/*#define HAS_LCHOWN /**/ - -/* HAS_LDBL_DIG: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that this system's - * or defines the symbol LDBL_DIG, which is the number - * of significant digits in a long double precision number. Unlike - * for DBL_DIG, there's no good guess for LDBL_DIG if it is undefined. - */ -#define HAS_LDBL_DIG /**/ - -/* LIBM_LIB_VERSION: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that libm exports _LIB_VERSION - * and that math.h defines the enum to manipulate it. - */ -/*#define LIBM_LIB_VERSION /**/ - -/* HAS_LOCALTIME_R: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the localtime_r routine - * is available to localtime re-entrantly. - */ -/* LOCALTIME_R_NEEDS_TZSET: - * Many libc's localtime_r implementations do not call tzset, - * making them differ from localtime(), and making timezone - * changes using $ENV{TZ} without explicitly calling tzset - * impossible. This symbol makes us call tzset before localtime_r - */ -/* LOCALTIME_R_PROTO: - * This symbol encodes the prototype of localtime_r. - * It is zero if d_localtime_r is undef, and one of the - * REENTRANT_PROTO_T_ABC macros of reentr.h if d_localtime_r - * is defined. - */ -/*#define HAS_LOCALTIME_R /**/ -/*#define LOCALTIME_R_NEEDS_TZSET /**/ -#define LOCALTIME_R_PROTO 0 /**/ - -/* HAS_LONG_DOUBLE: - * This symbol will be defined if the C compiler supports long - * doubles. - */ -/* LONG_DOUBLESIZE: - * This symbol contains the size of a long double, so that the - * C preprocessor can make decisions based on it. It is only - * defined if the system supports long doubles. - */ -#define HAS_LONG_DOUBLE /**/ -#ifdef HAS_LONG_DOUBLE -#define LONG_DOUBLESIZE 10 /**/ -#endif +#define HAS_LONG_DOUBLE /**/ +#ifdef HAS_LONG_DOUBLE +#define LONG_DOUBLESIZE 10 /**/ +#endif /* HAS_LONG_LONG: * This symbol will be defined if the C compiler supports long long. */ /* LONGLONGSIZE: - * This symbol contains the size of a long long, so that the + * This symbol contains the size of a long long, so that the * C preprocessor can make decisions based on it. It is only * defined if the system supports long long. */ @@ -2318,36 +1773,12 @@ */ #define HAS_LSEEK_PROTO /**/ -/* HAS_MADVISE: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the madvise system call is - * available to map a file into memory. - */ -/*#define HAS_MADVISE /**/ - -/* HAS_MALLOC_SIZE: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the malloc_size - * routine is available for use. - */ -/*#define HAS_MALLOC_SIZE /**/ - -/* HAS_MALLOC_GOOD_SIZE: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the malloc_good_size - * routine is available for use. - */ -/*#define HAS_MALLOC_GOOD_SIZE /**/ - /* HAS_MEMCHR: * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the memchr routine is available * to locate characters within a C string. */ #define HAS_MEMCHR /**/ -/* HAS_MKDTEMP: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the mkdtemp routine is - * available to exclusively create a uniquely named temporary directory. - */ -/*#define HAS_MKDTEMP /**/ - /* HAS_MKSTEMP: * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the mkstemp routine is * available to exclusively create and open a uniquely named @@ -2355,13 +1786,6 @@ */ /*#define HAS_MKSTEMP /**/ -/* HAS_MKSTEMPS: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the mkstemps routine is - * available to excluslvely create and open a uniquely named - * (with a suffix) temporary file. - */ -/*#define HAS_MKSTEMPS /**/ - /* HAS_MMAP: * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the mmap system call is * available to map a file into memory. @@ -2374,76 +1798,18 @@ /*#define HAS_MMAP /**/ #define Mmap_t void * /**/ -/* HAS_MODFL: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the modfl routine is - * available to split a long double x into a fractional part f and - * an integer part i such that |f| < 1.0 and (f + i) = x. - */ -/* HAS_MODFL_PROTO: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the system provides - * a prototype for the modfl() function. Otherwise, it is up - * to the program to supply one. - */ -/* HAS_MODFL_POW32_BUG: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the modfl routine is - * broken for long doubles >= pow(2, 32). - * For example from 4294967303.150000 one would get 4294967302.000000 - * and 1.150000. The bug has been seen in certain versions of glibc, - * release 2.2.2 is known to be okay. - */ -/*#define HAS_MODFL /**/ -/*#define HAS_MODFL_PROTO /**/ -/*#define HAS_MODFL_POW32_BUG /**/ - -/* HAS_MPROTECT: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the mprotect system call is - * available to modify the access protection of a memory mapped file. - */ -/*#define HAS_MPROTECT /**/ - /* HAS_MSG: * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the entire msg*(2) library is * supported (IPC mechanism based on message queues). */ /*#define HAS_MSG /**/ -/* HAS_STRUCT_MSGHDR: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the struct msghdr - * is supported. - */ -/*#define HAS_STRUCT_MSGHDR /**/ - -/* HAS_NL_LANGINFO: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the nl_langinfo routine is - * available to return local data. You will also need - * and therefore I_LANGINFO. - */ -/*#define HAS_NL_LANGINFO /**/ - -/* HAS_OFF64_T: - * This symbol will be defined if the C compiler supports off64_t. - */ -/*#define HAS_OFF64_T /**/ - -/* HAS_OPEN3: - * This manifest constant lets the C program know that the three - * argument form of open(2) is available. - */ -/*#define HAS_OPEN3 /**/ - -/* HAS_PROCSELFEXE: - * This symbol is defined if PROCSELFEXE_PATH is a symlink - * to the absolute pathname of the executing program. - */ -/* PROCSELFEXE_PATH: - * If HAS_PROCSELFEXE is defined this symbol is the filename - * of the symbolic link pointing to the absolute pathname of - * the executing program. +/* HAS_POLL: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the poll routine is + * available to poll active file descriptors. Please check I_POLL and + * I_SYS_POLL to know which header should be included as well. */ -/*#define HAS_PROCSELFEXE /**/ -#if defined(HAS_PROCSELFEXE) && !defined(PROCSELFEXE_PATH) -#define PROCSELFEXE_PATH /**/ -#endif +/*#define HAS_POLL /**/ /* OLD_PTHREAD_CREATE_JOINABLE: * This symbol, if defined, indicates how to create pthread @@ -2461,15 +1827,8 @@ */ /*#define HAS_PTHREAD_ATFORK /**/ -/* HAS_PTHREAD_ATTR_SETSCOPE: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the pthread_attr_setscope - * system call is available to set the contention scope attribute of - * a thread attribute object. - */ -/*#define HAS_PTHREAD_ATTR_SETSCOPE / **/ - /* HAS_PTHREAD_YIELD: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the pthread_yield + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the pthread_yield * routine is available to yield the execution of the current * thread. sched_yield is preferable to pthread_yield. */ @@ -2526,69 +1885,12 @@ /*#define HAS_READDIR_R /**/ #define READDIR_R_PROTO 0 /**/ -/* HAS_READV: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the readv routine is - * available to do gather reads. You will also need - * and there I_SYSUIO. - */ -/*#define HAS_READV /**/ - -/* HAS_RECVMSG: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the recvmsg routine is - * available to send structured socket messages. - */ -/*#define HAS_RECVMSG /**/ - -/* HAS_SAFE_BCOPY: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the bcopy routine is available - * to copy potentially overlapping memory blocks. Normally, you should - * probably use memmove() or memcpy(). If neither is defined, roll your - * own version. - */ -/*#define HAS_SAFE_BCOPY /**/ - -/* HAS_SAFE_MEMCPY: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the memcpy routine is available - * to copy potentially overlapping memory blocks. If you need to - * copy overlapping memory blocks, you should check HAS_MEMMOVE and - * use memmove() instead, if available. - */ -/*#define HAS_SAFE_MEMCPY /**/ - -/* HAS_SANE_MEMCMP: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the memcmp routine is available - * and can be used to compare relative magnitudes of chars with their high - * bits set. If it is not defined, roll your own version. - */ -#define HAS_SANE_MEMCMP /**/ - -/* HAS_SBRK_PROTO: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the system provides - * a prototype for the sbrk() function. Otherwise, it is up - * to the program to supply one. Good guesses are - * extern void* sbrk(int); - * extern void* sbrk(size_t); - */ -/*#define HAS_SBRK_PROTO /**/ - -/* HAS_SCALBNL: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the scalbnl routine is - * available. If ilogbl is also present we can emulate frexpl. - */ -/*#define HAS_SCALBNL /**/ - /* HAS_SEM: * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the entire sem*(2) library is * supported. */ /*#define HAS_SEM /**/ -/* HAS_SENDMSG: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the sendmsg routine is - * available to send structured socket messages. - */ -/*#define HAS_SENDMSG /**/ - /* HAS_SETGRENT: * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the setgrent routine is * available for initializing sequential access of the group database. @@ -2634,12 +1936,6 @@ /*#define HAS_SETHOSTENT_R /**/ #define SETHOSTENT_R_PROTO 0 /**/ -/* HAS_SETITIMER: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the setitimer routine is - * available to set interval timers. - */ -/*#define HAS_SETITIMER /**/ - /* HAS_SETLOCALE_R: * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the setlocale_r routine * is available to setlocale re-entrantly. @@ -2690,12 +1986,6 @@ /*#define HAS_SETPGRP /**/ /*#define USE_BSD_SETPGRP /**/ -/* HAS_SETPROCTITLE: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the setproctitle routine is - * available to set process title. - */ -/*#define HAS_SETPROCTITLE /**/ - /* HAS_SETPROTOENT_R: * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the setprotoent_r routine * is available to setprotoent re-entrantly. @@ -2754,12 +2044,6 @@ */ #define HAS_SETVBUF /**/ -/* USE_SFIO: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that sfio should - * be used. - */ -/*#define USE_SFIO /**/ - /* HAS_SHM: * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the entire shm*(2) library is * supported. @@ -2780,88 +2064,13 @@ #define Shmat_t void * /**/ /*#define HAS_SHMAT_PROTOTYPE /**/ -/* HAS_SIGACTION: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that Vr4's sigaction() routine - * is available. +/* HAS_SOCKET: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the BSD socket interface is + * supported. */ -/*#define HAS_SIGACTION /**/ - -/* HAS_SIGPROCMASK: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the sigprocmask - * system call is available to examine or change the signal mask - * of the calling process. - */ -/*#define HAS_SIGPROCMASK /**/ - -/* HAS_SIGSETJMP: - * This variable indicates to the C program that the sigsetjmp() - * routine is available to save the calling process's registers - * and stack environment for later use by siglongjmp(), and - * to optionally save the process's signal mask. See - * Sigjmp_buf, Sigsetjmp, and Siglongjmp. - */ -/* Sigjmp_buf: - * This is the buffer type to be used with Sigsetjmp and Siglongjmp. - */ -/* Sigsetjmp: - * This macro is used in the same way as sigsetjmp(), but will invoke - * traditional setjmp() if sigsetjmp isn't available. - * See HAS_SIGSETJMP. - */ -/* Siglongjmp: - * This macro is used in the same way as siglongjmp(), but will invoke - * traditional longjmp() if siglongjmp isn't available. - * See HAS_SIGSETJMP. - */ -/*#define HAS_SIGSETJMP /**/ -#ifdef HAS_SIGSETJMP -#define Sigjmp_buf sigjmp_buf -#define Sigsetjmp(buf,save_mask) sigsetjmp((buf),(save_mask)) -#define Siglongjmp(buf,retval) siglongjmp((buf),(retval)) -#else -#define Sigjmp_buf jmp_buf -#define Sigsetjmp(buf,save_mask) setjmp((buf)) -#define Siglongjmp(buf,retval) longjmp((buf),(retval)) -#endif - -/* USE_SITECUSTOMIZE: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that sitecustomize should - * be used. - */ -/*#define USE_SITECUSTOMIZE /**/ - -/* HAS_SNPRINTF: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the snprintf () library - * function is available for use. - */ -/* HAS_VSNPRINTF: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the vsnprintf () library - * function is available for use. - */ -#define HAS_SNPRINTF /**/ -#define HAS_VSNPRINTF /**/ - -/* HAS_SOCKATMARK: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the sockatmark routine is - * available to test whether a socket is at the out-of-band mark. - */ -/*#define HAS_SOCKATMARK /**/ - -/* HAS_SOCKATMARK_PROTO: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the system provides - * a prototype for the sockatmark() function. Otherwise, it is up - * to the program to supply one. A good guess is - * extern int sockatmark(int); - */ -/*#define HAS_SOCKATMARK_PROTO /**/ - -/* HAS_SOCKET: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the BSD socket interface is - * supported. - */ -/* HAS_SOCKETPAIR: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the BSD socketpair() call is - * supported. +/* HAS_SOCKETPAIR: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the BSD socketpair() call is + * supported. */ /* HAS_MSG_CTRUNC: * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the MSG_CTRUNC is supported. @@ -2902,26 +2111,6 @@ /*#define HAS_MSG_PROXY /**/ /*#define HAS_SCM_RIGHTS /**/ -/* HAS_SOCKS5_INIT: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the socks5_init routine is - * available to initialize SOCKS 5. - */ -/*#define HAS_SOCKS5_INIT /**/ - -/* SPRINTF_RETURNS_STRLEN: - * This variable defines whether sprintf returns the length of the string - * (as per the ANSI spec). Some C libraries retain compatibility with - * pre-ANSI C and return a pointer to the passed in buffer; for these - * this variable will be undef. - */ -#define SPRINTF_RETURNS_STRLEN /**/ - -/* HAS_SQRTL: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the sqrtl routine is - * available to do long double square roots. - */ -/*#define HAS_SQRTL /**/ - /* HAS_SRAND48_R: * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the srand48_r routine * is available to srand48 re-entrantly. @@ -2948,22 +2137,6 @@ /*#define HAS_SRANDOM_R /**/ #define SRANDOM_R_PROTO 0 /**/ -/* HAS_SETRESGID_PROTO: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the system provides - * a prototype for the setresgid() function. Otherwise, it is up - * to the program to supply one. Good guesses are - * extern int setresgid(uid_t ruid, uid_t euid, uid_t suid); - */ -/*#define HAS_SETRESGID_PROTO /**/ - -/* HAS_SETRESUID_PROTO: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the system provides - * a prototype for the setresuid() function. Otherwise, it is up - * to the program to supply one. Good guesses are - * extern int setresuid(uid_t ruid, uid_t euid, uid_t suid); - */ -/*#define HAS_SETRESUID_PROTO /**/ - /* USE_STAT_BLOCKS: * This symbol is defined if this system has a stat structure declaring * st_blksize and st_blocks. @@ -2972,98 +2145,12 @@ /*#define USE_STAT_BLOCKS /**/ #endif -/* HAS_STRUCT_STATFS_F_FLAGS: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the struct statfs - * does have the f_flags member containing the mount flags of - * the filesystem containing the file. - * This kind of struct statfs is coming from (BSD 4.3), - * not from (SYSV). Older BSDs (like Ultrix) do not - * have statfs() and struct statfs, they have ustat() and getmnt() - * with struct ustat and struct fs_data. - */ -/*#define HAS_STRUCT_STATFS_F_FLAGS /**/ - -/* HAS_STRUCT_STATFS: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the struct statfs - * to do statfs() is supported. - */ -/*#define HAS_STRUCT_STATFS /**/ - -/* HAS_FSTATVFS: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the fstatvfs routine is - * available to stat filesystems by file descriptors. - */ -/*#define HAS_FSTATVFS /**/ - -/* USE_STDIO_PTR: - * This symbol is defined if the _ptr and _cnt fields (or similar) - * of the stdio FILE structure can be used to access the stdio buffer - * for a file handle. If this is defined, then the FILE_ptr(fp) - * and FILE_cnt(fp) macros will also be defined and should be used - * to access these fields. - */ -/* FILE_ptr: - * This macro is used to access the _ptr field (or equivalent) of the - * FILE structure pointed to by its argument. This macro will always be - * defined if USE_STDIO_PTR is defined. - */ -/* STDIO_PTR_LVALUE: - * This symbol is defined if the FILE_ptr macro can be used as an - * lvalue. - */ -/* FILE_cnt: - * This macro is used to access the _cnt field (or equivalent) of the - * FILE structure pointed to by its argument. This macro will always be - * defined if USE_STDIO_PTR is defined. - */ -/* STDIO_CNT_LVALUE: - * This symbol is defined if the FILE_cnt macro can be used as an - * lvalue. - */ -/* STDIO_PTR_LVAL_SETS_CNT: - * This symbol is defined if using the FILE_ptr macro as an lvalue - * to increase the pointer by n has the side effect of decreasing the - * value of File_cnt(fp) by n. - */ -/* STDIO_PTR_LVAL_NOCHANGE_CNT: - * This symbol is defined if using the FILE_ptr macro as an lvalue - * to increase the pointer by n leaves File_cnt(fp) unchanged. - */ -#define USE_STDIO_PTR /**/ -#ifdef USE_STDIO_PTR -#define FILE_ptr(fp) ((fp)->curp) -#define STDIO_PTR_LVALUE /**/ -#define FILE_cnt(fp) ((fp)->level) -#define STDIO_CNT_LVALUE /**/ -/*#define STDIO_PTR_LVAL_SETS_CNT /**/ -#define STDIO_PTR_LVAL_NOCHANGE_CNT /**/ -#endif - -/* USE_STDIO_BASE: - * This symbol is defined if the _base field (or similar) of the - * stdio FILE structure can be used to access the stdio buffer for - * a file handle. If this is defined, then the FILE_base(fp) macro - * will also be defined and should be used to access this field. - * Also, the FILE_bufsiz(fp) macro will be defined and should be used - * to determine the number of bytes in the buffer. USE_STDIO_BASE - * will never be defined unless USE_STDIO_PTR is. - */ -/* FILE_base: - * This macro is used to access the _base field (or equivalent) of the - * FILE structure pointed to by its argument. This macro will always be - * defined if USE_STDIO_BASE is defined. - */ -/* FILE_bufsiz: - * This macro is used to determine the number of bytes in the I/O - * buffer pointed to by _base field (or equivalent) of the FILE - * structure pointed to its argument. This macro will always be defined - * if USE_STDIO_BASE is defined. +/* USE_STRUCT_COPY: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that this C compiler knows how + * to copy structures. If undefined, you'll need to use a block copy + * routine of some sort instead. */ -#define USE_STDIO_BASE /**/ -#ifdef USE_STDIO_BASE -#define FILE_base(fp) ((fp)->buffer) -#define FILE_bufsiz(fp) ((fp)->level + (fp)->curp - (fp)->buffer) -#endif +#define USE_STRUCT_COPY /**/ /* HAS_STRERROR: * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the strerror routine is @@ -3097,107 +2184,42 @@ /*#define HAS_STRERROR_R /**/ #define STRERROR_R_PROTO 0 /**/ -/* HAS_STRFTIME: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the strftime routine is - * available to do time formatting. +/* HAS_STRTOUL: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the strtoul routine is + * available to provide conversion of strings to unsigned long. */ -#define HAS_STRFTIME /**/ +#define HAS_STRTOUL /**/ -/* HAS_STRLCAT: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the strlcat () routine is - * available to do string concatenation. +/* HAS_TIME: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the time() routine exists. */ -/*#define HAS_STRLCAT /**/ - -/* HAS_STRLCPY: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the strlcpy () routine is - * available to do string copying. +/* Time_t: + * This symbol holds the type returned by time(). It can be long, + * or time_t on BSD sites (in which case should be + * included). */ -/*#define HAS_STRLCPY /**/ +#define HAS_TIME /**/ +#define Time_t time_t /* Time type */ -/* HAS_STRTOLD: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the strtold routine is - * available to convert strings to long doubles. +/* HAS_TIMES: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the times() routine exists. + * Note that this became obsolete on some systems (SUNOS), which now + * use getrusage(). It may be necessary to include . */ -/*#define HAS_STRTOLD /**/ +#define HAS_TIMES /**/ -/* HAS_STRTOLL: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the strtoll routine is - * available to convert strings to long longs. +/* HAS_TMPNAM_R: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the tmpnam_r routine + * is available to tmpnam re-entrantly. */ -/*#define HAS_STRTOLL /**/ - -/* HAS_STRTOQ: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the strtoq routine is - * available to convert strings to long longs (quads). +/* TMPNAM_R_PROTO: + * This symbol encodes the prototype of tmpnam_r. + * It is zero if d_tmpnam_r is undef, and one of the + * REENTRANT_PROTO_T_ABC macros of reentr.h if d_tmpnam_r + * is defined. */ -/*#define HAS_STRTOQ /**/ - -/* HAS_STRTOUL: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the strtoul routine is - * available to provide conversion of strings to unsigned long. - */ -#define HAS_STRTOUL /**/ - -/* HAS_STRTOULL: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the strtoull routine is - * available to convert strings to unsigned long longs. - */ -/*#define HAS_STRTOULL /**/ - -/* HAS_STRTOUQ: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the strtouq routine is - * available to convert strings to unsigned long longs (quads). - */ -/*#define HAS_STRTOUQ /**/ - -/* HAS_SYSCALL_PROTO: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the system provides - * a prototype for the syscall() function. Otherwise, it is up - * to the program to supply one. Good guesses are - * extern int syscall(int, ...); - * extern int syscall(long, ...); - */ -/*#define HAS_SYSCALL_PROTO /**/ - -/* HAS_TELLDIR_PROTO: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the system provides - * a prototype for the telldir() function. Otherwise, it is up - * to the program to supply one. A good guess is - * extern long telldir(DIR*); - */ -#define HAS_TELLDIR_PROTO /**/ - -/* HAS_TIME: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the time() routine exists. - */ -/* Time_t: - * This symbol holds the type returned by time(). It can be long, - * or time_t on BSD sites (in which case should be - * included). - */ -#define HAS_TIME /**/ -#define Time_t time_t /* Time type */ - -/* HAS_TIMES: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the times() routine exists. - * Note that this became obsolete on some systems (SUNOS), which now - * use getrusage(). It may be necessary to include . - */ -#define HAS_TIMES /**/ - -/* HAS_TMPNAM_R: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the tmpnam_r routine - * is available to tmpnam re-entrantly. - */ -/* TMPNAM_R_PROTO: - * This symbol encodes the prototype of tmpnam_r. - * It is zero if d_tmpnam_r is undef, and one of the - * REENTRANT_PROTO_T_ABC macros of reentr.h if d_tmpnam_r - * is defined. - */ -/*#define HAS_TMPNAM_R /**/ -#define TMPNAM_R_PROTO 0 /**/ +/*#define HAS_TMPNAM_R /**/ +#define TMPNAM_R_PROTO 0 /**/ /* HAS_TTYNAME_R: * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the ttyname_r routine @@ -3212,20 +2234,6 @@ /*#define HAS_TTYNAME_R /**/ #define TTYNAME_R_PROTO 0 /**/ -/* U32_ALIGNMENT_REQUIRED: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that you must access - * character data through U32-aligned pointers. - */ -#ifndef U32_ALIGNMENT_REQUIRED -#define U32_ALIGNMENT_REQUIRED /**/ -#endif - -/* HAS_UALARM: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the ualarm routine is - * available to do alarms with microsecond granularity. - */ -/*#define HAS_UALARM /**/ - /* HAS_UNION_SEMUN: * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the union semun is * defined by including . If not, the user code @@ -3248,33 +2256,6 @@ /*#define USE_SEMCTL_SEMUN /**/ /*#define USE_SEMCTL_SEMID_DS /**/ -/* HAS_UNORDERED: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the unordered routine is - * available to check whether two doubles are unordered - * (effectively: whether either of them is NaN) - */ -/*#define HAS_UNORDERED /**/ - -/* HAS_UNSETENV: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the unsetenv () routine is - * available for use. - */ -/*#define HAS_UNSETENV /**/ - -/* HAS_USLEEP_PROTO: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the system provides - * a prototype for the usleep() function. Otherwise, it is up - * to the program to supply one. A good guess is - * extern int usleep(useconds_t); - */ -/*#define HAS_USLEEP_PROTO /**/ - -/* HAS_USTAT: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the ustat system call is - * available to query file system statistics by dev_t. - */ -/*#define HAS_USTAT /**/ - /* HAS_VFORK: * This symbol, if defined, indicates that vfork() exists. */ @@ -3294,57 +2275,14 @@ */ #define Signal_t void /* Signal handler's return type */ -/* HAS_VPRINTF: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the vprintf routine is available - * to printf with a pointer to an argument list. If unavailable, you - * may need to write your own, probably in terms of _doprnt(). - */ -/* USE_CHAR_VSPRINTF: - * This symbol is defined if this system has vsprintf() returning type - * (char*). The trend seems to be to declare it as "int vsprintf()". It - * is up to the package author to declare vsprintf correctly based on the - * symbol. - */ -#define HAS_VPRINTF /**/ -/*#define USE_CHAR_VSPRINTF /**/ - -/* HAS_WRITEV: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the writev routine is - * available to do scatter writes. - */ -/*#define HAS_WRITEV /**/ - -/* USE_DYNAMIC_LOADING: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that dynamic loading of - * some sort is available. - */ -#define USE_DYNAMIC_LOADING /**/ - -/* DOUBLESIZE: - * This symbol contains the size of a double, so that the C preprocessor - * can make decisions based on it. - */ -#define DOUBLESIZE 8 /**/ - -/* EBCDIC: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that this system uses - * EBCDIC encoding. - */ -/*#define EBCDIC /**/ - -/* FFLUSH_NULL: - * This symbol, if defined, tells that fflush(NULL) does flush - * all pending stdio output. - */ -/* FFLUSH_ALL: - * This symbol, if defined, tells that to flush - * all pending stdio output one must loop through all - * the stdio file handles stored in an array and fflush them. - * Note that if fflushNULL is defined, fflushall will not - * even be probed for and will be left undefined. +/* HASVOLATILE: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that this C compiler knows about + * the volatile declaration. */ -#define FFLUSH_NULL /**/ -/*#define FFLUSH_ALL /**/ +#define HASVOLATILE /**/ +#ifndef HASVOLATILE +#define volatile +#endif /* Fpos_t: * This symbol holds the type used to declare file positions in libc. @@ -3382,8 +2320,8 @@ * This symbol holds the type used for the second argument to * getgroups() and setgroups(). Usually, this is the same as * gidtype (gid_t) , but sometimes it isn't. - * It can be int, ushort, gid_t, etc... - * It may be necessary to include to get any + * It can be int, ushort, gid_t, etc... + * It may be necessary to include to get any * typedef'ed information. This is only required if you have * getgroups() or setgroups().. */ @@ -3391,53 +2329,25 @@ #define Groups_t gid_t /* Type for 2nd arg to [sg]etgroups() */ #endif -/* I_CRYPT: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that exists and - * should be included. - */ -/*#define I_CRYPT /**/ - -/* DB_Prefix_t: - * This symbol contains the type of the prefix structure element - * in the header file. In older versions of DB, it was - * int, while in newer ones it is u_int32_t. - */ -/* DB_Hash_t: - * This symbol contains the type of the prefix structure element - * in the header file. In older versions of DB, it was - * int, while in newer ones it is size_t. - */ -/* DB_VERSION_MAJOR_CFG: - * This symbol, if defined, defines the major version number of - * Berkeley DB found in the header when Perl was configured. - */ -/* DB_VERSION_MINOR_CFG: - * This symbol, if defined, defines the minor version number of - * Berkeley DB found in the header when Perl was configured. - * For DB version 1 this is always 0. - */ -/* DB_VERSION_PATCH_CFG: - * This symbol, if defined, defines the patch version number of - * Berkeley DB found in the header when Perl was configured. - * For DB version 1 this is always 0. +/* I_DIRENT: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that it should + * include . Using this symbol also triggers the definition + * of the Direntry_t define which ends up being 'struct dirent' or + * 'struct direct' depending on the availability of . */ -#define DB_Hash_t int /**/ -#define DB_Prefix_t int /**/ -#define DB_VERSION_MAJOR_CFG 0 /**/ -#define DB_VERSION_MINOR_CFG 0 /**/ -#define DB_VERSION_PATCH_CFG 0 /**/ - -/* I_FP: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that exists and - * should be included. +/* DIRNAMLEN: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that the length + * of directory entry names is provided by a d_namlen field. Otherwise + * you need to do strlen() on the d_name field. */ -/*#define I_FP /**/ - -/* I_FP_CLASS: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that exists and - * should be included. +/* Direntry_t: + * This symbol is set to 'struct direct' or 'struct dirent' depending on + * whether dirent is available or not. You should use this pseudo type to + * portably declare your directory entries. */ -/*#define I_FP_CLASS /**/ +#define I_DIRENT /**/ +#define DIRNAMLEN /**/ +#define Direntry_t struct direct /* I_GRP: * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that it should @@ -3450,42 +2360,12 @@ /*#define I_GRP /**/ /*#define GRPASSWD /**/ -/* I_IEEEFP: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that exists and - * should be included. - */ -/*#define I_IEEEFP /**/ - -/* I_INTTYPES: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that it should - * include . - */ -/*#define I_INTTYPES /**/ - -/* I_LANGINFO: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that exists and - * should be included. - */ -/*#define I_LANGINFO /**/ - -/* I_LIBUTIL: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that exists and - * should be included. - */ -/*#define I_LIBUTIL /**/ - /* I_MACH_CTHREADS: * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that it should * include . */ /*#define I_MACH_CTHREADS /**/ -/* I_MNTENT: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that exists and - * should be included. - */ -/*#define I_MNTENT /**/ - /* I_NDBM: * This symbol, if defined, indicates that exists and should * be included. @@ -3498,23 +2378,11 @@ */ /*#define I_NETDB /**/ -/* I_NETINET_TCP: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that it should - * include . +/* I_NET_ERRNO: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that exists and + * should be included. */ -/*#define I_NETINET_TCP /**/ - -/* I_POLL: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that exists and - * should be included. (see also HAS_POLL) - */ -/*#define I_POLL /**/ - -/* I_PROT: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that exists and - * should be included. - */ -/*#define I_PROT /**/ +/*#define I_NET_ERRNO /**/ /* I_PTHREAD: * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that it should @@ -3568,52 +2436,17 @@ /*#define PWGECOS /**/ /*#define PWPASSWD /**/ -/* I_SHADOW: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that exists and - * should be included. - */ -/*#define I_SHADOW /**/ - -/* I_SOCKS: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that exists and - * should be included. - */ -/*#define I_SOCKS /**/ - -/* I_SUNMATH: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that exists and - * should be included. - */ -/*#define I_SUNMATH /**/ - -/* I_SYSLOG: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that exists and - * should be included. - */ -/*#define I_SYSLOG /**/ - -/* I_SYSMODE: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that exists and - * should be included. - */ -/*#define I_SYSMODE /**/ - -/* I_SYS_MOUNT: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that exists and - * should be included. - */ -/*#define I_SYS_MOUNT /**/ - -/* I_SYS_STATFS: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that exists. +/* I_SYS_ACCESS: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that it should + * include . */ -/*#define I_SYS_STATFS /**/ +/*#define I_SYS_ACCESS /**/ -/* I_SYS_STATVFS: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that exists and - * should be included. +/* I_SYS_SECURITY: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that it should + * include . */ -/*#define I_SYS_STATVFS /**/ +/*#define I_SYS_SECURITY /**/ /* I_SYSUIO: * This symbol, if defined, indicates that exists and @@ -3621,50 +2454,6 @@ */ /*#define I_SYSUIO /**/ -/* I_SYSUTSNAME: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that exists and - * should be included. - */ -/*#define I_SYSUTSNAME /**/ - -/* I_SYS_VFS: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that exists and - * should be included. - */ -/*#define I_SYS_VFS /**/ - -/* I_TIME: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that it should - * include . - */ -/* I_SYS_TIME: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that it should - * include . - */ -/* I_SYS_TIME_KERNEL: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that it should - * include with KERNEL defined. - */ -/* HAS_TM_TM_ZONE: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that - * the struct tm has a tm_zone field. - */ -/* HAS_TM_TM_GMTOFF: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that - * the struct tm has a tm_gmtoff field. - */ -#define I_TIME /**/ -/*#define I_SYS_TIME /**/ -/*#define I_SYS_TIME_KERNEL /**/ -/*#define HAS_TM_TM_ZONE /**/ -/*#define HAS_TM_TM_GMTOFF /**/ - -/* I_USTAT: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that exists and - * should be included. - */ -/*#define I_USTAT /**/ - /* I_STDARG: * This symbol, if defined, indicates that exists and should * be included. @@ -3683,7 +2472,7 @@ * for a C initialization string. See the inc_version_list entry * in Porting/Glossary for more details. */ -#define PERL_INC_VERSION_LIST 0 /**/ +/*#define PERL_INC_VERSION_LIST 0 /**/ /* INSTALL_USR_BIN_PERL: * This symbol, if defined, indicates that Perl is to be installed @@ -3691,27 +2480,6 @@ */ /*#define INSTALL_USR_BIN_PERL /**/ -/* PERL_PRIfldbl: - * This symbol, if defined, contains the string used by stdio to - * format long doubles (format 'f') for output. - */ -/* PERL_PRIgldbl: - * This symbol, if defined, contains the string used by stdio to - * format long doubles (format 'g') for output. - */ -/* PERL_PRIeldbl: - * This symbol, if defined, contains the string used by stdio to - * format long doubles (format 'e') for output. - */ -/* PERL_SCNfldbl: - * This symbol, if defined, contains the string used by stdio to - * format long doubles (format 'f') for input. - */ -/*#define PERL_PRIfldbl "Lf" /**/ -/*#define PERL_PRIgldbl "Lg" /**/ -/*#define PERL_PRIeldbl "Le" /**/ -/*#define PERL_SCNfldbl "Lf" /**/ - /* Off_t: * This symbol holds the type used to declare offsets in the kernel. * It can be int, long, off_t, etc... It may be necessary to include @@ -3727,12 +2495,6 @@ #define LSEEKSIZE 4 /* size */ #define Off_t_size 4 /* size */ -/* PERL_MAD: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the Misc Attribution - * Declaration code should be conditionally compiled. - */ -/*#define PERL_MAD /**/ - /* Free_t: * This variable contains the return type of free(). It is usually * void, but occasionally int. @@ -3754,51 +2516,13 @@ /*#define MYMALLOC /**/ /* Mode_t: - * This symbol holds the type used to declare file modes + * This symbol holds the type used to declare file modes * for systems calls. It is usually mode_t, but may be * int or unsigned short. It may be necessary to include * to get any typedef'ed information. */ #define Mode_t mode_t /* file mode parameter for system calls */ -/* VAL_O_NONBLOCK: - * This symbol is to be used during open() or fcntl(F_SETFL) to turn on - * non-blocking I/O for the file descriptor. Note that there is no way - * back, i.e. you cannot turn it blocking again this way. If you wish to - * alternatively switch between blocking and non-blocking, use the - * ioctl(FIOSNBIO) call instead, but that is not supported by all devices. - */ -/* VAL_EAGAIN: - * This symbol holds the errno error code set by read() when no data was - * present on the non-blocking file descriptor. - */ -/* RD_NODATA: - * This symbol holds the return code from read() when no data is present - * on the non-blocking file descriptor. Be careful! If EOF_NONBLOCK is - * not defined, then you can't distinguish between no data and EOF by - * issuing a read(). You'll have to find another way to tell for sure! - */ -/* EOF_NONBLOCK: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that a read() on - * a non-blocking file descriptor will return 0 on EOF, and not the value - * held in RD_NODATA (-1 usually, in that case!). - */ -#define VAL_O_NONBLOCK O_NONBLOCK -#define VAL_EAGAIN EAGAIN -#define RD_NODATA -1 -#define EOF_NONBLOCK - -/* NEED_VA_COPY: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the system stores - * the variable argument list datatype, va_list, in a format - * that cannot be copied by simple assignment, so that some - * other means must be used when copying is required. - * As such systems vary in their provision (or non-provision) - * of copying mechanisms, handy.h defines a platform- - * independent macro, Perl_va_copy(src, dst), to do the job. - */ -/*#define NEED_VA_COPY /**/ - /* Netdb_host_t: * This symbol holds the type used for the 1st argument * to gethostbyaddr(). @@ -3830,285 +2554,58 @@ */ /*#define PERL_OTHERLIBDIRS "" /**/ -/* HAS_QUAD: - * This symbol, if defined, tells that there's a 64-bit integer type, - * Quad_t, and its unsigned counterpar, Uquad_t. QUADKIND will be one - * of QUAD_IS_INT, QUAD_IS_LONG, QUAD_IS_LONG_LONG, or QUAD_IS_INT64_T. +/* Pid_t: + * This symbol holds the type used to declare process ids in the kernel. + * It can be int, uint, pid_t, etc... It may be necessary to include + * to get any typedef'ed information. */ -/*#define HAS_QUAD /**/ -#ifdef HAS_QUAD -# define Quad_t __int64 /**/ -# define Uquad_t unsigned __int64 /**/ -# define QUADKIND 5 /**/ -# define QUAD_IS_INT 1 -# define QUAD_IS_LONG 2 -# define QUAD_IS_LONG_LONG 3 -# define QUAD_IS_INT64_T 4 -#endif +#define Pid_t int /* PID type */ -/* IVTYPE: - * This symbol defines the C type used for Perl's IV. - */ -/* UVTYPE: - * This symbol defines the C type used for Perl's UV. - */ -/* I8TYPE: - * This symbol defines the C type used for Perl's I8. - */ -/* U8TYPE: - * This symbol defines the C type used for Perl's U8. - */ -/* I16TYPE: - * This symbol defines the C type used for Perl's I16. +/* PRIVLIB: + * This symbol contains the name of the private library for this package. + * The library is private in the sense that it needn't be in anyone's + * execution path, but it should be accessible by the world. The program + * should be prepared to do ~ expansion. */ -/* U16TYPE: - * This symbol defines the C type used for Perl's U16. +/* PRIVLIB_EXP: + * This symbol contains the ~name expanded version of PRIVLIB, to be used + * in programs that are not prepared to deal with ~ expansion at run-time. */ -/* I32TYPE: - * This symbol defines the C type used for Perl's I32. +#define PRIVLIB "c:\\perl\\lib" /**/ +#define PRIVLIB_EXP (win32_get_privlib("5.11.0")) /**/ + +/* CAN_PROTOTYPE: + * If defined, this macro indicates that the C compiler can handle + * function prototypes. */ -/* U32TYPE: - * This symbol defines the C type used for Perl's U32. +/* _: + * This macro is used to declare function parameters for folks who want + * to make declarations with prototypes using a different style than + * the above macros. Use double parentheses. For example: + * + * int main _((int argc, char *argv[])); */ -/* I64TYPE: - * This symbol defines the C type used for Perl's I64. +#define CAN_PROTOTYPE /**/ +#ifdef CAN_PROTOTYPE +#define _(args) args +#else +#define _(args) () +#endif + +/* Select_fd_set_t: + * This symbol holds the type used for the 2nd, 3rd, and 4th + * arguments to select. Usually, this is 'fd_set *', if HAS_FD_SET + * is defined, and 'int *' otherwise. This is only useful if you + * have select(), of course. */ -/* U64TYPE: - * This symbol defines the C type used for Perl's U64. - */ -/* NVTYPE: - * This symbol defines the C type used for Perl's NV. - */ -/* IVSIZE: - * This symbol contains the sizeof(IV). - */ -/* UVSIZE: - * This symbol contains the sizeof(UV). - */ -/* I8SIZE: - * This symbol contains the sizeof(I8). - */ -/* U8SIZE: - * This symbol contains the sizeof(U8). - */ -/* I16SIZE: - * This symbol contains the sizeof(I16). - */ -/* U16SIZE: - * This symbol contains the sizeof(U16). - */ -/* I32SIZE: - * This symbol contains the sizeof(I32). - */ -/* U32SIZE: - * This symbol contains the sizeof(U32). - */ -/* I64SIZE: - * This symbol contains the sizeof(I64). - */ -/* U64SIZE: - * This symbol contains the sizeof(U64). - */ -/* NVSIZE: - * This symbol contains the sizeof(NV). - */ -/* NV_PRESERVES_UV: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that a variable of type NVTYPE - * can preserve all the bits of a variable of type UVTYPE. - */ -/* NV_PRESERVES_UV_BITS: - * This symbol contains the number of bits a variable of type NVTYPE - * can preserve of a variable of type UVTYPE. - */ -/* NV_OVERFLOWS_INTEGERS_AT - * This symbol gives the largest integer value that NVs can hold. This - * value + 1.0 cannot be stored accurately. It is expressed as constant - * floating point expression to reduce the chance of decimale/binary - * conversion issues. If it can not be determined, the value 0 is given. - */ -/* NV_ZERO_IS_ALLBITS_ZERO - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that a variable of type NVTYPE - * stores 0.0 in memory as all bits zero. - */ -#define IVTYPE long /**/ -#define UVTYPE unsigned long /**/ -#define I8TYPE char /**/ -#define U8TYPE unsigned char /**/ -#define I16TYPE short /**/ -#define U16TYPE unsigned short /**/ -#define I32TYPE long /**/ -#define U32TYPE unsigned long /**/ -#ifdef HAS_QUAD -#define I64TYPE __int64 /**/ -#define U64TYPE unsigned __int64 /**/ -#endif -#define NVTYPE double /**/ -#define IVSIZE 4 /**/ -#define UVSIZE 4 /**/ -#define I8SIZE 1 /**/ -#define U8SIZE 1 /**/ -#define I16SIZE 2 /**/ -#define U16SIZE 2 /**/ -#define I32SIZE 4 /**/ -#define U32SIZE 4 /**/ -#ifdef HAS_QUAD -#define I64SIZE 8 /**/ -#define U64SIZE 8 /**/ -#endif -#define NVSIZE 8 /**/ -#define NV_PRESERVES_UV -#define NV_PRESERVES_UV_BITS 32 -#define NV_OVERFLOWS_INTEGERS_AT 256.0*256.0*256.0*256.0*256.0*256.0*2.0*2.0*2.0*2.0*2.0 -#define NV_ZERO_IS_ALLBITS_ZERO -#if 4 == 8 -# ifdef BYTEORDER -# if BYTEORDER == 0x1234 -# undef BYTEORDER -# define BYTEORDER 0x12345678 -# else -# if BYTEORDER == 0x4321 -# undef BYTEORDER -# define BYTEORDER 0x87654321 -# endif -# endif -# endif -#endif - -/* IVdf: - * This symbol defines the format string used for printing a Perl IV - * as a signed decimal integer. - */ -/* UVuf: - * This symbol defines the format string used for printing a Perl UV - * as an unsigned decimal integer. - */ -/* UVof: - * This symbol defines the format string used for printing a Perl UV - * as an unsigned octal integer. - */ -/* UVxf: - * This symbol defines the format string used for printing a Perl UV - * as an unsigned hexadecimal integer in lowercase abcdef. - */ -/* UVXf: - * This symbol defines the format string used for printing a Perl UV - * as an unsigned hexadecimal integer in uppercase ABCDEF. - */ -/* NVef: - * This symbol defines the format string used for printing a Perl NV - * using %e-ish floating point format. - */ -/* NVff: - * This symbol defines the format string used for printing a Perl NV - * using %f-ish floating point format. - */ -/* NVgf: - * This symbol defines the format string used for printing a Perl NV - * using %g-ish floating point format. - */ -#define IVdf "ld" /**/ -#define UVuf "lu" /**/ -#define UVof "lo" /**/ -#define UVxf "lx" /**/ -#define UVXf "lX" /**/ -#define NVef "e" /**/ -#define NVff "f" /**/ -#define NVgf "g" /**/ - -/* Pid_t: - * This symbol holds the type used to declare process ids in the kernel. - * It can be int, uint, pid_t, etc... It may be necessary to include - * to get any typedef'ed information. - */ -#define Pid_t int /* PID type */ - -/* PRIVLIB: - * This symbol contains the name of the private library for this package. - * The library is private in the sense that it needn't be in anyone's - * execution path, but it should be accessible by the world. The program - * should be prepared to do ~ expansion. - */ -/* PRIVLIB_EXP: - * This symbol contains the ~name expanded version of PRIVLIB, to be used - * in programs that are not prepared to deal with ~ expansion at run-time. - */ -#define PRIVLIB "c:\\perl\\5.11.0\\lib" /**/ -#define PRIVLIB_EXP (win32_get_privlib("5.11.0")) /**/ - -/* CAN_PROTOTYPE: - * If defined, this macro indicates that the C compiler can handle - * function prototypes. - */ -/* _: - * This macro is used to declare function parameters for folks who want - * to make declarations with prototypes using a different style than - * the above macros. Use double parentheses. For example: - * - * int main _((int argc, char *argv[])); - */ -#define CAN_PROTOTYPE /**/ -#ifdef CAN_PROTOTYPE -#define _(args) args -#else -#define _(args) () -#endif - -/* PTRSIZE: - * This symbol contains the size of a pointer, so that the C preprocessor - * can make decisions based on it. It will be sizeof(void *) if - * the compiler supports (void *); otherwise it will be - * sizeof(char *). - */ -#define PTRSIZE 4 /**/ - -/* Drand01: - * This macro is to be used to generate uniformly distributed - * random numbers over the range [0., 1.[. You may have to supply - * an 'extern double drand48();' in your program since SunOS 4.1.3 - * doesn't provide you with anything relevant in its headers. - * See HAS_DRAND48_PROTO. - */ -/* Rand_seed_t: - * This symbol defines the type of the argument of the - * random seed function. - */ -/* seedDrand01: - * This symbol defines the macro to be used in seeding the - * random number generator (see Drand01). - */ -/* RANDBITS: - * This symbol indicates how many bits are produced by the - * function used to generate normalized random numbers. - * Values include 15, 16, 31, and 48. - */ -#define Drand01() (rand()/(double)((unsigned)1< or - * to get any typedef'ed information. - * We will pick a type such that sizeof(SSize_t) == sizeof(Size_t). - */ -#define SSize_t int /* signed count of bytes */ - -/* STARTPERL: - * This variable contains the string to put in front of a perl - * script to make sure (one hopes) that it runs with perl and not - * some shell. - */ -#define STARTPERL "#!perl" /**/ - /* STDCHAR: * This symbol is defined to be the type of char used in stdio.h. * It has the values "unsigned char" or "char". */ #define STDCHAR unsigned char /**/ -/* HAS_STDIO_STREAM_ARRAY: - * This symbol, if defined, tells that there is an array - * holding the stdio streams. - */ -/* STDIO_STREAM_ARRAY: - * This symbol tells the name of the array holding the stdio streams. - * Usual values include _iob, __iob, and __sF. - */ -/*#define HAS_STDIO_STREAM_ARRAY /**/ -#define STDIO_STREAM_ARRAY - /* Uid_t_f: * This symbol defines the format string used for printing a Uid_t. */ @@ -4270,90 +2739,6 @@ */ #define Uid_t uid_t /* UID type */ -/* USE_64_BIT_INT: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that 64-bit integers should - * be used when available. If not defined, the native integers - * will be employed (be they 32 or 64 bits). The minimal possible - * 64-bitness is used, just enough to get 64-bit integers into Perl. - * This may mean using for example "long longs", while your memory - * may still be limited to 2 gigabytes. - */ -/* USE_64_BIT_ALL: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that 64-bit integers should - * be used when available. If not defined, the native integers - * will be used (be they 32 or 64 bits). The maximal possible - * 64-bitness is employed: LP64 or ILP64, meaning that you will - * be able to use more than 2 gigabytes of memory. This mode is - * even more binary incompatible than USE_64_BIT_INT. You may not - * be able to run the resulting executable in a 32-bit CPU at all or - * you may need at least to reboot your OS to 64-bit mode. - */ -#ifndef USE_64_BIT_INT -/*#define USE_64_BIT_INT /**/ -#endif - -#ifndef USE_64_BIT_ALL -/*#define USE_64_BIT_ALL /**/ -#endif - -/* USE_FAST_STDIO: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that Perl should - * be built to use 'fast stdio'. - * Defaults to define in Perls 5.8 and earlier, to undef later. - */ -#ifndef USE_FAST_STDIO -/*#define USE_FAST_STDIO / **/ -#endif - -/* USE_LARGE_FILES: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that large file support - * should be used when available. - */ -#ifndef USE_LARGE_FILES -/*#define USE_LARGE_FILES /**/ -#endif - -/* USE_LONG_DOUBLE: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that long doubles should - * be used when available. - */ -#ifndef USE_LONG_DOUBLE -/*#define USE_LONG_DOUBLE /**/ -#endif - -/* USE_MORE_BITS: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that 64-bit interfaces and - * long doubles should be used when available. - */ -#ifndef USE_MORE_BITS -/*#define USE_MORE_BITS /**/ -#endif - -/* MULTIPLICITY: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that Perl should - * be built to use multiplicity. - */ -#ifndef MULTIPLICITY -/*#define MULTIPLICITY /**/ -#endif - -/* USE_PERLIO: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the PerlIO abstraction should - * be used throughout. If not defined, stdio should be - * used in a fully backward compatible manner. - */ -#ifndef USE_PERLIO -/*#define USE_PERLIO /**/ -#endif - -/* USE_SOCKS: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that Perl should - * be built to use socks. - */ -#ifndef USE_SOCKS -/*#define USE_SOCKS /**/ -#endif - /* USE_ITHREADS: * This symbol, if defined, indicates that Perl should be built to * use the interpreter-based threading implementation. @@ -4361,6 +2746,7 @@ /* USE_5005THREADS: * This symbol, if defined, indicates that Perl should be built to * use the 5.005-based threading implementation. + * Only valid up to 5.8.x. */ /* OLD_PTHREADS_API: * This symbol, if defined, indicates that Perl should @@ -4379,12 +2765,6 @@ /*#define OLD_PTHREADS_API /**/ /*#define USE_REENTRANT_API /**/ -/* USE_DTRACE - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that Perl should - * be built with support for DTrace. - */ -/*#define USE_DTRACE / **/ - /* PERL_VENDORARCH: * If defined, this symbol contains the name of a private library. * The library is private in the sense that it needn't be in anyone's @@ -4440,11 +2820,1661 @@ #define M_VOID /* Xenix strikes again */ #endif -/* HAS_POLL: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the poll routine is - * available to poll active file descriptors. You may safely - * include when both this symbol *and* I_POLL are defined. +/* USE_CROSS_COMPILE: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that Perl is being cross-compiled. */ -/*#define HAS_POLL /**/ +/* PERL_TARGETARCH: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates the target architecture + * Perl has been cross-compiled to. Undefined if not a cross-compile. + */ +#ifndef USE_CROSS_COMPILE +/*#define USE_CROSS_COMPILE /**/ +#define PERL_TARGETARCH "" /**/ +#endif + +/* MEM_ALIGNBYTES: + * This symbol contains the number of bytes required to align a + * double, or a long double when applicable. Usual values are 2, + * 4 and 8. The default is eight, for safety. + */ +#if defined(USE_CROSS_COMPILE) || defined(MULTIARCH) +# define MEM_ALIGNBYTES 8 +#else +#define MEM_ALIGNBYTES 8 +#endif + +/* BYTEORDER: + * This symbol holds the hexadecimal constant defined in byteorder, + * in a UV, i.e. 0x1234 or 0x4321 or 0x12345678, etc... + * If the compiler supports cross-compiling or multiple-architecture + * binaries (eg. on NeXT systems), use compiler-defined macros to + * determine the byte order. + * On NeXT 3.2 (and greater), you can build "Fat" Multiple Architecture + * Binaries (MAB) on either big endian or little endian machines. + * The endian-ness is available at compile-time. This only matters + * for perl, where the config.h can be generated and installed on + * one system, and used by a different architecture to build an + * extension. Older versions of NeXT that might not have + * defined either *_ENDIAN__ were all on Motorola 680x0 series, + * so the default case (for NeXT) is big endian to catch them. + * This might matter for NeXT 3.0. + */ +#if defined(USE_CROSS_COMPILE) || defined(MULTIARCH) +# ifdef __LITTLE_ENDIAN__ +# if LONGSIZE == 4 +# define BYTEORDER 0x1234 +# else +# if LONGSIZE == 8 +# define BYTEORDER 0x12345678 +# endif +# endif +# else +# ifdef __BIG_ENDIAN__ +# if LONGSIZE == 4 +# define BYTEORDER 0x4321 +# else +# if LONGSIZE == 8 +# define BYTEORDER 0x87654321 +# endif +# endif +# endif +# endif +# if !defined(BYTEORDER) && (defined(NeXT) || defined(__NeXT__)) +# define BYTEORDER 0x4321 +# endif +#else +#define BYTEORDER 0x1234 /* large digits for MSB */ +#endif /* NeXT */ + +/* CASTI32: + * This symbol is defined if the C compiler can cast negative + * or large floating point numbers to 32-bit ints. + */ +#define CASTI32 /**/ + +/* CASTNEGFLOAT: + * This symbol is defined if the C compiler can cast negative + * numbers to unsigned longs, ints and shorts. + */ +/* CASTFLAGS: + * This symbol contains flags that say what difficulties the compiler + * has casting odd floating values to unsigned long: + * 0 = ok + * 1 = couldn't cast < 0 + * 2 = couldn't cast >= 0x80000000 + * 4 = couldn't cast in argument expression list + */ +#define CASTNEGFLOAT /**/ +#define CASTFLAGS 0 /**/ + +/* VOID_CLOSEDIR: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the closedir() routine + * does not return a value. + */ +/*#define VOID_CLOSEDIR /**/ + +/* HAS_FD_SET: + * This symbol, when defined, indicates presence of the fd_set typedef + * in + */ +#define HAS_FD_SET /**/ + +/* Gconvert: + * This preprocessor macro is defined to convert a floating point + * number to a string without a trailing decimal point. This + * emulates the behavior of sprintf("%g"), but is sometimes much more + * efficient. If gconvert() is not available, but gcvt() drops the + * trailing decimal point, then gcvt() is used. If all else fails, + * a macro using sprintf("%g") is used. Arguments for the Gconvert + * macro are: value, number of digits, whether trailing zeros should + * be retained, and the output buffer. + * The usual values are: + * d_Gconvert='gconvert((x),(n),(t),(b))' + * d_Gconvert='gcvt((x),(n),(b))' + * d_Gconvert='sprintf((b),"%.*g",(n),(x))' + * The last two assume trailing zeros should not be kept. + */ +#define Gconvert(x,n,t,b) gcvt((x),(n),(b)) + +/* HAS_GETPAGESIZE: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getpagesize system call + * is available to get system page size, which is the granularity of + * many memory management calls. + */ +/*#define HAS_GETPAGESIZE /**/ + +/* HAS_GNULIBC: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that + * the GNU C library is being used. A better check is to use + * the __GLIBC__ and __GLIBC_MINOR__ symbols supplied with glibc. + */ +/*#define HAS_GNULIBC /**/ +#if defined(HAS_GNULIBC) && !defined(_GNU_SOURCE) +# define _GNU_SOURCE +#endif + +/* HAS_ISASCII: + * This manifest constant lets the C program know that isascii + * is available. + */ +#define HAS_ISASCII /**/ + +/* HAS_LCHOWN: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the lchown routine is + * available to operate on a symbolic link (instead of following the + * link). + */ +/*#define HAS_LCHOWN /**/ + +/* HAS_OPEN3: + * This manifest constant lets the C program know that the three + * argument form of open(2) is available. + */ +/*#define HAS_OPEN3 /**/ + +/* HAS_SAFE_BCOPY: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the bcopy routine is available + * to copy potentially overlapping memory blocks. Normally, you should + * probably use memmove() or memcpy(). If neither is defined, roll your + * own version. + */ +/*#define HAS_SAFE_BCOPY /**/ + +/* HAS_SAFE_MEMCPY: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the memcpy routine is available + * to copy potentially overlapping memory blocks. If you need to + * copy overlapping memory blocks, you should check HAS_MEMMOVE and + * use memmove() instead, if available. + */ +/*#define HAS_SAFE_MEMCPY /**/ + +/* HAS_SANE_MEMCMP: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the memcmp routine is available + * and can be used to compare relative magnitudes of chars with their high + * bits set. If it is not defined, roll your own version. + */ +#define HAS_SANE_MEMCMP /**/ + +/* HAS_SIGACTION: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that Vr4's sigaction() routine + * is available. + */ +/*#define HAS_SIGACTION /**/ + +/* HAS_SIGSETJMP: + * This variable indicates to the C program that the sigsetjmp() + * routine is available to save the calling process's registers + * and stack environment for later use by siglongjmp(), and + * to optionally save the process's signal mask. See + * Sigjmp_buf, Sigsetjmp, and Siglongjmp. + */ +/* Sigjmp_buf: + * This is the buffer type to be used with Sigsetjmp and Siglongjmp. + */ +/* Sigsetjmp: + * This macro is used in the same way as sigsetjmp(), but will invoke + * traditional setjmp() if sigsetjmp isn't available. + * See HAS_SIGSETJMP. + */ +/* Siglongjmp: + * This macro is used in the same way as siglongjmp(), but will invoke + * traditional longjmp() if siglongjmp isn't available. + * See HAS_SIGSETJMP. + */ +/*#define HAS_SIGSETJMP /**/ +#ifdef HAS_SIGSETJMP +#define Sigjmp_buf sigjmp_buf +#define Sigsetjmp(buf,save_mask) sigsetjmp((buf),(save_mask)) +#define Siglongjmp(buf,retval) siglongjmp((buf),(retval)) +#else +#define Sigjmp_buf jmp_buf +#define Sigsetjmp(buf,save_mask) setjmp((buf)) +#define Siglongjmp(buf,retval) longjmp((buf),(retval)) +#endif + +/* USE_STDIO_PTR: + * This symbol is defined if the _ptr and _cnt fields (or similar) + * of the stdio FILE structure can be used to access the stdio buffer + * for a file handle. If this is defined, then the FILE_ptr(fp) + * and FILE_cnt(fp) macros will also be defined and should be used + * to access these fields. + */ +/* FILE_ptr: + * This macro is used to access the _ptr field (or equivalent) of the + * FILE structure pointed to by its argument. This macro will always be + * defined if USE_STDIO_PTR is defined. + */ +/* STDIO_PTR_LVALUE: + * This symbol is defined if the FILE_ptr macro can be used as an + * lvalue. + */ +/* FILE_cnt: + * This macro is used to access the _cnt field (or equivalent) of the + * FILE structure pointed to by its argument. This macro will always be + * defined if USE_STDIO_PTR is defined. + */ +/* STDIO_CNT_LVALUE: + * This symbol is defined if the FILE_cnt macro can be used as an + * lvalue. + */ +/* STDIO_PTR_LVAL_SETS_CNT: + * This symbol is defined if using the FILE_ptr macro as an lvalue + * to increase the pointer by n has the side effect of decreasing the + * value of File_cnt(fp) by n. + */ +/* STDIO_PTR_LVAL_NOCHANGE_CNT: + * This symbol is defined if using the FILE_ptr macro as an lvalue + * to increase the pointer by n leaves File_cnt(fp) unchanged. + */ +#define USE_STDIO_PTR /**/ +#ifdef USE_STDIO_PTR +#define FILE_ptr(fp) ((fp)->curp) +#define STDIO_PTR_LVALUE /**/ +#define FILE_cnt(fp) ((fp)->level) +#define STDIO_CNT_LVALUE /**/ +/*#define STDIO_PTR_LVAL_SETS_CNT /**/ +#define STDIO_PTR_LVAL_NOCHANGE_CNT /**/ +#endif + +/* USE_STDIO_BASE: + * This symbol is defined if the _base field (or similar) of the + * stdio FILE structure can be used to access the stdio buffer for + * a file handle. If this is defined, then the FILE_base(fp) macro + * will also be defined and should be used to access this field. + * Also, the FILE_bufsiz(fp) macro will be defined and should be used + * to determine the number of bytes in the buffer. USE_STDIO_BASE + * will never be defined unless USE_STDIO_PTR is. + */ +/* FILE_base: + * This macro is used to access the _base field (or equivalent) of the + * FILE structure pointed to by its argument. This macro will always be + * defined if USE_STDIO_BASE is defined. + */ +/* FILE_bufsiz: + * This macro is used to determine the number of bytes in the I/O + * buffer pointed to by _base field (or equivalent) of the FILE + * structure pointed to its argument. This macro will always be defined + * if USE_STDIO_BASE is defined. + */ +#define USE_STDIO_BASE /**/ +#ifdef USE_STDIO_BASE +#define FILE_base(fp) ((fp)->buffer) +#define FILE_bufsiz(fp) ((fp)->level + (fp)->curp - (fp)->buffer) +#endif + +/* HAS_VPRINTF: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the vprintf routine is available + * to printf with a pointer to an argument list. If unavailable, you + * may need to write your own, probably in terms of _doprnt(). + */ +/* USE_CHAR_VSPRINTF: + * This symbol is defined if this system has vsprintf() returning type + * (char*). The trend seems to be to declare it as "int vsprintf()". It + * is up to the package author to declare vsprintf correctly based on the + * symbol. + */ +#define HAS_VPRINTF /**/ +/*#define USE_CHAR_VSPRINTF /**/ + +/* DOUBLESIZE: + * This symbol contains the size of a double, so that the C preprocessor + * can make decisions based on it. + */ +#define DOUBLESIZE 8 /**/ + +/* I_TIME: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that it should + * include . + */ +/* I_SYS_TIME: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that it should + * include . + */ +/* I_SYS_TIME_KERNEL: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that it should + * include with KERNEL defined. + */ +/* HAS_TM_TM_ZONE: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that + * the struct tm has a tm_zone field. + */ +/* HAS_TM_TM_GMTOFF: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that + * the struct tm has a tm_gmtoff field. + */ +#define I_TIME /**/ +/*#define I_SYS_TIME /**/ +/*#define I_SYS_TIME_KERNEL /**/ +/*#define HAS_TM_TM_ZONE /**/ +/*#define HAS_TM_TM_GMTOFF /**/ + +/* VAL_O_NONBLOCK: + * This symbol is to be used during open() or fcntl(F_SETFL) to turn on + * non-blocking I/O for the file descriptor. Note that there is no way + * back, i.e. you cannot turn it blocking again this way. If you wish to + * alternatively switch between blocking and non-blocking, use the + * ioctl(FIOSNBIO) call instead, but that is not supported by all devices. + */ +/* VAL_EAGAIN: + * This symbol holds the errno error code set by read() when no data was + * present on the non-blocking file descriptor. + */ +/* RD_NODATA: + * This symbol holds the return code from read() when no data is present + * on the non-blocking file descriptor. Be careful! If EOF_NONBLOCK is + * not defined, then you can't distinguish between no data and EOF by + * issuing a read(). You'll have to find another way to tell for sure! + */ +/* EOF_NONBLOCK: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that a read() on + * a non-blocking file descriptor will return 0 on EOF, and not the value + * held in RD_NODATA (-1 usually, in that case!). + */ +#define VAL_O_NONBLOCK O_NONBLOCK +#define VAL_EAGAIN EAGAIN +#define RD_NODATA -1 +#define EOF_NONBLOCK + +/* PTRSIZE: + * This symbol contains the size of a pointer, so that the C preprocessor + * can make decisions based on it. It will be sizeof(void *) if + * the compiler supports (void *); otherwise it will be + * sizeof(char *). + */ +#define PTRSIZE 4 /**/ + +/* Drand01: + * This macro is to be used to generate uniformly distributed + * random numbers over the range [0., 1.[. You may have to supply + * an 'extern double drand48();' in your program since SunOS 4.1.3 + * doesn't provide you with anything relevant in its headers. + * See HAS_DRAND48_PROTO. + */ +/* Rand_seed_t: + * This symbol defines the type of the argument of the + * random seed function. + */ +/* seedDrand01: + * This symbol defines the macro to be used in seeding the + * random number generator (see Drand01). + */ +/* RANDBITS: + * This symbol indicates how many bits are produced by the + * function used to generate normalized random numbers. + * Values include 15, 16, 31, and 48. + */ +#define Drand01() (rand()/(double)((unsigned)1< or + * to get any typedef'ed information. + * We will pick a type such that sizeof(SSize_t) == sizeof(Size_t). + */ +#define SSize_t int /* signed count of bytes */ + +/* EBCDIC: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that this system uses + * EBCDIC encoding. + */ +/*#define EBCDIC /**/ + +/* HAS_ATOLF: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the atolf routine is + * available to convert strings into long doubles. + */ +/*#define HAS_ATOLF /**/ + +/* HAS_ATOLL: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the atoll routine is + * available to convert strings into long longs. + */ +/*#define HAS_ATOLL /**/ + +/* HAS__FWALK: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the _fwalk system call is + * available to apply a function to all the file handles. + */ +/*#define HAS__FWALK /**/ + +/* HAS_AINTL: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the aintl routine is + * available. If copysignl is also present we can emulate modfl. + */ +/*#define HAS_AINTL /**/ + +/* HAS_BUILTIN_CHOOSE_EXPR: + * Can we handle GCC builtin for compile-time ternary-like expressions + */ +/* HAS_BUILTIN_EXPECT: + * Can we handle GCC builtin for telling that certain values are more + * likely + */ +/*#define HAS_BUILTIN_EXPECT /**/ +/*#define HAS_BUILTIN_CHOOSE_EXPR /**/ + +/* HAS_C99_VARIADIC_MACROS: + * If defined, the compiler supports C99 variadic macros. + */ +/*#define HAS_C99_VARIADIC_MACROS /**/ + +/* HAS_CLASS: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the class routine is + * available to classify doubles. Available for example in AIX. + * The returned values are defined in and are: + * + * FP_PLUS_NORM Positive normalized, nonzero + * FP_MINUS_NORM Negative normalized, nonzero + * FP_PLUS_DENORM Positive denormalized, nonzero + * FP_MINUS_DENORM Negative denormalized, nonzero + * FP_PLUS_ZERO +0.0 + * FP_MINUS_ZERO -0.0 + * FP_PLUS_INF +INF + * FP_MINUS_INF -INF + * FP_NANS Signaling Not a Number (NaNS) + * FP_NANQ Quiet Not a Number (NaNQ) + */ +/*#define HAS_CLASS /**/ + +/* HAS_CLEARENV: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the clearenv () routine is + * available for use. + */ +/*#define HAS_CLEARENV /**/ + +/* HAS_STRUCT_CMSGHDR: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the struct cmsghdr + * is supported. + */ +/*#define HAS_STRUCT_CMSGHDR /**/ + +/* HAS_COPYSIGNL: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the copysignl routine is + * available. If aintl is also present we can emulate modfl. + */ +/*#define HAS_COPYSIGNL /**/ + +/* USE_CPLUSPLUS: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that a C++ compiler was + * used to compiled Perl and will be used to compile extensions. + */ +/*#define USE_CPLUSPLUS /**/ + +/* HAS_DBMINIT_PROTO: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the system provides + * a prototype for the dbminit() function. Otherwise, it is up + * to the program to supply one. A good guess is + * extern int dbminit(char *); + */ +/*#define HAS_DBMINIT_PROTO /**/ + +/* HAS_DIR_DD_FD: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the the DIR* dirstream + * structure contains a member variable named dd_fd. + */ +/*#define HAS_DIR_DD_FD /**/ + +/* HAS_DIRFD: + * This manifest constant lets the C program know that dirfd + * is available. + */ +/*#define HAS_DIRFD /**/ + +/* DLSYM_NEEDS_UNDERSCORE: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that we need to prepend an + * underscore to the symbol name before calling dlsym(). This only + * makes sense if you *have* dlsym, which we will presume is the + * case if you're using dl_dlopen.xs. + */ +/*#define DLSYM_NEEDS_UNDERSCORE /**/ + +/* HAS_FAST_STDIO: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the "fast stdio" + * is available to manipulate the stdio buffers directly. + */ +#define HAS_FAST_STDIO /**/ + +/* HAS_FCHDIR: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the fchdir routine is + * available to change directory using a file descriptor. + */ +/*#define HAS_FCHDIR /**/ + +/* FCNTL_CAN_LOCK: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that fcntl() can be used + * for file locking. Normally on Unix systems this is defined. + * It may be undefined on VMS. + */ +/*#define FCNTL_CAN_LOCK /**/ + +/* HAS_FINITE: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the finite routine is + * available to check whether a double is finite (non-infinity non-NaN). + */ +/*#define HAS_FINITE /**/ + +/* HAS_FINITEL: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the finitel routine is + * available to check whether a long double is finite + * (non-infinity non-NaN). + */ +/*#define HAS_FINITEL /**/ + +/* HAS_FLOCK_PROTO: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the system provides + * a prototype for the flock() function. Otherwise, it is up + * to the program to supply one. A good guess is + * extern int flock(int, int); + */ +#define HAS_FLOCK_PROTO /**/ + +/* HAS_FP_CLASS: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the fp_class routine is + * available to classify doubles. Available for example in Digital UNIX. + * The returned values are defined in and are: + * + * FP_SNAN Signaling NaN (Not-a-Number) + * FP_QNAN Quiet NaN (Not-a-Number) + * FP_POS_INF +infinity + * FP_NEG_INF -infinity + * FP_POS_NORM Positive normalized + * FP_NEG_NORM Negative normalized + * FP_POS_DENORM Positive denormalized + * FP_NEG_DENORM Negative denormalized + * FP_POS_ZERO +0.0 (positive zero) + * FP_NEG_ZERO -0.0 (negative zero) + */ +/*#define HAS_FP_CLASS /**/ + +/* HAS_FPCLASS: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the fpclass routine is + * available to classify doubles. Available for example in Solaris/SVR4. + * The returned values are defined in and are: + * + * FP_SNAN signaling NaN + * FP_QNAN quiet NaN + * FP_NINF negative infinity + * FP_PINF positive infinity + * FP_NDENORM negative denormalized non-zero + * FP_PDENORM positive denormalized non-zero + * FP_NZERO negative zero + * FP_PZERO positive zero + * FP_NNORM negative normalized non-zero + * FP_PNORM positive normalized non-zero + */ +/*#define HAS_FPCLASS /**/ + +/* HAS_FPCLASSIFY: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the fpclassify routine is + * available to classify doubles. Available for example in HP-UX. + * The returned values are defined in and are + * + * FP_NORMAL Normalized + * FP_ZERO Zero + * FP_INFINITE Infinity + * FP_SUBNORMAL Denormalized + * FP_NAN NaN + * + */ +/*#define HAS_FPCLASSIFY /**/ + +/* HAS_FPCLASSL: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the fpclassl routine is + * available to classify long doubles. Available for example in IRIX. + * The returned values are defined in and are: + * + * FP_SNAN signaling NaN + * FP_QNAN quiet NaN + * FP_NINF negative infinity + * FP_PINF positive infinity + * FP_NDENORM negative denormalized non-zero + * FP_PDENORM positive denormalized non-zero + * FP_NZERO negative zero + * FP_PZERO positive zero + * FP_NNORM negative normalized non-zero + * FP_PNORM positive normalized non-zero + */ +/*#define HAS_FPCLASSL /**/ + +/* HAS_FPOS64_T: + * This symbol will be defined if the C compiler supports fpos64_t. + */ +/*#define HAS_FPOS64_T /**/ + +/* HAS_FREXPL: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the frexpl routine is + * available to break a long double floating-point number into + * a normalized fraction and an integral power of 2. + */ +/*#define HAS_FREXPL /**/ + +/* HAS_STRUCT_FS_DATA: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the struct fs_data + * to do statfs() is supported. + */ +/*#define HAS_STRUCT_FS_DATA /**/ + +/* HAS_FSEEKO: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the fseeko routine is + * available to fseek beyond 32 bits (useful for ILP32 hosts). + */ +/*#define HAS_FSEEKO /**/ + +/* HAS_FSTATFS: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the fstatfs routine is + * available to stat filesystems by file descriptors. + */ +/*#define HAS_FSTATFS /**/ + +/* HAS_FSYNC: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the fsync routine is + * available to write a file's modified data and attributes to + * permanent storage. + */ +/*#define HAS_FSYNC /**/ + +/* HAS_FTELLO: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the ftello routine is + * available to ftell beyond 32 bits (useful for ILP32 hosts). + */ +/*#define HAS_FTELLO /**/ + +/* HAS_FUTIMES: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the futimes routine is + * available to change file descriptor time stamps with struct timevals. + */ +/*#define HAS_FUTIMES /**/ + +/* HAS_GETCWD: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getcwd routine is + * available to get the current working directory. + */ +#define HAS_GETCWD /**/ + +/* HAS_GETESPWNAM: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getespwnam system call is + * available to retrieve enchanced (shadow) password entries by name. + */ +/*#define HAS_GETESPWNAM /**/ + +/* HAS_GETFSSTAT: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getfsstat routine is + * available to stat filesystems in bulk. + */ +/*#define HAS_GETFSSTAT /**/ + +/* HAS_GETITIMER: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getitimer routine is + * available to return interval timers. + */ +/*#define HAS_GETITIMER /**/ + +/* HAS_GETMNT: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getmnt routine is + * available to get filesystem mount info by filename. + */ +/*#define HAS_GETMNT /**/ + +/* HAS_GETMNTENT: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getmntent routine is + * available to iterate through mounted file systems to get their info. + */ +/*#define HAS_GETMNTENT /**/ + +/* HAS_GETPRPWNAM: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getprpwnam system call is + * available to retrieve protected (shadow) password entries by name. + */ +/*#define HAS_GETPRPWNAM /**/ + +/* HAS_GETSPNAM: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getspnam system call is + * available to retrieve SysV shadow password entries by name. + */ +/*#define HAS_GETSPNAM /**/ + +/* HAS_HASMNTOPT: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the hasmntopt routine is + * available to query the mount options of file systems. + */ +/*#define HAS_HASMNTOPT /**/ + +/* HAS_ILOGBL: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the ilogbl routine is + * available. If scalbnl is also present we can emulate frexpl. + */ +/*#define HAS_ILOGBL /**/ + +/* HAS_INT64_T: + * This symbol will defined if the C compiler supports int64_t. + * Usually the needs to be included, but sometimes + * is enough. + */ +/*#define HAS_INT64_T /**/ + +/* HAS_ISFINITE: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the isfinite routine is + * available to check whether a double is finite (non-infinity non-NaN). + */ +/*#define HAS_ISFINITE /**/ + +/* HAS_ISINF: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the isinf routine is + * available to check whether a double is an infinity. + */ +/*#define HAS_ISINF /**/ + +/* HAS_ISNAN: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the isnan routine is + * available to check whether a double is a NaN. + */ +#define HAS_ISNAN /**/ + +/* HAS_ISNANL: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the isnanl routine is + * available to check whether a long double is a NaN. + */ +/*#define HAS_ISNANL /**/ + +/* HAS_LDBL_DIG: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that this system's + * or defines the symbol LDBL_DIG, which is the number + * of significant digits in a long double precision number. Unlike + * for DBL_DIG, there's no good guess for LDBL_DIG if it is undefined. + */ +#define HAS_LDBL_DIG /**/ + +/* LIBM_LIB_VERSION: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that libm exports _LIB_VERSION + * and that math.h defines the enum to manipulate it. + */ +/*#define LIBM_LIB_VERSION /**/ + +/* HAS_MADVISE: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the madvise system call is + * available to map a file into memory. + */ +/*#define HAS_MADVISE /**/ + +/* HAS_MALLOC_SIZE: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the malloc_size + * routine is available for use. + */ +/*#define HAS_MALLOC_SIZE /**/ + +/* HAS_MALLOC_GOOD_SIZE: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the malloc_good_size + * routine is available for use. + */ +/*#define HAS_MALLOC_GOOD_SIZE /**/ + +/* HAS_MKDTEMP: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the mkdtemp routine is + * available to exclusively create a uniquely named temporary directory. + */ +/*#define HAS_MKDTEMP /**/ + +/* HAS_MKSTEMPS: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the mkstemps routine is + * available to excluslvely create and open a uniquely named + * (with a suffix) temporary file. + */ +/*#define HAS_MKSTEMPS /**/ + +/* HAS_MODFL: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the modfl routine is + * available to split a long double x into a fractional part f and + * an integer part i such that |f| < 1.0 and (f + i) = x. + */ +/* HAS_MODFL_PROTO: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the system provides + * a prototype for the modfl() function. Otherwise, it is up + * to the program to supply one. + */ +/* HAS_MODFL_POW32_BUG: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the modfl routine is + * broken for long doubles >= pow(2, 32). + * For example from 4294967303.150000 one would get 4294967302.000000 + * and 1.150000. The bug has been seen in certain versions of glibc, + * release 2.2.2 is known to be okay. + */ +/*#define HAS_MODFL /**/ +/*#define HAS_MODFL_PROTO /**/ +/*#define HAS_MODFL_POW32_BUG /**/ + +/* HAS_MPROTECT: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the mprotect system call is + * available to modify the access protection of a memory mapped file. + */ +/*#define HAS_MPROTECT /**/ + +/* HAS_STRUCT_MSGHDR: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the struct msghdr + * is supported. + */ +/*#define HAS_STRUCT_MSGHDR /**/ + +/* HAS_NL_LANGINFO: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the nl_langinfo routine is + * available to return local data. You will also need + * and therefore I_LANGINFO. + */ +/*#define HAS_NL_LANGINFO /**/ + +/* HAS_OFF64_T: + * This symbol will be defined if the C compiler supports off64_t. + */ +/*#define HAS_OFF64_T /**/ + +/* HAS_PROCSELFEXE: + * This symbol is defined if PROCSELFEXE_PATH is a symlink + * to the absolute pathname of the executing program. + */ +/* PROCSELFEXE_PATH: + * If HAS_PROCSELFEXE is defined this symbol is the filename + * of the symbolic link pointing to the absolute pathname of + * the executing program. + */ +/*#define HAS_PROCSELFEXE /**/ +#if defined(HAS_PROCSELFEXE) && !defined(PROCSELFEXE_PATH) +#define PROCSELFEXE_PATH /**/ +#endif + +/* HAS_PTHREAD_ATTR_SETSCOPE: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the pthread_attr_setscope + * system call is available to set the contention scope attribute of + * a thread attribute object. + */ +/*#define HAS_PTHREAD_ATTR_SETSCOPE /**/ + +/* HAS_READV: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the readv routine is + * available to do gather reads. You will also need + * and there I_SYSUIO. + */ +/*#define HAS_READV /**/ + +/* HAS_RECVMSG: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the recvmsg routine is + * available to send structured socket messages. + */ +/*#define HAS_RECVMSG /**/ + +/* HAS_SBRK_PROTO: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the system provides + * a prototype for the sbrk() function. Otherwise, it is up + * to the program to supply one. Good guesses are + * extern void* sbrk(int); + * extern void* sbrk(size_t); + */ +/*#define HAS_SBRK_PROTO /**/ + +/* HAS_SCALBNL: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the scalbnl routine is + * available. If ilogbl is also present we can emulate frexpl. + */ +/*#define HAS_SCALBNL /**/ + +/* HAS_SENDMSG: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the sendmsg routine is + * available to send structured socket messages. + */ +/*#define HAS_SENDMSG /**/ + +/* HAS_SETITIMER: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the setitimer routine is + * available to set interval timers. + */ +/*#define HAS_SETITIMER /**/ + +/* HAS_SETPROCTITLE: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the setproctitle routine is + * available to set process title. + */ +/*#define HAS_SETPROCTITLE /**/ + +/* USE_SFIO: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that sfio should + * be used. + */ +/*#define USE_SFIO /**/ + +/* HAS_SIGNBIT: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the signbit routine is + * available to check if the given number has the sign bit set. + * This should include correct testing of -0.0. This will only be set + * if the signbit() routine is safe to use with the NV type used internally + * in perl. Users should call Perl_signbit(), which will be #defined to + * the system's signbit() function or macro if this symbol is defined. + */ +/*#define HAS_SIGNBIT /**/ + +/* HAS_SIGPROCMASK: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the sigprocmask + * system call is available to examine or change the signal mask + * of the calling process. + */ +/*#define HAS_SIGPROCMASK /**/ + +/* USE_SITECUSTOMIZE: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that sitecustomize should + * be used. + */ +#ifndef USE_SITECUSTOMIZE +/*#define USE_SITECUSTOMIZE /**/ +#endif + +/* HAS_SNPRINTF: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the snprintf () library + * function is available for use. + */ +/* HAS_VSNPRINTF: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the vsnprintf () library + * function is available for use. + */ +#define HAS_SNPRINTF /**/ +#define HAS_VSNPRINTF /**/ + +/* HAS_SOCKATMARK: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the sockatmark routine is + * available to test whether a socket is at the out-of-band mark. + */ +/*#define HAS_SOCKATMARK /**/ + +/* HAS_SOCKATMARK_PROTO: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the system provides + * a prototype for the sockatmark() function. Otherwise, it is up + * to the program to supply one. A good guess is + * extern int sockatmark(int); + */ +/*#define HAS_SOCKATMARK_PROTO /**/ + +/* HAS_SOCKS5_INIT: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the socks5_init routine is + * available to initialize SOCKS 5. + */ +/*#define HAS_SOCKS5_INIT /**/ + +/* SPRINTF_RETURNS_STRLEN: + * This variable defines whether sprintf returns the length of the string + * (as per the ANSI spec). Some C libraries retain compatibility with + * pre-ANSI C and return a pointer to the passed in buffer; for these + * this variable will be undef. + */ +#define SPRINTF_RETURNS_STRLEN /**/ + +/* HAS_SQRTL: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the sqrtl routine is + * available to do long double square roots. + */ +/*#define HAS_SQRTL /**/ + +/* HAS_SETRESGID_PROTO: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the system provides + * a prototype for the setresgid() function. Otherwise, it is up + * to the program to supply one. Good guesses are + * extern int setresgid(uid_t ruid, uid_t euid, uid_t suid); + */ +/*#define HAS_SETRESGID_PROTO /**/ + +/* HAS_SETRESUID_PROTO: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the system provides + * a prototype for the setresuid() function. Otherwise, it is up + * to the program to supply one. Good guesses are + * extern int setresuid(uid_t ruid, uid_t euid, uid_t suid); + */ +/*#define HAS_SETRESUID_PROTO /**/ + +/* HAS_STRUCT_STATFS_F_FLAGS: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the struct statfs + * does have the f_flags member containing the mount flags of + * the filesystem containing the file. + * This kind of struct statfs is coming from (BSD 4.3), + * not from (SYSV). Older BSDs (like Ultrix) do not + * have statfs() and struct statfs, they have ustat() and getmnt() + * with struct ustat and struct fs_data. + */ +/*#define HAS_STRUCT_STATFS_F_FLAGS /**/ + +/* HAS_STRUCT_STATFS: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the struct statfs + * to do statfs() is supported. + */ +/*#define HAS_STRUCT_STATFS /**/ + +/* HAS_FSTATVFS: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the fstatvfs routine is + * available to stat filesystems by file descriptors. + */ +/*#define HAS_FSTATVFS /**/ + +/* HAS_STRFTIME: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the strftime routine is + * available to do time formatting. + */ +#define HAS_STRFTIME /**/ + +/* HAS_STRLCAT: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the strlcat () routine is + * available to do string concatenation. + */ +/*#define HAS_STRLCAT /**/ + +/* HAS_STRLCPY: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the strlcpy () routine is + * available to do string copying. + */ +/*#define HAS_STRLCPY /**/ + +/* HAS_STRTOLD: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the strtold routine is + * available to convert strings to long doubles. + */ +/*#define HAS_STRTOLD /**/ + +/* HAS_STRTOLL: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the strtoll routine is + * available to convert strings to long longs. + */ +/*#define HAS_STRTOLL /**/ + +/* HAS_STRTOQ: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the strtoq routine is + * available to convert strings to long longs (quads). + */ +/*#define HAS_STRTOQ /**/ + +/* HAS_STRTOULL: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the strtoull routine is + * available to convert strings to unsigned long longs. + */ +/*#define HAS_STRTOULL /**/ + +/* HAS_STRTOUQ: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the strtouq routine is + * available to convert strings to unsigned long longs (quads). + */ +/*#define HAS_STRTOUQ /**/ + +/* HAS_SYSCALL_PROTO: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the system provides + * a prototype for the syscall() function. Otherwise, it is up + * to the program to supply one. Good guesses are + * extern int syscall(int, ...); + * extern int syscall(long, ...); + */ +/*#define HAS_SYSCALL_PROTO /**/ + +/* HAS_TELLDIR_PROTO: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the system provides + * a prototype for the telldir() function. Otherwise, it is up + * to the program to supply one. A good guess is + * extern long telldir(DIR*); + */ +#define HAS_TELLDIR_PROTO /**/ + +/* U32_ALIGNMENT_REQUIRED: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that you must access + * character data through U32-aligned pointers. + */ +#ifndef U32_ALIGNMENT_REQUIRED +#define U32_ALIGNMENT_REQUIRED /**/ +#endif + +/* HAS_UALARM: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the ualarm routine is + * available to do alarms with microsecond granularity. + */ +/*#define HAS_UALARM /**/ + +/* HAS_UNORDERED: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the unordered routine is + * available to check whether two doubles are unordered + * (effectively: whether either of them is NaN) + */ +/*#define HAS_UNORDERED /**/ + +/* HAS_UNSETENV: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the unsetenv () routine is + * available for use. + */ +/*#define HAS_UNSETENV /**/ + +/* HAS_USLEEP_PROTO: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the system provides + * a prototype for the usleep() function. Otherwise, it is up + * to the program to supply one. A good guess is + * extern int usleep(useconds_t); + */ +/*#define HAS_USLEEP_PROTO /**/ + +/* HAS_USTAT: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the ustat system call is + * available to query file system statistics by dev_t. + */ +/*#define HAS_USTAT /**/ + +/* HAS_WRITEV: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the writev routine is + * available to do scatter writes. + */ +/*#define HAS_WRITEV /**/ + +/* USE_DYNAMIC_LOADING: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that dynamic loading of + * some sort is available. + */ +#define USE_DYNAMIC_LOADING /**/ + +/* FFLUSH_NULL: + * This symbol, if defined, tells that fflush(NULL) does flush + * all pending stdio output. + */ +/* FFLUSH_ALL: + * This symbol, if defined, tells that to flush + * all pending stdio output one must loop through all + * the stdio file handles stored in an array and fflush them. + * Note that if fflushNULL is defined, fflushall will not + * even be probed for and will be left undefined. + */ +#define FFLUSH_NULL /**/ +/*#define FFLUSH_ALL /**/ + +/* I_ASSERT: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that exists and + * could be included by the C program to get the assert() macro. + */ +#define I_ASSERT /**/ + +/* I_CRYPT: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that exists and + * should be included. + */ +/*#define I_CRYPT /**/ + +/* DB_Prefix_t: + * This symbol contains the type of the prefix structure element + * in the header file. In older versions of DB, it was + * int, while in newer ones it is u_int32_t. + */ +/* DB_Hash_t: + * This symbol contains the type of the prefix structure element + * in the header file. In older versions of DB, it was + * int, while in newer ones it is size_t. + */ +/* DB_VERSION_MAJOR_CFG: + * This symbol, if defined, defines the major version number of + * Berkeley DB found in the header when Perl was configured. + */ +/* DB_VERSION_MINOR_CFG: + * This symbol, if defined, defines the minor version number of + * Berkeley DB found in the header when Perl was configured. + * For DB version 1 this is always 0. + */ +/* DB_VERSION_PATCH_CFG: + * This symbol, if defined, defines the patch version number of + * Berkeley DB found in the header when Perl was configured. + * For DB version 1 this is always 0. + */ +#define DB_Hash_t int /**/ +#define DB_Prefix_t int /**/ +#define DB_VERSION_MAJOR_CFG 0 /**/ +#define DB_VERSION_MINOR_CFG 0 /**/ +#define DB_VERSION_PATCH_CFG 0 /**/ + +/* I_FP: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that exists and + * should be included. + */ +/*#define I_FP /**/ + +/* I_FP_CLASS: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that exists and + * should be included. + */ +/*#define I_FP_CLASS /**/ + +/* I_IEEEFP: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that exists and + * should be included. + */ +/*#define I_IEEEFP /**/ + +/* I_INTTYPES: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that it should + * include . + */ +/*#define I_INTTYPES /**/ + +/* I_LANGINFO: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that exists and + * should be included. + */ +/*#define I_LANGINFO /**/ + +/* I_LIBUTIL: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that exists and + * should be included. + */ +/*#define I_LIBUTIL /**/ + +/* I_MNTENT: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that exists and + * should be included. + */ +/*#define I_MNTENT /**/ + +/* I_NETINET_TCP: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that it should + * include . + */ +/*#define I_NETINET_TCP /**/ + +/* I_POLL: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that exists and + * should be included. (see also HAS_POLL) + */ +/*#define I_POLL /**/ + +/* I_PROT: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that exists and + * should be included. + */ +/*#define I_PROT /**/ + +/* I_SHADOW: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that exists and + * should be included. + */ +/*#define I_SHADOW /**/ + +/* I_SOCKS: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that exists and + * should be included. + */ +/*#define I_SOCKS /**/ + +/* I_SUNMATH: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that exists and + * should be included. + */ +/*#define I_SUNMATH /**/ + +/* I_SYSLOG: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that exists and + * should be included. + */ +/*#define I_SYSLOG /**/ + +/* I_SYSMODE: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that exists and + * should be included. + */ +/*#define I_SYSMODE /**/ + +/* I_SYS_MOUNT: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that exists and + * should be included. + */ +/*#define I_SYS_MOUNT /**/ + +/* I_SYS_STATFS: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that exists. + */ +/*#define I_SYS_STATFS /**/ + +/* I_SYS_STATVFS: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that exists and + * should be included. + */ +/*#define I_SYS_STATVFS /**/ + +/* I_SYSUTSNAME: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that exists and + * should be included. + */ +/*#define I_SYSUTSNAME /**/ + +/* I_SYS_VFS: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that exists and + * should be included. + */ +/*#define I_SYS_VFS /**/ + +/* I_USTAT: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that exists and + * should be included. + */ +/*#define I_USTAT /**/ + +/* PERL_PRIfldbl: + * This symbol, if defined, contains the string used by stdio to + * format long doubles (format 'f') for output. + */ +/* PERL_PRIgldbl: + * This symbol, if defined, contains the string used by stdio to + * format long doubles (format 'g') for output. + */ +/* PERL_PRIeldbl: + * This symbol, if defined, contains the string used by stdio to + * format long doubles (format 'e') for output. + */ +/* PERL_SCNfldbl: + * This symbol, if defined, contains the string used by stdio to + * format long doubles (format 'f') for input. + */ +/*#define PERL_PRIfldbl "Lf" /**/ +/*#define PERL_PRIgldbl "Lg" /**/ +/*#define PERL_PRIeldbl "Le" /**/ +/*#define PERL_SCNfldbl "Lf" /**/ + +/* PERL_MAD: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the Misc Attribution + * Declaration code should be conditionally compiled. + */ +/*#define PERL_MAD /**/ + +/* NEED_VA_COPY: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the system stores + * the variable argument list datatype, va_list, in a format + * that cannot be copied by simple assignment, so that some + * other means must be used when copying is required. + * As such systems vary in their provision (or non-provision) + * of copying mechanisms, handy.h defines a platform- + * independent macro, Perl_va_copy(src, dst), to do the job. + */ +/*#define NEED_VA_COPY /**/ + +/* IVTYPE: + * This symbol defines the C type used for Perl's IV. + */ +/* UVTYPE: + * This symbol defines the C type used for Perl's UV. + */ +/* I8TYPE: + * This symbol defines the C type used for Perl's I8. + */ +/* U8TYPE: + * This symbol defines the C type used for Perl's U8. + */ +/* I16TYPE: + * This symbol defines the C type used for Perl's I16. + */ +/* U16TYPE: + * This symbol defines the C type used for Perl's U16. + */ +/* I32TYPE: + * This symbol defines the C type used for Perl's I32. + */ +/* U32TYPE: + * This symbol defines the C type used for Perl's U32. + */ +/* I64TYPE: + * This symbol defines the C type used for Perl's I64. + */ +/* U64TYPE: + * This symbol defines the C type used for Perl's U64. + */ +/* NVTYPE: + * This symbol defines the C type used for Perl's NV. + */ +/* IVSIZE: + * This symbol contains the sizeof(IV). + */ +/* UVSIZE: + * This symbol contains the sizeof(UV). + */ +/* I8SIZE: + * This symbol contains the sizeof(I8). + */ +/* U8SIZE: + * This symbol contains the sizeof(U8). + */ +/* I16SIZE: + * This symbol contains the sizeof(I16). + */ +/* U16SIZE: + * This symbol contains the sizeof(U16). + */ +/* I32SIZE: + * This symbol contains the sizeof(I32). + */ +/* U32SIZE: + * This symbol contains the sizeof(U32). + */ +/* I64SIZE: + * This symbol contains the sizeof(I64). + */ +/* U64SIZE: + * This symbol contains the sizeof(U64). + */ +/* NVSIZE: + * This symbol contains the sizeof(NV). + */ +/* NV_PRESERVES_UV: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that a variable of type NVTYPE + * can preserve all the bits of a variable of type UVTYPE. + */ +/* NV_PRESERVES_UV_BITS: + * This symbol contains the number of bits a variable of type NVTYPE + * can preserve of a variable of type UVTYPE. + */ +/* NV_OVERFLOWS_INTEGERS_AT: + * This symbol gives the largest integer value that NVs can hold. This + * value + 1.0 cannot be stored accurately. It is expressed as constant + * floating point expression to reduce the chance of decimale/binary + * conversion issues. If it can not be determined, the value 0 is given. + */ +/* NV_ZERO_IS_ALLBITS_ZERO: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that a variable of type NVTYPE + * stores 0.0 in memory as all bits zero. + */ +#define IVTYPE long /**/ +#define UVTYPE unsigned long /**/ +#define I8TYPE char /**/ +#define U8TYPE unsigned char /**/ +#define I16TYPE short /**/ +#define U16TYPE unsigned short /**/ +#define I32TYPE long /**/ +#define U32TYPE unsigned long /**/ +#ifdef HAS_QUAD +#define I64TYPE __int64 /**/ +#define U64TYPE unsigned __int64 /**/ +#endif +#define NVTYPE double /**/ +#define IVSIZE 4 /**/ +#define UVSIZE 4 /**/ +#define I8SIZE 1 /**/ +#define U8SIZE 1 /**/ +#define I16SIZE 2 /**/ +#define U16SIZE 2 /**/ +#define I32SIZE 4 /**/ +#define U32SIZE 4 /**/ +#ifdef HAS_QUAD +#define I64SIZE 8 /**/ +#define U64SIZE 8 /**/ +#endif +#define NVSIZE 8 /**/ +#define NV_PRESERVES_UV +#define NV_PRESERVES_UV_BITS 32 +#define NV_OVERFLOWS_INTEGERS_AT 256.0*256.0*256.0*256.0*256.0*256.0*2.0*2.0*2.0*2.0*2.0 +#define NV_ZERO_IS_ALLBITS_ZERO +#if UVSIZE == 8 +# ifdef BYTEORDER +# if BYTEORDER == 0x1234 +# undef BYTEORDER +# define BYTEORDER 0x12345678 +# else +# if BYTEORDER == 0x4321 +# undef BYTEORDER +# define BYTEORDER 0x87654321 +# endif +# endif +# endif +#endif + +/* IVdf: + * This symbol defines the format string used for printing a Perl IV + * as a signed decimal integer. + */ +/* UVuf: + * This symbol defines the format string used for printing a Perl UV + * as an unsigned decimal integer. + */ +/* UVof: + * This symbol defines the format string used for printing a Perl UV + * as an unsigned octal integer. + */ +/* UVxf: + * This symbol defines the format string used for printing a Perl UV + * as an unsigned hexadecimal integer in lowercase abcdef. + */ +/* UVXf: + * This symbol defines the format string used for printing a Perl UV + * as an unsigned hexadecimal integer in uppercase ABCDEF. + */ +/* NVef: + * This symbol defines the format string used for printing a Perl NV + * using %e-ish floating point format. + */ +/* NVff: + * This symbol defines the format string used for printing a Perl NV + * using %f-ish floating point format. + */ +/* NVgf: + * This symbol defines the format string used for printing a Perl NV + * using %g-ish floating point format. + */ +#define IVdf "ld" /**/ +#define UVuf "lu" /**/ +#define UVof "lo" /**/ +#define UVxf "lx" /**/ +#define UVXf "lX" /**/ +#define NVef "e" /**/ +#define NVff "f" /**/ +#define NVgf "g" /**/ + +/* SELECT_MIN_BITS: + * This symbol holds the minimum number of bits operated by select. + * That is, if you do select(n, ...), how many bits at least will be + * cleared in the masks if some activity is detected. Usually this + * is either n or 32*ceil(n/32), especially many little-endians do + * the latter. This is only useful if you have select(), naturally. + */ +#define SELECT_MIN_BITS 32 /**/ + +/* STARTPERL: + * This variable contains the string to put in front of a perl + * script to make sure (one hopes) that it runs with perl and not + * some shell. + */ +#define STARTPERL "#!perl" /**/ + +/* HAS_STDIO_STREAM_ARRAY: + * This symbol, if defined, tells that there is an array + * holding the stdio streams. + */ +/* STDIO_STREAM_ARRAY: + * This symbol tells the name of the array holding the stdio streams. + * Usual values include _iob, __iob, and __sF. + */ +/*#define HAS_STDIO_STREAM_ARRAY /**/ +#ifdef HAS_STDIO_STREAM_ARRAY +#define STDIO_STREAM_ARRAY +#endif + +/* USE_64_BIT_INT: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that 64-bit integers should + * be used when available. If not defined, the native integers + * will be employed (be they 32 or 64 bits). The minimal possible + * 64-bitness is used, just enough to get 64-bit integers into Perl. + * This may mean using for example "long longs", while your memory + * may still be limited to 2 gigabytes. + */ +/* USE_64_BIT_ALL: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that 64-bit integers should + * be used when available. If not defined, the native integers + * will be used (be they 32 or 64 bits). The maximal possible + * 64-bitness is employed: LP64 or ILP64, meaning that you will + * be able to use more than 2 gigabytes of memory. This mode is + * even more binary incompatible than USE_64_BIT_INT. You may not + * be able to run the resulting executable in a 32-bit CPU at all or + * you may need at least to reboot your OS to 64-bit mode. + */ +#ifndef USE_64_BIT_INT +/*#define USE_64_BIT_INT /**/ +#endif +#ifndef USE_64_BIT_ALL +/*#define USE_64_BIT_ALL /**/ +#endif + +/* USE_DTRACE: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that Perl should + * be built with support for DTrace. + */ +/*#define USE_DTRACE /**/ + +/* USE_FAST_STDIO: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that Perl should + * be built to use 'fast stdio'. + * Defaults to define in Perls 5.8 and earlier, to undef later. + */ +#ifndef USE_FAST_STDIO +/*#define USE_FAST_STDIO /**/ +#endif + +/* USE_LARGE_FILES: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that large file support + * should be used when available. + */ +#ifndef USE_LARGE_FILES +/*#define USE_LARGE_FILES /**/ +#endif + +/* USE_LONG_DOUBLE: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that long doubles should + * be used when available. + */ +#ifndef USE_LONG_DOUBLE +/*#define USE_LONG_DOUBLE /**/ +#endif + +/* USE_MORE_BITS: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that 64-bit interfaces and + * long doubles should be used when available. + */ +#ifndef USE_MORE_BITS +/*#define USE_MORE_BITS /**/ +#endif + +/* MULTIPLICITY: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that Perl should + * be built to use multiplicity. + */ +#ifndef MULTIPLICITY +/*#define MULTIPLICITY /**/ +#endif + +/* USE_PERLIO: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the PerlIO abstraction should + * be used throughout. If not defined, stdio should be + * used in a fully backward compatible manner. + */ +#ifndef USE_PERLIO +/*#define USE_PERLIO /**/ +#endif + +/* USE_SOCKS: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that Perl should + * be built to use socks. + */ +#ifndef USE_SOCKS +/*#define USE_SOCKS /**/ +#endif #endif diff --git a/win32/config_H.gc b/win32/config_H.gc index c9af417..9d594c4 100644 --- a/win32/config_H.gc +++ b/win32/config_H.gc @@ -7,14 +7,14 @@ * that running config_h.SH again will wipe out any changes you've made. * For a more permanent change edit undef and rerun config_h.SH. * - * $Id: Config_h.U,v 3.0.1.5 1997/02/28 14:57:43 ram Exp $ + * $Id: Config_h.U 1 2006-08-24 12:32:52Z rmanfredi $ */ /* * Package name : perl5 * Source directory : - * Configuration time: Mon Mar 17 20:15:35 2003 - * Configured by : gsar + * Configuration time: Fri Feb 22 17:35:20 2008 + * Configured by : shay * Target system : */ @@ -68,17 +68,6 @@ */ #define HAS_CHSIZE /**/ -/* HASCONST: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that this C compiler knows about - * the const type. There is no need to actually test for that symbol - * within your programs. The mere use of the "const" keyword will - * trigger the necessary tests. - */ -#define HASCONST /**/ -#ifndef HASCONST -#define const -#endif - /* HAS_CTERMID: * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the ctermid routine is * available to generate filename for terminal. @@ -512,13 +501,6 @@ */ #define HAS_STRCOLL /**/ -/* USE_STRUCT_COPY: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that this C compiler knows how - * to copy structures. If undefined, you'll need to use a block copy - * routine of some sort instead. - */ -#define USE_STRUCT_COPY /**/ - /* HAS_STRTOD: * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the strtod routine is * available to provide better numeric string conversion than atof(). @@ -597,15 +579,6 @@ */ /*#define HAS_USLEEP /**/ -/* HASVOLATILE: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that this C compiler knows about - * the volatile declaration. - */ -#define HASVOLATILE /**/ -#ifndef HASVOLATILE -#define volatile -#endif - /* HAS_WAIT4: * This symbol, if defined, indicates that wait4() exists. */ @@ -635,12 +608,6 @@ */ #define I_ARPA_INET /**/ -/* I_ASSERT: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that it could - * include to get the assert() macro. - */ -#define I_ASSERT /**/ - /* I_DBM: * This symbol, if defined, indicates that exists and should * be included. @@ -652,26 +619,6 @@ /*#define I_DBM /**/ #define I_RPCSVC_DBM /**/ -/* I_DIRENT: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that it should - * include . Using this symbol also triggers the definition - * of the Direntry_t define which ends up being 'struct dirent' or - * 'struct direct' depending on the availability of . - */ -/* DIRNAMLEN: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that the length - * of directory entry names is provided by a d_namlen field. Otherwise - * you need to do strlen() on the d_name field. - */ -/* Direntry_t: - * This symbol is set to 'struct direct' or 'struct dirent' depending on - * whether dirent is available or not. You should use this pseudo type to - * portably declare your directory entries. - */ -#define I_DIRENT /**/ -#define DIRNAMLEN /**/ -#define Direntry_t struct direct - /* I_DLFCN: * This symbol, if defined, indicates that exists and should * be included. @@ -690,6 +637,12 @@ */ #define I_FLOAT /**/ +/* I_GDBM: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that exists and should + * be included. + */ +/*#define I_GDBM /**/ + /* I_LIMITS: * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that it should * include to get definition of symbols like WORD_BIT or @@ -715,12 +668,6 @@ */ /*#define I_MEMORY /**/ -/* I_NET_ERRNO: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that exists and - * should be included. - */ -/*#define I_NET_ERRNO /**/ - /* I_NETINET_IN: * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that it should * include . Otherwise, you may try . @@ -874,40 +821,50 @@ */ /*#define I_VFORK /**/ -/* HAS_ACCESSX: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the accessx routine is - * available to do extended access checks. +/* INTSIZE: + * This symbol contains the value of sizeof(int) so that the C + * preprocessor can make decisions based on it. */ -/*#define HAS_ACCESSX /**/ - -/* HAS_EACCESS: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the eaccess routine is - * available to do extended access checks. +/* LONGSIZE: + * This symbol contains the value of sizeof(long) so that the C + * preprocessor can make decisions based on it. */ -/*#define HAS_EACCESS /**/ - -/* I_SYS_ACCESS: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that it should - * include . +/* SHORTSIZE: + * This symbol contains the value of sizeof(short) so that the C + * preprocessor can make decisions based on it. */ -/*#define I_SYS_ACCESS /**/ +#define INTSIZE 4 /**/ +#define LONGSIZE 4 /**/ +#define SHORTSIZE 2 /**/ -/* I_SYS_SECURITY: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that it should - * include . +/* MULTIARCH: + * This symbol, if defined, signifies that the build + * process will produce some binary files that are going to be + * used in a cross-platform environment. This is the case for + * example with the NeXT "fat" binaries that contain executables + * for several CPUs. */ -/*#define I_SYS_SECURITY /**/ +/*#define MULTIARCH /**/ -/* USE_CROSS_COMPILE: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that Perl is being cross-compiled. - */ -/* PERL_TARGETARCH: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates the target architecture - * Perl has been cross-compiled to. Undefined if not a cross-compile. +/* HAS_QUAD: + * This symbol, if defined, tells that there's a 64-bit integer type, + * Quad_t, and its unsigned counterpar, Uquad_t. QUADKIND will be one + * of QUAD_IS_INT, QUAD_IS_LONG, QUAD_IS_LONG_LONG, or QUAD_IS_INT64_T. */ -#ifndef USE_CROSS_COMPILE -/*#define USE_CROSS_COMPILE /**/ -#define PERL_TARGETARCH "" /**/ +/*#define HAS_QUAD /**/ +#ifdef HAS_QUAD +# ifndef _MSC_VER +# define Quad_t long long /**/ +# define Uquad_t unsigned long long /**/ +# else +# define Quad_t __int64 /**/ +# define Uquad_t unsigned __int64 /**/ +# endif +# define QUADKIND 5 /**/ +# define QUAD_IS_INT 1 +# define QUAD_IS_LONG 2 +# define QUAD_IS_LONG_LONG 3 +# define QUAD_IS_INT64_T 4 #endif /* OSNAME: @@ -921,27 +878,7 @@ * feature tests from Configure are generally more reliable. */ #define OSNAME "MSWin32" /**/ -#define OSVERS "4.0" /**/ - -/* MULTIARCH: - * This symbol, if defined, signifies that the build - * process will produce some binary files that are going to be - * used in a cross-platform environment. This is the case for - * example with the NeXT "fat" binaries that contain executables - * for several CPUs. - */ -/*#define MULTIARCH /**/ - -/* MEM_ALIGNBYTES: - * This symbol contains the number of bytes required to align a - * double, or a long double when applicable. Usual values are 2, - * 4 and 8. The default is eight, for safety. - */ -#if defined(USE_CROSS_COMPILE) || defined(MULTIARCH) -# define MEM_ALIGNBYTES 8 -#else -#define MEM_ALIGNBYTES 8 -#endif +#define OSVERS "5.1" /**/ /* ARCHLIB: * This variable, if defined, holds the name of the directory in @@ -956,7 +893,7 @@ * This symbol contains the ~name expanded version of ARCHLIB, to be used * in programs that are not prepared to deal with ~ expansion at run-time. */ -#define ARCHLIB "c:\\perl\\5.11.0\\lib\\MSWin32-x86" /**/ +#define ARCHLIB "c:\\perl\\lib" /**/ /*#define ARCHLIB_EXP "" /**/ /* ARCHNAME: @@ -967,18 +904,6 @@ */ #define ARCHNAME "MSWin32-x86" /**/ -/* HAS_ATOLF: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the atolf routine is - * available to convert strings into long doubles. - */ -/*#define HAS_ATOLF /**/ - -/* HAS_ATOLL: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the atoll routine is - * available to convert strings into long longs. - */ -/*#define HAS_ATOLL /**/ - /* BIN: * This symbol holds the path of the bin directory where the package will * be installed. Program must be prepared to deal with ~name substitution. @@ -991,68 +916,9 @@ * This symbol, if defined, indicates that we'd like to relocate entries * in @INC at run time based on the location of the perl binary. */ -#define BIN "c:\\perl\\5.11.0\\bin\\MSWin32-x86" /**/ -#define BIN_EXP "c:\\perl\\5.11.0\\bin\\MSWin32-x86" /**/ -/*#define PERL_RELOCATABLE_INC "" /**/ - -/* INTSIZE: - * This symbol contains the value of sizeof(int) so that the C - * preprocessor can make decisions based on it. - */ -/* LONGSIZE: - * This symbol contains the value of sizeof(long) so that the C - * preprocessor can make decisions based on it. - */ -/* SHORTSIZE: - * This symbol contains the value of sizeof(short) so that the C - * preprocessor can make decisions based on it. - */ -#define INTSIZE 4 /**/ -#define LONGSIZE 4 /**/ -#define SHORTSIZE 2 /**/ - -/* BYTEORDER: - * This symbol holds the hexadecimal constant defined in byteorder, - * in a UV, i.e. 0x1234 or 0x4321 or 0x12345678, etc... - * If the compiler supports cross-compiling or multiple-architecture - * binaries (eg. on NeXT systems), use compiler-defined macros to - * determine the byte order. - * On NeXT 3.2 (and greater), you can build "Fat" Multiple Architecture - * Binaries (MAB) on either big endian or little endian machines. - * The endian-ness is available at compile-time. This only matters - * for perl, where the config.h can be generated and installed on - * one system, and used by a different architecture to build an - * extension. Older versions of NeXT that might not have - * defined either *_ENDIAN__ were all on Motorola 680x0 series, - * so the default case (for NeXT) is big endian to catch them. - * This might matter for NeXT 3.0. - */ -#if defined(USE_CROSS_COMPILE) || defined(MULTIARCH) -# ifdef __LITTLE_ENDIAN__ -# if LONGSIZE == 4 -# define BYTEORDER 0x1234 -# else -# if LONGSIZE == 8 -# define BYTEORDER 0x12345678 -# endif -# endif -# else -# ifdef __BIG_ENDIAN__ -# if LONGSIZE == 4 -# define BYTEORDER 0x4321 -# else -# if LONGSIZE == 8 -# define BYTEORDER 0x87654321 -# endif -# endif -# endif -# endif -# if !defined(BYTEORDER) && (defined(NeXT) || defined(__NeXT__)) -# define BYTEORDER 0x4321 -# endif -#else -#define BYTEORDER 0x1234 /* large digits for MSB */ -#endif /* NeXT */ +#define BIN "c:\\perl\\bin" /**/ +#define BIN_EXP "c:\\perl\\bin" /**/ +#define PERL_RELOCATABLE_INC "undef" /**/ /* CAT2: * This macro concatenates 2 tokens together. @@ -1063,19 +929,16 @@ #if 42 == 1 #define CAT2(a,b) a/**/b #define STRINGIFY(a) "a" - /* If you can get stringification with catify, tell me how! */ #endif #if 42 == 42 -#define PeRl_CaTiFy(a, b) a ## b +#define PeRl_CaTiFy(a, b) a ## b #define PeRl_StGiFy(a) #a -/* the additional level of indirection enables these macros to be - * used as arguments to other macros. See K&R 2nd ed., page 231. */ #define CAT2(a,b) PeRl_CaTiFy(a,b) #define StGiFy(a) PeRl_StGiFy(a) #define STRINGIFY(a) PeRl_StGiFy(a) #endif #if 42 != 1 && 42 != 42 -# include "Bletch: How does this C preprocessor concatenate tokens?" +#include "Bletch: How does this C preprocessor concatenate tokens?" #endif /* CPPSTDIN: @@ -1114,12 +977,6 @@ #endif #define CPPLAST "" -/* HAS__FWALK: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the _fwalk system call is - * available to apply a function to all the file handles. - */ -/*#define HAS__FWALK /**/ - /* HAS_ACCESS: * This manifest constant lets the C program know that the access() * system call is available to check for accessibility using real UID/GID. @@ -1127,11 +984,11 @@ */ #define HAS_ACCESS /**/ -/* HAS_AINTL: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the aintl routine is - * available. If copysignl is also present we can emulate modfl. +/* HAS_ACCESSX: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the accessx routine is + * available to do extended access checks. */ -/*#define HAS_AINTL / **/ +/*#define HAS_ACCESSX /**/ /* HAS_ASCTIME_R: * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the asctime_r routine @@ -1176,108 +1033,33 @@ */ /*#define HASATTRIBUTE_FORMAT /**/ /*#define PRINTF_FORMAT_NULL_OK /**/ +/*#define HASATTRIBUTE_NORETURN /**/ /*#define HASATTRIBUTE_MALLOC /**/ /*#define HASATTRIBUTE_NONNULL /**/ -/*#define HASATTRIBUTE_NORETURN /**/ /*#define HASATTRIBUTE_PURE /**/ /*#define HASATTRIBUTE_UNUSED /**/ /*#define HASATTRIBUTE_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT /**/ -/* HAS_BUILTIN_CHOOSE_EXPR: - * Can we handle GCC builtin for compile-time ternary-like expressions - */ -/* HAS_BUILTIN_EXPECT: - * Can we handle GCC builtin for telling that certain values are more - * likely +/* HASCONST: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that this C compiler knows about + * the const type. There is no need to actually test for that symbol + * within your programs. The mere use of the "const" keyword will + * trigger the necessary tests. */ -/*#define HAS_BUILTIN_EXPECT / **/ -/*#define HAS_BUILTIN_CHOOSE_EXPR /**/ +#define HASCONST /**/ +#ifndef HASCONST +#define const +#endif -/* HAS_C99_VARIADIC_MACROS: - * If defined, the compiler supports C99 variadic macros. +/* HAS_CRYPT: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the crypt routine is available + * to encrypt passwords and the like. */ -/*#define HAS_C99_VARIADIC_MACROS /**/ +/*#define HAS_CRYPT /**/ -/* CASTI32: - * This symbol is defined if the C compiler can cast negative - * or large floating point numbers to 32-bit ints. - */ -#ifndef _MSC_VER -# define CASTI32 /**/ -#endif - -/* CASTNEGFLOAT: - * This symbol is defined if the C compiler can cast negative - * numbers to unsigned longs, ints and shorts. - */ -/* CASTFLAGS: - * This symbol contains flags that say what difficulties the compiler - * has casting odd floating values to unsigned long: - * 0 = ok - * 1 = couldn't cast < 0 - * 2 = couldn't cast >= 0x80000000 - * 4 = couldn't cast in argument expression list - */ -#define CASTNEGFLOAT /**/ -#define CASTFLAGS 0 /**/ - -/* HAS_CLASS: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the class routine is - * available to classify doubles. Available for example in AIX. - * The returned values are defined in and are: - * - * FP_PLUS_NORM Positive normalized, nonzero - * FP_MINUS_NORM Negative normalized, nonzero - * FP_PLUS_DENORM Positive denormalized, nonzero - * FP_MINUS_DENORM Negative denormalized, nonzero - * FP_PLUS_ZERO +0.0 - * FP_MINUS_ZERO -0.0 - * FP_PLUS_INF +INF - * FP_MINUS_INF -INF - * FP_NANS Signaling Not a Number (NaNS) - * FP_NANQ Quiet Not a Number (NaNQ) - */ -/*#define HAS_CLASS /**/ - -/* HAS_CLEARENV: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the clearenv () routine is - * available for use. - */ -/*#define HAS_CLEARENV /**/ - -/* VOID_CLOSEDIR: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the closedir() routine - * does not return a value. - */ -/*#define VOID_CLOSEDIR /**/ - -/* HAS_STRUCT_CMSGHDR: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the struct cmsghdr - * is supported. - */ -/*#define HAS_STRUCT_CMSGHDR /**/ - -/* HAS_COPYSIGNL: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the copysignl routine is - * available. If aintl is also present we can emulate modfl. - */ -/*#define HAS_COPYSIGNL /**/ - -/* USE_CPLUSPLUS: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that a C++ compiler was - * used to compiled Perl and will be used to compile extensions. - */ -/*#define USE_CPLUSPLUS /**/ - -/* HAS_CRYPT: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the crypt routine is available - * to encrypt passwords and the like. - */ -/*#define HAS_CRYPT /**/ - -/* HAS_CRYPT_R: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the crypt_r routine - * is available to crypt re-entrantly. +/* HAS_CRYPT_R: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the crypt_r routine + * is available to crypt re-entrantly. */ /* CRYPT_R_PROTO: * This symbol encodes the prototype of crypt_r. @@ -1325,28 +1107,6 @@ /*#define HAS_CTIME_R /**/ #define CTIME_R_PROTO 0 /**/ -/* HAS_DBMINIT_PROTO: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the system provides - * a prototype for the dbminit() function. Otherwise, it is up - * to the program to supply one. A good guess is - * extern int dbminit(char *); - */ -/*#define HAS_DBMINIT_PROTO /**/ - -/* HAS_DIRFD: - * This manifest constant lets the C program know that dirfd - * is available. - */ -/*#define HAS_DIRFD /**/ - -/* DLSYM_NEEDS_UNDERSCORE: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that we need to prepend an - * underscore to the symbol name before calling dlsym(). This only - * makes sense if you *have* dlsym, which we will presume is the - * case if you're using dl_dlopen.xs. - */ -/*#define DLSYM_NEEDS_UNDERSCORE /**/ - /* SETUID_SCRIPTS_ARE_SECURE_NOW: * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the bug that prevents * setuid scripts from being secure is not present in this kernel. @@ -1388,6 +1148,12 @@ */ /*#define HAS_DRAND48_PROTO /**/ +/* HAS_EACCESS: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the eaccess routine is + * available to do extended access checks. + */ +/*#define HAS_EACCESS /**/ + /* HAS_ENDGRENT: * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getgrent routine is * available for finalizing sequential access of the group database. @@ -1502,277 +1268,79 @@ /*#define HAS_ENDSERVENT_R /**/ #define ENDSERVENT_R_PROTO 0 /**/ -/* HAS_FAST_STDIO: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the "fast stdio" - * is available to manipulate the stdio buffers directly. +/* FLEXFILENAMES: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the system supports filenames + * longer than 14 characters. */ -#define HAS_FAST_STDIO /**/ +#define FLEXFILENAMES /**/ -/* HAS_FCHDIR: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the fchdir routine is - * available to change directory using a file descriptor. +/* HAS_GETGRENT: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getgrent routine is + * available for sequential access of the group database. */ -/*#define HAS_FCHDIR /**/ +/*#define HAS_GETGRENT /**/ -/* FCNTL_CAN_LOCK: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that fcntl() can be used - * for file locking. Normally on Unix systems this is defined. - * It may be undefined on VMS. +/* HAS_GETGRENT_R: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getgrent_r routine + * is available to getgrent re-entrantly. */ -/*#define FCNTL_CAN_LOCK /**/ - -/* HAS_FD_SET: - * This symbol, when defined, indicates presence of the fd_set typedef - * in +/* GETGRENT_R_PROTO: + * This symbol encodes the prototype of getgrent_r. + * It is zero if d_getgrent_r is undef, and one of the + * REENTRANT_PROTO_T_ABC macros of reentr.h if d_getgrent_r + * is defined. */ -#define HAS_FD_SET /**/ +/*#define HAS_GETGRENT_R /**/ +#define GETGRENT_R_PROTO 0 /**/ -/* HAS_FINITE: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the finite routine is - * available to check whether a double is finite (non-infinity non-NaN). +/* HAS_GETGRGID_R: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getgrgid_r routine + * is available to getgrgid re-entrantly. */ -/*#define HAS_FINITE /**/ - -/* HAS_FINITEL: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the finitel routine is - * available to check whether a long double is finite - * (non-infinity non-NaN). +/* GETGRGID_R_PROTO: + * This symbol encodes the prototype of getgrgid_r. + * It is zero if d_getgrgid_r is undef, and one of the + * REENTRANT_PROTO_T_ABC macros of reentr.h if d_getgrgid_r + * is defined. */ -/*#define HAS_FINITEL /**/ +/*#define HAS_GETGRGID_R /**/ +#define GETGRGID_R_PROTO 0 /**/ -/* FLEXFILENAMES: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the system supports filenames - * longer than 14 characters. +/* HAS_GETGRNAM_R: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getgrnam_r routine + * is available to getgrnam re-entrantly. */ -#define FLEXFILENAMES /**/ - -/* HAS_FLOCK_PROTO: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the system provides - * a prototype for the flock() function. Otherwise, it is up - * to the program to supply one. A good guess is - * extern int flock(int, int); +/* GETGRNAM_R_PROTO: + * This symbol encodes the prototype of getgrnam_r. + * It is zero if d_getgrnam_r is undef, and one of the + * REENTRANT_PROTO_T_ABC macros of reentr.h if d_getgrnam_r + * is defined. */ -#define HAS_FLOCK_PROTO /**/ +/*#define HAS_GETGRNAM_R /**/ +#define GETGRNAM_R_PROTO 0 /**/ -/* HAS_FP_CLASS: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the fp_class routine is - * available to classify doubles. Available for example in Digital UNIX. - * The returned values are defined in and are: - * - * FP_SNAN Signaling NaN (Not-a-Number) - * FP_QNAN Quiet NaN (Not-a-Number) - * FP_POS_INF +infinity - * FP_NEG_INF -infinity - * FP_POS_NORM Positive normalized - * FP_NEG_NORM Negative normalized - * FP_POS_DENORM Positive denormalized - * FP_NEG_DENORM Negative denormalized - * FP_POS_ZERO +0.0 (positive zero) - * FP_NEG_ZERO -0.0 (negative zero) +/* HAS_GETHOSTBYADDR: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the gethostbyaddr() routine is + * available to look up hosts by their IP addresses. */ -/*#define HAS_FP_CLASS /**/ +#define HAS_GETHOSTBYADDR /**/ -/* HAS_FPCLASS: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the fpclass routine is - * available to classify doubles. Available for example in Solaris/SVR4. - * The returned values are defined in and are: - * - * FP_SNAN signaling NaN - * FP_QNAN quiet NaN - * FP_NINF negative infinity - * FP_PINF positive infinity - * FP_NDENORM negative denormalized non-zero - * FP_PDENORM positive denormalized non-zero - * FP_NZERO negative zero - * FP_PZERO positive zero - * FP_NNORM negative normalized non-zero - * FP_PNORM positive normalized non-zero +/* HAS_GETHOSTBYNAME: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the gethostbyname() routine is + * available to look up host names in some data base or other. */ -/*#define HAS_FPCLASS /**/ +#define HAS_GETHOSTBYNAME /**/ -/* HAS_FPCLASSIFY: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the fpclassify routine is - * available to classify doubles. Available for example in HP-UX. - * The returned values are defined in and are - * - * FP_NORMAL Normalized - * FP_ZERO Zero - * FP_INFINITE Infinity - * FP_SUBNORMAL Denormalized - * FP_NAN NaN - * +/* HAS_GETHOSTENT: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the gethostent() routine is + * available to look up host names in some data base or another. */ -/*#define HAS_FPCLASSIFY /**/ +/*#define HAS_GETHOSTENT /**/ -/* HAS_FPCLASSL: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the fpclassl routine is - * available to classify long doubles. Available for example in IRIX. - * The returned values are defined in and are: - * - * FP_SNAN signaling NaN - * FP_QNAN quiet NaN - * FP_NINF negative infinity - * FP_PINF positive infinity - * FP_NDENORM negative denormalized non-zero - * FP_PDENORM positive denormalized non-zero - * FP_NZERO negative zero - * FP_PZERO positive zero - * FP_NNORM negative normalized non-zero - * FP_PNORM positive normalized non-zero - */ -/*#define HAS_FPCLASSL /**/ - -/* HAS_FPOS64_T: - * This symbol will be defined if the C compiler supports fpos64_t. - */ -/*#define HAS_FPOS64_T /**/ - -/* HAS_FREXPL: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the frexpl routine is - * available to break a long double floating-point number into - * a normalized fraction and an integral power of 2. - */ -/*#define HAS_FREXPL /**/ - -/* HAS_STRUCT_FS_DATA: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the struct fs_data - * to do statfs() is supported. - */ -/*#define HAS_STRUCT_FS_DATA /**/ - -/* HAS_FSEEKO: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the fseeko routine is - * available to fseek beyond 32 bits (useful for ILP32 hosts). - */ -/*#define HAS_FSEEKO /**/ - -/* HAS_FSTATFS: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the fstatfs routine is - * available to stat filesystems by file descriptors. - */ -/*#define HAS_FSTATFS /**/ - -/* HAS_FSYNC: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the fsync routine is - * available to write a file's modified data and attributes to - * permanent storage. - */ -/*#define HAS_FSYNC /**/ - -/* HAS_FTELLO: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the ftello routine is - * available to ftell beyond 32 bits (useful for ILP32 hosts). - */ -/*#define HAS_FTELLO /**/ - -/* HAS_FUTIMES: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the futimes routine is - * available to change file descriptor time stamps with struct timevals. - */ -/*#define HAS_FUTIMES /**/ - -/* Gconvert: - * This preprocessor macro is defined to convert a floating point - * number to a string without a trailing decimal point. This - * emulates the behavior of sprintf("%g"), but is sometimes much more - * efficient. If gconvert() is not available, but gcvt() drops the - * trailing decimal point, then gcvt() is used. If all else fails, - * a macro using sprintf("%g") is used. Arguments for the Gconvert - * macro are: value, number of digits, whether trailing zeros should - * be retained, and the output buffer. - * The usual values are: - * d_Gconvert='gconvert((x),(n),(t),(b))' - * d_Gconvert='gcvt((x),(n),(b))' - * d_Gconvert='sprintf((b),"%.*g",(n),(x))' - * The last two assume trailing zeros should not be kept. - */ -#define Gconvert(x,n,t,b) sprintf((b),"%.*g",(n),(x)) - -/* HAS_GETCWD: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getcwd routine is - * available to get the current working directory. - */ -#define HAS_GETCWD /**/ - -/* HAS_GETESPWNAM: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getespwnam system call is - * available to retrieve enchanced (shadow) password entries by name. - */ -/*#define HAS_GETESPWNAM /**/ - -/* HAS_GETFSSTAT: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getfsstat routine is - * available to stat filesystems in bulk. - */ -/*#define HAS_GETFSSTAT /**/ - -/* HAS_GETGRENT: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getgrent routine is - * available for sequential access of the group database. - */ -/*#define HAS_GETGRENT /**/ - -/* HAS_GETGRENT_R: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getgrent_r routine - * is available to getgrent re-entrantly. - */ -/* GETGRENT_R_PROTO: - * This symbol encodes the prototype of getgrent_r. - * It is zero if d_getgrent_r is undef, and one of the - * REENTRANT_PROTO_T_ABC macros of reentr.h if d_getgrent_r - * is defined. - */ -/*#define HAS_GETGRENT_R /**/ -#define GETGRENT_R_PROTO 0 /**/ - -/* HAS_GETGRGID_R: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getgrgid_r routine - * is available to getgrgid re-entrantly. - */ -/* GETGRGID_R_PROTO: - * This symbol encodes the prototype of getgrgid_r. - * It is zero if d_getgrgid_r is undef, and one of the - * REENTRANT_PROTO_T_ABC macros of reentr.h if d_getgrgid_r - * is defined. - */ -/*#define HAS_GETGRGID_R /**/ -#define GETGRGID_R_PROTO 0 /**/ - -/* HAS_GETGRNAM_R: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getgrnam_r routine - * is available to getgrnam re-entrantly. - */ -/* GETGRNAM_R_PROTO: - * This symbol encodes the prototype of getgrnam_r. - * It is zero if d_getgrnam_r is undef, and one of the - * REENTRANT_PROTO_T_ABC macros of reentr.h if d_getgrnam_r - * is defined. - */ -/*#define HAS_GETGRNAM_R /**/ -#define GETGRNAM_R_PROTO 0 /**/ - -/* HAS_GETHOSTBYADDR: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the gethostbyaddr() routine is - * available to look up hosts by their IP addresses. - */ -#define HAS_GETHOSTBYADDR /**/ - -/* HAS_GETHOSTBYNAME: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the gethostbyname() routine is - * available to look up host names in some data base or other. - */ -#define HAS_GETHOSTBYNAME /**/ - -/* HAS_GETHOSTENT: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the gethostent() routine is - * available to look up host names in some data base or another. - */ -/*#define HAS_GETHOSTENT /**/ - -/* HAS_GETHOSTNAME: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the C program may use the - * gethostname() routine to derive the host name. See also HAS_UNAME - * and PHOSTNAME. +/* HAS_GETHOSTNAME: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the C program may use the + * gethostname() routine to derive the host name. See also HAS_UNAME + * and PHOSTNAME. */ /* HAS_UNAME: * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the C program may use the @@ -1845,12 +1413,6 @@ */ #define HAS_GETHOST_PROTOS /**/ -/* HAS_GETITIMER: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getitimer routine is - * available to return interval timers. - */ -/*#define HAS_GETITIMER /**/ - /* HAS_GETLOGIN_R: * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getlogin_r routine * is available to getlogin re-entrantly. @@ -1864,18 +1426,6 @@ /*#define HAS_GETLOGIN_R /**/ #define GETLOGIN_R_PROTO 0 /**/ -/* HAS_GETMNT: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getmnt routine is - * available to get filesystem mount info by filename. - */ -/*#define HAS_GETMNT /**/ - -/* HAS_GETMNTENT: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getmntent routine is - * available to iterate through mounted file systems to get their info. - */ -/*#define HAS_GETMNTENT /**/ - /* HAS_GETNETBYADDR: * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getnetbyaddr() routine is * available to look up networks by their IP addresses. @@ -1941,13 +1491,6 @@ */ /*#define HAS_GETNET_PROTOS /**/ -/* HAS_GETPAGESIZE: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getpagesize system call - * is available to get system page size, which is the granularity of - * many memory management calls. - */ -/*#define HAS_GETPAGESIZE /**/ - /* HAS_GETPROTOENT: * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getprotoent() routine is * available to look up protocols in some data base or another. @@ -2023,12 +1566,6 @@ */ #define HAS_GETPROTO_PROTOS /**/ -/* HAS_GETPRPWNAM: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getprpwnam system call is - * available to retrieve protected (shadow) password entries by name. - */ -/*#define HAS_GETPRPWNAM /**/ - /* HAS_GETPWENT: * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getpwent routine is * available for sequential access of the passwd database. @@ -2128,12 +1665,6 @@ */ #define HAS_GETSERV_PROTOS /**/ -/* HAS_GETSPNAM: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getspnam system call is - * available to retrieve SysV shadow password entries by name. - */ -/*#define HAS_GETSPNAM /**/ - /* HAS_GETSPNAM_R: * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getspnam_r routine * is available to getspnam re-entrantly. @@ -2171,21 +1702,6 @@ /*#define HAS_GMTIME_R /**/ #define GMTIME_R_PROTO 0 /**/ -/* HAS_GNULIBC: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that - * the GNU C library is being used. A better check is to use - * the __GLIBC__ and __GLIBC_MINOR__ symbols supplied with glibc. - */ -/*#define HAS_GNULIBC /**/ -#if defined(HAS_GNULIBC) && !defined(_GNU_SOURCE) -# define _GNU_SOURCE -#endif -/* HAS_HASMNTOPT: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the hasmntopt routine is - * available to query the mount options of file systems. - */ -/*#define HAS_HASMNTOPT /**/ - /* HAS_HTONL: * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the htonl() routine (and * friends htons() ntohl() ntohs()) are available to do network @@ -2211,98 +1727,40 @@ #define HAS_NTOHL /**/ #define HAS_NTOHS /**/ -/* HAS_ILOGBL: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the ilogbl routine is - * available. If scalbnl is also present we can emulate frexpl. - */ -/*#define HAS_ILOGBL /**/ - -/* HAS_INT64_T: - * This symbol will defined if the C compiler supports int64_t. - * Usually the needs to be included, but sometimes - * is enough. +/* HAS_LOCALTIME_R: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the localtime_r routine + * is available to localtime re-entrantly. */ -/*#define HAS_INT64_T /**/ - -/* HAS_ISASCII: - * This manifest constant lets the C program know that isascii - * is available. +/* LOCALTIME_R_NEEDS_TZSET: + * Many libc's localtime_r implementations do not call tzset, + * making them differ from localtime(), and making timezone + * changes using \undef{TZ} without explicitly calling tzset + * impossible. This symbol makes us call tzset before localtime_r */ -#define HAS_ISASCII /**/ +/*#define LOCALTIME_R_NEEDS_TZSET /**/ +#ifdef LOCALTIME_R_NEEDS_TZSET +#define L_R_TZSET tzset(), +#else +#define L_R_TZSET +#endif -/* HAS_ISFINITE: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the isfinite routine is - * available to check whether a double is finite (non-infinity non-NaN). +/* LOCALTIME_R_PROTO: + * This symbol encodes the prototype of localtime_r. + * It is zero if d_localtime_r is undef, and one of the + * REENTRANT_PROTO_T_ABC macros of reentr.h if d_localtime_r + * is defined. */ -/*#define HAS_ISFINITE /**/ +/*#define HAS_LOCALTIME_R /**/ +#define LOCALTIME_R_PROTO 0 /**/ -/* HAS_ISINF: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the isinf routine is - * available to check whether a double is an infinity. +/* HAS_LONG_DOUBLE: + * This symbol will be defined if the C compiler supports long + * doubles. */ -/*#define HAS_ISINF /**/ - -/* HAS_ISNAN: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the isnan routine is - * available to check whether a double is a NaN. - */ -#define HAS_ISNAN /**/ - -/* HAS_ISNANL: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the isnanl routine is - * available to check whether a long double is a NaN. - */ -/*#define HAS_ISNANL /**/ - -/* HAS_LCHOWN: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the lchown routine is - * available to operate on a symbolic link (instead of following the - * link). - */ -/*#define HAS_LCHOWN /**/ - -/* HAS_LDBL_DIG: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that this system's - * or defines the symbol LDBL_DIG, which is the number - * of significant digits in a long double precision number. Unlike - * for DBL_DIG, there's no good guess for LDBL_DIG if it is undefined. - */ -#define HAS_LDBL_DIG /**/ - -/* LIBM_LIB_VERSION: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that libm exports _LIB_VERSION - * and that math.h defines the enum to manipulate it. - */ -/*#define LIBM_LIB_VERSION /**/ - -/* HAS_LOCALTIME_R: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the localtime_r routine - * is available to localtime re-entrantly. - */ -/* LOCALTIME_R_NEEDS_TZSET: - * Many libc's localtime_r implementations do not call tzset, - * making them differ from localtime(), and making timezone - * changes using $ENV{TZ} without explicitly calling tzset - * impossible. This symbol makes us call tzset before localtime_r - */ -/* LOCALTIME_R_PROTO: - * This symbol encodes the prototype of localtime_r. - * It is zero if d_localtime_r is undef, and one of the - * REENTRANT_PROTO_T_ABC macros of reentr.h if d_localtime_r - * is defined. - */ -/*#define HAS_LOCALTIME_R /**/ -/*#define LOCALTIME_R_NEEDS_TZSET /**/ -#define LOCALTIME_R_PROTO 0 /**/ - -/* HAS_LONG_DOUBLE: - * This symbol will be defined if the C compiler supports long - * doubles. - */ -/* LONG_DOUBLESIZE: - * This symbol contains the size of a long double, so that the - * C preprocessor can make decisions based on it. It is only - * defined if the system supports long doubles. +/* LONG_DOUBLESIZE: + * This symbol contains the size of a long double, so that the + * C preprocessor can make decisions based on it. It is only + * defined if the system supports long doubles. */ #define HAS_LONG_DOUBLE /**/ #ifdef HAS_LONG_DOUBLE @@ -2317,7 +1775,7 @@ * This symbol will be defined if the C compiler supports long long. */ /* LONGLONGSIZE: - * This symbol contains the size of a long long, so that the + * This symbol contains the size of a long long, so that the * C preprocessor can make decisions based on it. It is only * defined if the system supports long long. */ @@ -2334,36 +1792,12 @@ */ #define HAS_LSEEK_PROTO /**/ -/* HAS_MADVISE: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the madvise system call is - * available to map a file into memory. - */ -/*#define HAS_MADVISE /**/ - -/* HAS_MALLOC_SIZE: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the malloc_size - * routine is available for use. - */ -/*#define HAS_MALLOC_SIZE /**/ - -/* HAS_MALLOC_GOOD_SIZE: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the malloc_good_size - * routine is available for use. - */ -/*#define HAS_MALLOC_GOOD_SIZE /**/ - /* HAS_MEMCHR: * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the memchr routine is available * to locate characters within a C string. */ #define HAS_MEMCHR /**/ -/* HAS_MKDTEMP: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the mkdtemp routine is - * available to exclusively create a uniquely named temporary directory. - */ -/*#define HAS_MKDTEMP /**/ - /* HAS_MKSTEMP: * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the mkstemp routine is * available to exclusively create and open a uniquely named @@ -2371,13 +1805,6 @@ */ /*#define HAS_MKSTEMP /**/ -/* HAS_MKSTEMPS: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the mkstemps routine is - * available to excluslvely create and open a uniquely named - * (with a suffix) temporary file. - */ -/*#define HAS_MKSTEMPS /**/ - /* HAS_MMAP: * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the mmap system call is * available to map a file into memory. @@ -2390,76 +1817,18 @@ /*#define HAS_MMAP /**/ #define Mmap_t void * /**/ -/* HAS_MODFL: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the modfl routine is - * available to split a long double x into a fractional part f and - * an integer part i such that |f| < 1.0 and (f + i) = x. - */ -/* HAS_MODFL_PROTO: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the system provides - * a prototype for the modfl() function. Otherwise, it is up - * to the program to supply one. - */ -/* HAS_MODFL_POW32_BUG: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the modfl routine is - * broken for long doubles >= pow(2, 32). - * For example from 4294967303.150000 one would get 4294967302.000000 - * and 1.150000. The bug has been seen in certain versions of glibc, - * release 2.2.2 is known to be okay. - */ -/*#define HAS_MODFL /**/ -/*#define HAS_MODFL_PROTO /**/ -/*#define HAS_MODFL_POW32_BUG /**/ - -/* HAS_MPROTECT: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the mprotect system call is - * available to modify the access protection of a memory mapped file. - */ -/*#define HAS_MPROTECT /**/ - /* HAS_MSG: * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the entire msg*(2) library is * supported (IPC mechanism based on message queues). */ /*#define HAS_MSG /**/ -/* HAS_STRUCT_MSGHDR: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the struct msghdr - * is supported. - */ -/*#define HAS_STRUCT_MSGHDR /**/ - -/* HAS_NL_LANGINFO: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the nl_langinfo routine is - * available to return local data. You will also need - * and therefore I_LANGINFO. - */ -/*#define HAS_NL_LANGINFO /**/ - -/* HAS_OFF64_T: - * This symbol will be defined if the C compiler supports off64_t. - */ -/*#define HAS_OFF64_T /**/ - -/* HAS_OPEN3: - * This manifest constant lets the C program know that the three - * argument form of open(2) is available. - */ -/*#define HAS_OPEN3 /**/ - -/* HAS_PROCSELFEXE: - * This symbol is defined if PROCSELFEXE_PATH is a symlink - * to the absolute pathname of the executing program. - */ -/* PROCSELFEXE_PATH: - * If HAS_PROCSELFEXE is defined this symbol is the filename - * of the symbolic link pointing to the absolute pathname of - * the executing program. +/* HAS_POLL: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the poll routine is + * available to poll active file descriptors. Please check I_POLL and + * I_SYS_POLL to know which header should be included as well. */ -/*#define HAS_PROCSELFEXE /**/ -#if defined(HAS_PROCSELFEXE) && !defined(PROCSELFEXE_PATH) -#define PROCSELFEXE_PATH /**/ -#endif +/*#define HAS_POLL /**/ /* OLD_PTHREAD_CREATE_JOINABLE: * This symbol, if defined, indicates how to create pthread @@ -2477,15 +1846,8 @@ */ /*#define HAS_PTHREAD_ATFORK /**/ -/* HAS_PTHREAD_ATTR_SETSCOPE: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the pthread_attr_setscope - * system call is available to set the contention scope attribute of - * a thread attribute object. - */ -/*#define HAS_PTHREAD_ATTR_SETSCOPE / **/ - /* HAS_PTHREAD_YIELD: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the pthread_yield + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the pthread_yield * routine is available to yield the execution of the current * thread. sched_yield is preferable to pthread_yield. */ @@ -2542,69 +1904,12 @@ /*#define HAS_READDIR_R /**/ #define READDIR_R_PROTO 0 /**/ -/* HAS_READV: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the readv routine is - * available to do gather reads. You will also need - * and there I_SYSUIO. - */ -/*#define HAS_READV /**/ - -/* HAS_RECVMSG: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the recvmsg routine is - * available to send structured socket messages. - */ -/*#define HAS_RECVMSG /**/ - -/* HAS_SAFE_BCOPY: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the bcopy routine is available - * to copy potentially overlapping memory blocks. Normally, you should - * probably use memmove() or memcpy(). If neither is defined, roll your - * own version. - */ -/*#define HAS_SAFE_BCOPY /**/ - -/* HAS_SAFE_MEMCPY: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the memcpy routine is available - * to copy potentially overlapping memory blocks. If you need to - * copy overlapping memory blocks, you should check HAS_MEMMOVE and - * use memmove() instead, if available. - */ -/*#define HAS_SAFE_MEMCPY /**/ - -/* HAS_SANE_MEMCMP: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the memcmp routine is available - * and can be used to compare relative magnitudes of chars with their high - * bits set. If it is not defined, roll your own version. - */ -#define HAS_SANE_MEMCMP /**/ - -/* HAS_SBRK_PROTO: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the system provides - * a prototype for the sbrk() function. Otherwise, it is up - * to the program to supply one. Good guesses are - * extern void* sbrk(int); - * extern void* sbrk(size_t); - */ -/*#define HAS_SBRK_PROTO /**/ - -/* HAS_SCALBNL: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the scalbnl routine is - * available. If ilogbl is also present we can emulate frexpl. - */ -/*#define HAS_SCALBNL /**/ - /* HAS_SEM: * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the entire sem*(2) library is * supported. */ /*#define HAS_SEM /**/ -/* HAS_SENDMSG: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the sendmsg routine is - * available to send structured socket messages. - */ -/*#define HAS_SENDMSG /**/ - /* HAS_SETGRENT: * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the setgrent routine is * available for initializing sequential access of the group database. @@ -2650,12 +1955,6 @@ /*#define HAS_SETHOSTENT_R /**/ #define SETHOSTENT_R_PROTO 0 /**/ -/* HAS_SETITIMER: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the setitimer routine is - * available to set interval timers. - */ -/*#define HAS_SETITIMER /**/ - /* HAS_SETLOCALE_R: * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the setlocale_r routine * is available to setlocale re-entrantly. @@ -2706,12 +2005,6 @@ /*#define HAS_SETPGRP /**/ /*#define USE_BSD_SETPGRP /**/ -/* HAS_SETPROCTITLE: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the setproctitle routine is - * available to set process title. - */ -/*#define HAS_SETPROCTITLE /**/ - /* HAS_SETPROTOENT_R: * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the setprotoent_r routine * is available to setprotoent re-entrantly. @@ -2770,12 +2063,6 @@ */ #define HAS_SETVBUF /**/ -/* USE_SFIO: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that sfio should - * be used. - */ -/*#define USE_SFIO /**/ - /* HAS_SHM: * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the entire shm*(2) library is * supported. @@ -2796,88 +2083,13 @@ #define Shmat_t void * /**/ /*#define HAS_SHMAT_PROTOTYPE /**/ -/* HAS_SIGACTION: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that Vr4's sigaction() routine - * is available. - */ -/*#define HAS_SIGACTION /**/ - -/* HAS_SIGPROCMASK: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the sigprocmask - * system call is available to examine or change the signal mask - * of the calling process. +/* HAS_SOCKET: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the BSD socket interface is + * supported. */ -/*#define HAS_SIGPROCMASK /**/ - -/* HAS_SIGSETJMP: - * This variable indicates to the C program that the sigsetjmp() - * routine is available to save the calling process's registers - * and stack environment for later use by siglongjmp(), and - * to optionally save the process's signal mask. See - * Sigjmp_buf, Sigsetjmp, and Siglongjmp. - */ -/* Sigjmp_buf: - * This is the buffer type to be used with Sigsetjmp and Siglongjmp. - */ -/* Sigsetjmp: - * This macro is used in the same way as sigsetjmp(), but will invoke - * traditional setjmp() if sigsetjmp isn't available. - * See HAS_SIGSETJMP. - */ -/* Siglongjmp: - * This macro is used in the same way as siglongjmp(), but will invoke - * traditional longjmp() if siglongjmp isn't available. - * See HAS_SIGSETJMP. - */ -/*#define HAS_SIGSETJMP /**/ -#ifdef HAS_SIGSETJMP -#define Sigjmp_buf sigjmp_buf -#define Sigsetjmp(buf,save_mask) sigsetjmp((buf),(save_mask)) -#define Siglongjmp(buf,retval) siglongjmp((buf),(retval)) -#else -#define Sigjmp_buf jmp_buf -#define Sigsetjmp(buf,save_mask) setjmp((buf)) -#define Siglongjmp(buf,retval) longjmp((buf),(retval)) -#endif - -/* USE_SITECUSTOMIZE: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that sitecustomize should - * be used. - */ -/*#define USE_SITECUSTOMIZE /**/ - -/* HAS_SNPRINTF: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the snprintf () library - * function is available for use. - */ -/* HAS_VSNPRINTF: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the vsnprintf () library - * function is available for use. - */ -#define HAS_SNPRINTF /**/ -#define HAS_VSNPRINTF /**/ - -/* HAS_SOCKATMARK: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the sockatmark routine is - * available to test whether a socket is at the out-of-band mark. - */ -/*#define HAS_SOCKATMARK /**/ - -/* HAS_SOCKATMARK_PROTO: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the system provides - * a prototype for the sockatmark() function. Otherwise, it is up - * to the program to supply one. A good guess is - * extern int sockatmark(int); - */ -/*#define HAS_SOCKATMARK_PROTO /**/ - -/* HAS_SOCKET: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the BSD socket interface is - * supported. - */ -/* HAS_SOCKETPAIR: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the BSD socketpair() call is - * supported. +/* HAS_SOCKETPAIR: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the BSD socketpair() call is + * supported. */ /* HAS_MSG_CTRUNC: * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the MSG_CTRUNC is supported. @@ -2918,26 +2130,6 @@ /*#define HAS_MSG_PROXY /**/ /*#define HAS_SCM_RIGHTS /**/ -/* HAS_SOCKS5_INIT: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the socks5_init routine is - * available to initialize SOCKS 5. - */ -/*#define HAS_SOCKS5_INIT /**/ - -/* SPRINTF_RETURNS_STRLEN: - * This variable defines whether sprintf returns the length of the string - * (as per the ANSI spec). Some C libraries retain compatibility with - * pre-ANSI C and return a pointer to the passed in buffer; for these - * this variable will be undef. - */ -#define SPRINTF_RETURNS_STRLEN /**/ - -/* HAS_SQRTL: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the sqrtl routine is - * available to do long double square roots. - */ -/*#define HAS_SQRTL /**/ - /* HAS_SRAND48_R: * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the srand48_r routine * is available to srand48 re-entrantly. @@ -2964,22 +2156,6 @@ /*#define HAS_SRANDOM_R /**/ #define SRANDOM_R_PROTO 0 /**/ -/* HAS_SETRESGID_PROTO: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the system provides - * a prototype for the setresgid() function. Otherwise, it is up - * to the program to supply one. Good guesses are - * extern int setresgid(uid_t ruid, uid_t euid, uid_t suid); - */ -/*#define HAS_SETRESGID_PROTO /**/ - -/* HAS_SETRESUID_PROTO: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the system provides - * a prototype for the setresuid() function. Otherwise, it is up - * to the program to supply one. Good guesses are - * extern int setresuid(uid_t ruid, uid_t euid, uid_t suid); - */ -/*#define HAS_SETRESUID_PROTO /**/ - /* USE_STAT_BLOCKS: * This symbol is defined if this system has a stat structure declaring * st_blksize and st_blocks. @@ -2988,98 +2164,12 @@ /*#define USE_STAT_BLOCKS /**/ #endif -/* HAS_STRUCT_STATFS_F_FLAGS: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the struct statfs - * does have the f_flags member containing the mount flags of - * the filesystem containing the file. - * This kind of struct statfs is coming from (BSD 4.3), - * not from (SYSV). Older BSDs (like Ultrix) do not - * have statfs() and struct statfs, they have ustat() and getmnt() - * with struct ustat and struct fs_data. - */ -/*#define HAS_STRUCT_STATFS_F_FLAGS /**/ - -/* HAS_STRUCT_STATFS: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the struct statfs - * to do statfs() is supported. - */ -/*#define HAS_STRUCT_STATFS /**/ - -/* HAS_FSTATVFS: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the fstatvfs routine is - * available to stat filesystems by file descriptors. - */ -/*#define HAS_FSTATVFS /**/ - -/* USE_STDIO_PTR: - * This symbol is defined if the _ptr and _cnt fields (or similar) - * of the stdio FILE structure can be used to access the stdio buffer - * for a file handle. If this is defined, then the FILE_ptr(fp) - * and FILE_cnt(fp) macros will also be defined and should be used - * to access these fields. - */ -/* FILE_ptr: - * This macro is used to access the _ptr field (or equivalent) of the - * FILE structure pointed to by its argument. This macro will always be - * defined if USE_STDIO_PTR is defined. - */ -/* STDIO_PTR_LVALUE: - * This symbol is defined if the FILE_ptr macro can be used as an - * lvalue. - */ -/* FILE_cnt: - * This macro is used to access the _cnt field (or equivalent) of the - * FILE structure pointed to by its argument. This macro will always be - * defined if USE_STDIO_PTR is defined. - */ -/* STDIO_CNT_LVALUE: - * This symbol is defined if the FILE_cnt macro can be used as an - * lvalue. - */ -/* STDIO_PTR_LVAL_SETS_CNT: - * This symbol is defined if using the FILE_ptr macro as an lvalue - * to increase the pointer by n has the side effect of decreasing the - * value of File_cnt(fp) by n. - */ -/* STDIO_PTR_LVAL_NOCHANGE_CNT: - * This symbol is defined if using the FILE_ptr macro as an lvalue - * to increase the pointer by n leaves File_cnt(fp) unchanged. - */ -#define USE_STDIO_PTR /**/ -#ifdef USE_STDIO_PTR -#define FILE_ptr(fp) ((fp)->_ptr) -#define STDIO_PTR_LVALUE /**/ -#define FILE_cnt(fp) ((fp)->_cnt) -#define STDIO_CNT_LVALUE /**/ -/*#define STDIO_PTR_LVAL_SETS_CNT /**/ -#define STDIO_PTR_LVAL_NOCHANGE_CNT /**/ -#endif - -/* USE_STDIO_BASE: - * This symbol is defined if the _base field (or similar) of the - * stdio FILE structure can be used to access the stdio buffer for - * a file handle. If this is defined, then the FILE_base(fp) macro - * will also be defined and should be used to access this field. - * Also, the FILE_bufsiz(fp) macro will be defined and should be used - * to determine the number of bytes in the buffer. USE_STDIO_BASE - * will never be defined unless USE_STDIO_PTR is. - */ -/* FILE_base: - * This macro is used to access the _base field (or equivalent) of the - * FILE structure pointed to by its argument. This macro will always be - * defined if USE_STDIO_BASE is defined. - */ -/* FILE_bufsiz: - * This macro is used to determine the number of bytes in the I/O - * buffer pointed to by _base field (or equivalent) of the FILE - * structure pointed to its argument. This macro will always be defined - * if USE_STDIO_BASE is defined. +/* USE_STRUCT_COPY: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that this C compiler knows how + * to copy structures. If undefined, you'll need to use a block copy + * routine of some sort instead. */ -#define USE_STDIO_BASE /**/ -#ifdef USE_STDIO_BASE -#define FILE_base(fp) ((fp)->_base) -#define FILE_bufsiz(fp) ((fp)->_cnt + (fp)->_ptr - (fp)->_base) -#endif +#define USE_STRUCT_COPY /**/ /* HAS_STRERROR: * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the strerror routine is @@ -3113,77 +2203,12 @@ /*#define HAS_STRERROR_R /**/ #define STRERROR_R_PROTO 0 /**/ -/* HAS_STRFTIME: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the strftime routine is - * available to do time formatting. - */ -#define HAS_STRFTIME /**/ - -/* HAS_STRLCAT: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the strlcat () routine is - * available to do string concatenation. - */ -/*#define HAS_STRLCAT /**/ - -/* HAS_STRLCPY: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the strlcpy () routine is - * available to do string copying. - */ -/*#define HAS_STRLCPY /**/ - -/* HAS_STRTOLD: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the strtold routine is - * available to convert strings to long doubles. - */ -/*#define HAS_STRTOLD /**/ - -/* HAS_STRTOLL: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the strtoll routine is - * available to convert strings to long longs. - */ -/*#define HAS_STRTOLL /**/ - -/* HAS_STRTOQ: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the strtoq routine is - * available to convert strings to long longs (quads). - */ -/*#define HAS_STRTOQ /**/ - /* HAS_STRTOUL: * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the strtoul routine is * available to provide conversion of strings to unsigned long. */ #define HAS_STRTOUL /**/ -/* HAS_STRTOULL: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the strtoull routine is - * available to convert strings to unsigned long longs. - */ -/*#define HAS_STRTOULL /**/ - -/* HAS_STRTOUQ: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the strtouq routine is - * available to convert strings to unsigned long longs (quads). - */ -/*#define HAS_STRTOUQ /**/ - -/* HAS_SYSCALL_PROTO: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the system provides - * a prototype for the syscall() function. Otherwise, it is up - * to the program to supply one. Good guesses are - * extern int syscall(int, ...); - * extern int syscall(long, ...); - */ -/*#define HAS_SYSCALL_PROTO /**/ - -/* HAS_TELLDIR_PROTO: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the system provides - * a prototype for the telldir() function. Otherwise, it is up - * to the program to supply one. A good guess is - * extern long telldir(DIR*); - */ -#define HAS_TELLDIR_PROTO /**/ - /* HAS_TIME: * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the time() routine exists. */ @@ -3228,20 +2253,6 @@ /*#define HAS_TTYNAME_R /**/ #define TTYNAME_R_PROTO 0 /**/ -/* U32_ALIGNMENT_REQUIRED: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that you must access - * character data through U32-aligned pointers. - */ -#ifndef U32_ALIGNMENT_REQUIRED -#define U32_ALIGNMENT_REQUIRED /**/ -#endif - -/* HAS_UALARM: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the ualarm routine is - * available to do alarms with microsecond granularity. - */ -/*#define HAS_UALARM /**/ - /* HAS_UNION_SEMUN: * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the union semun is * defined by including . If not, the user code @@ -3264,33 +2275,6 @@ /*#define USE_SEMCTL_SEMUN /**/ /*#define USE_SEMCTL_SEMID_DS /**/ -/* HAS_UNORDERED: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the unordered routine is - * available to check whether two doubles are unordered - * (effectively: whether either of them is NaN) - */ -/*#define HAS_UNORDERED /**/ - -/* HAS_UNSETENV: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the unsetenv () routine is - * available for use. - */ -/*#define HAS_UNSETENV /**/ - -/* HAS_USLEEP_PROTO: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the system provides - * a prototype for the usleep() function. Otherwise, it is up - * to the program to supply one. A good guess is - * extern int usleep(useconds_t); - */ -/*#define HAS_USLEEP_PROTO /**/ - -/* HAS_USTAT: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the ustat system call is - * available to query file system statistics by dev_t. - */ -/*#define HAS_USTAT /**/ - /* HAS_VFORK: * This symbol, if defined, indicates that vfork() exists. */ @@ -3310,57 +2294,14 @@ */ #define Signal_t void /* Signal handler's return type */ -/* HAS_VPRINTF: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the vprintf routine is available - * to printf with a pointer to an argument list. If unavailable, you - * may need to write your own, probably in terms of _doprnt(). - */ -/* USE_CHAR_VSPRINTF: - * This symbol is defined if this system has vsprintf() returning type - * (char*). The trend seems to be to declare it as "int vsprintf()". It - * is up to the package author to declare vsprintf correctly based on the - * symbol. - */ -#define HAS_VPRINTF /**/ -/*#define USE_CHAR_VSPRINTF /**/ - -/* HAS_WRITEV: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the writev routine is - * available to do scatter writes. - */ -/*#define HAS_WRITEV /**/ - -/* USE_DYNAMIC_LOADING: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that dynamic loading of - * some sort is available. - */ -#define USE_DYNAMIC_LOADING /**/ - -/* DOUBLESIZE: - * This symbol contains the size of a double, so that the C preprocessor - * can make decisions based on it. - */ -#define DOUBLESIZE 8 /**/ - -/* EBCDIC: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that this system uses - * EBCDIC encoding. - */ -/*#define EBCDIC /**/ - -/* FFLUSH_NULL: - * This symbol, if defined, tells that fflush(NULL) does flush - * all pending stdio output. - */ -/* FFLUSH_ALL: - * This symbol, if defined, tells that to flush - * all pending stdio output one must loop through all - * the stdio file handles stored in an array and fflush them. - * Note that if fflushNULL is defined, fflushall will not - * even be probed for and will be left undefined. +/* HASVOLATILE: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that this C compiler knows about + * the volatile declaration. */ -#define FFLUSH_NULL /**/ -/*#define FFLUSH_ALL /**/ +#define HASVOLATILE /**/ +#ifndef HASVOLATILE +#define volatile +#endif /* Fpos_t: * This symbol holds the type used to declare file positions in libc. @@ -3398,8 +2339,8 @@ * This symbol holds the type used for the second argument to * getgroups() and setgroups(). Usually, this is the same as * gidtype (gid_t) , but sometimes it isn't. - * It can be int, ushort, gid_t, etc... - * It may be necessary to include to get any + * It can be int, ushort, gid_t, etc... + * It may be necessary to include to get any * typedef'ed information. This is only required if you have * getgroups() or setgroups().. */ @@ -3407,53 +2348,25 @@ #define Groups_t gid_t /* Type for 2nd arg to [sg]etgroups() */ #endif -/* I_CRYPT: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that exists and - * should be included. - */ -/*#define I_CRYPT /**/ - -/* DB_Prefix_t: - * This symbol contains the type of the prefix structure element - * in the header file. In older versions of DB, it was - * int, while in newer ones it is u_int32_t. - */ -/* DB_Hash_t: - * This symbol contains the type of the prefix structure element - * in the header file. In older versions of DB, it was - * int, while in newer ones it is size_t. - */ -/* DB_VERSION_MAJOR_CFG: - * This symbol, if defined, defines the major version number of - * Berkeley DB found in the header when Perl was configured. - */ -/* DB_VERSION_MINOR_CFG: - * This symbol, if defined, defines the minor version number of - * Berkeley DB found in the header when Perl was configured. - * For DB version 1 this is always 0. - */ -/* DB_VERSION_PATCH_CFG: - * This symbol, if defined, defines the patch version number of - * Berkeley DB found in the header when Perl was configured. - * For DB version 1 this is always 0. +/* I_DIRENT: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that it should + * include . Using this symbol also triggers the definition + * of the Direntry_t define which ends up being 'struct dirent' or + * 'struct direct' depending on the availability of . */ -#define DB_Hash_t int /**/ -#define DB_Prefix_t int /**/ -#define DB_VERSION_MAJOR_CFG 0 /**/ -#define DB_VERSION_MINOR_CFG 0 /**/ -#define DB_VERSION_PATCH_CFG 0 /**/ - -/* I_FP: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that exists and - * should be included. +/* DIRNAMLEN: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that the length + * of directory entry names is provided by a d_namlen field. Otherwise + * you need to do strlen() on the d_name field. */ -/*#define I_FP /**/ - -/* I_FP_CLASS: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that exists and - * should be included. +/* Direntry_t: + * This symbol is set to 'struct direct' or 'struct dirent' depending on + * whether dirent is available or not. You should use this pseudo type to + * portably declare your directory entries. */ -/*#define I_FP_CLASS /**/ +#define I_DIRENT /**/ +#define DIRNAMLEN /**/ +#define Direntry_t struct direct /* I_GRP: * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that it should @@ -3466,42 +2379,12 @@ /*#define I_GRP /**/ /*#define GRPASSWD /**/ -/* I_IEEEFP: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that exists and - * should be included. - */ -/*#define I_IEEEFP /**/ - -/* I_INTTYPES: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that it should - * include . - */ -/*#define I_INTTYPES /**/ - -/* I_LANGINFO: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that exists and - * should be included. - */ -/*#define I_LANGINFO /**/ - -/* I_LIBUTIL: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that exists and - * should be included. - */ -/*#define I_LIBUTIL /**/ - /* I_MACH_CTHREADS: * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that it should * include . */ /*#define I_MACH_CTHREADS /**/ -/* I_MNTENT: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that exists and - * should be included. - */ -/*#define I_MNTENT /**/ - /* I_NDBM: * This symbol, if defined, indicates that exists and should * be included. @@ -3514,23 +2397,11 @@ */ /*#define I_NETDB /**/ -/* I_NETINET_TCP: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that it should - * include . - */ -/*#define I_NETINET_TCP /**/ - -/* I_POLL: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that exists and - * should be included. (see also HAS_POLL) - */ -/*#define I_POLL /**/ - -/* I_PROT: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that exists and +/* I_NET_ERRNO: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that exists and * should be included. */ -/*#define I_PROT /**/ +/*#define I_NET_ERRNO /**/ /* I_PTHREAD: * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that it should @@ -3584,122 +2455,43 @@ /*#define PWGECOS /**/ /*#define PWPASSWD /**/ -/* I_SHADOW: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that exists and - * should be included. +/* I_SYS_ACCESS: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that it should + * include . */ -/*#define I_SHADOW /**/ +/*#define I_SYS_ACCESS /**/ -/* I_SOCKS: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that exists and - * should be included. +/* I_SYS_SECURITY: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that it should + * include . */ -/*#define I_SOCKS /**/ +/*#define I_SYS_SECURITY /**/ -/* I_SUNMATH: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that exists and +/* I_SYSUIO: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that exists and * should be included. */ -/*#define I_SUNMATH /**/ +/*#define I_SYSUIO /**/ -/* I_SYSLOG: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that exists and - * should be included. +/* I_STDARG: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that exists and should + * be included. */ -/*#define I_SYSLOG /**/ - -/* I_SYSMODE: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that exists and - * should be included. +/* I_VARARGS: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that it should + * include . */ -/*#define I_SYSMODE /**/ +#define I_STDARG /**/ +/*#define I_VARARGS /**/ -/* I_SYS_MOUNT: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that exists and - * should be included. +/* PERL_INC_VERSION_LIST: + * This variable specifies the list of subdirectories in over + * which perl.c:incpush() and lib/lib.pm will automatically + * search when adding directories to @INC, in a format suitable + * for a C initialization string. See the inc_version_list entry + * in Porting/Glossary for more details. */ -/*#define I_SYS_MOUNT /**/ - -/* I_SYS_STATFS: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that exists. - */ -/*#define I_SYS_STATFS /**/ - -/* I_SYS_STATVFS: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that exists and - * should be included. - */ -/*#define I_SYS_STATVFS /**/ - -/* I_SYSUIO: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that exists and - * should be included. - */ -/*#define I_SYSUIO /**/ - -/* I_SYSUTSNAME: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that exists and - * should be included. - */ -/*#define I_SYSUTSNAME /**/ - -/* I_SYS_VFS: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that exists and - * should be included. - */ -/*#define I_SYS_VFS /**/ - -/* I_TIME: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that it should - * include . - */ -/* I_SYS_TIME: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that it should - * include . - */ -/* I_SYS_TIME_KERNEL: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that it should - * include with KERNEL defined. - */ -/* HAS_TM_TM_ZONE: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that - * the struct tm has a tm_zone field. - */ -/* HAS_TM_TM_GMTOFF: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that - * the struct tm has a tm_gmtoff field. - */ -#define I_TIME /**/ -/*#define I_SYS_TIME /**/ -/*#define I_SYS_TIME_KERNEL /**/ -/*#define HAS_TM_TM_ZONE /**/ -/*#define HAS_TM_TM_GMTOFF /**/ - -/* I_USTAT: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that exists and - * should be included. - */ -/*#define I_USTAT /**/ - -/* I_STDARG: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that exists and should - * be included. - */ -/* I_VARARGS: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that it should - * include . - */ -#define I_STDARG /**/ -/*#define I_VARARGS /**/ - -/* PERL_INC_VERSION_LIST: - * This variable specifies the list of subdirectories in over - * which perl.c:incpush() and lib/lib.pm will automatically - * search when adding directories to @INC, in a format suitable - * for a C initialization string. See the inc_version_list entry - * in Porting/Glossary for more details. - */ -#define PERL_INC_VERSION_LIST 0 /**/ +/*#define PERL_INC_VERSION_LIST 0 /**/ /* INSTALL_USR_BIN_PERL: * This symbol, if defined, indicates that Perl is to be installed @@ -3707,27 +2499,6 @@ */ /*#define INSTALL_USR_BIN_PERL /**/ -/* PERL_PRIfldbl: - * This symbol, if defined, contains the string used by stdio to - * format long doubles (format 'f') for output. - */ -/* PERL_PRIgldbl: - * This symbol, if defined, contains the string used by stdio to - * format long doubles (format 'g') for output. - */ -/* PERL_PRIeldbl: - * This symbol, if defined, contains the string used by stdio to - * format long doubles (format 'e') for output. - */ -/* PERL_SCNfldbl: - * This symbol, if defined, contains the string used by stdio to - * format long doubles (format 'f') for input. - */ -/*#define PERL_PRIfldbl "f" /**/ -/*#define PERL_PRIgldbl "g" /**/ -/*#define PERL_PRIeldbl "e" /**/ -/*#define PERL_SCNfldbl "f" /**/ - /* Off_t: * This symbol holds the type used to declare offsets in the kernel. * It can be int, long, off_t, etc... It may be necessary to include @@ -3743,12 +2514,6 @@ #define LSEEKSIZE 4 /* size */ #define Off_t_size 4 /* size */ -/* PERL_MAD: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the Misc Attribution - * Declaration code should be conditionally compiled. - */ -/*#define PERL_MAD /**/ - /* Free_t: * This variable contains the return type of free(). It is usually * void, but occasionally int. @@ -3770,51 +2535,13 @@ /*#define MYMALLOC /**/ /* Mode_t: - * This symbol holds the type used to declare file modes + * This symbol holds the type used to declare file modes * for systems calls. It is usually mode_t, but may be * int or unsigned short. It may be necessary to include * to get any typedef'ed information. */ #define Mode_t mode_t /* file mode parameter for system calls */ -/* VAL_O_NONBLOCK: - * This symbol is to be used during open() or fcntl(F_SETFL) to turn on - * non-blocking I/O for the file descriptor. Note that there is no way - * back, i.e. you cannot turn it blocking again this way. If you wish to - * alternatively switch between blocking and non-blocking, use the - * ioctl(FIOSNBIO) call instead, but that is not supported by all devices. - */ -/* VAL_EAGAIN: - * This symbol holds the errno error code set by read() when no data was - * present on the non-blocking file descriptor. - */ -/* RD_NODATA: - * This symbol holds the return code from read() when no data is present - * on the non-blocking file descriptor. Be careful! If EOF_NONBLOCK is - * not defined, then you can't distinguish between no data and EOF by - * issuing a read(). You'll have to find another way to tell for sure! - */ -/* EOF_NONBLOCK: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that a read() on - * a non-blocking file descriptor will return 0 on EOF, and not the value - * held in RD_NODATA (-1 usually, in that case!). - */ -#define VAL_O_NONBLOCK O_NONBLOCK -#define VAL_EAGAIN EAGAIN -#define RD_NODATA -1 -#define EOF_NONBLOCK - -/* NEED_VA_COPY: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the system stores - * the variable argument list datatype, va_list, in a format - * that cannot be copied by simple assignment, so that some - * other means must be used when copying is required. - * As such systems vary in their provision (or non-provision) - * of copying mechanisms, handy.h defines a platform- - * independent macro, Perl_va_copy(src, dst), to do the job. - */ -/*#define NEED_VA_COPY /**/ - /* Netdb_host_t: * This symbol holds the type used for the 1st argument * to gethostbyaddr(). @@ -3836,36 +2563,1653 @@ #define Netdb_name_t char * /**/ #define Netdb_net_t long /**/ -/* PERL_OTHERLIBDIRS: - * This variable contains a colon-separated set of paths for the perl - * binary to search for additional library files or modules. - * These directories will be tacked to the end of @INC. - * Perl will automatically search below each path for version- - * and architecture-specific directories. See PERL_INC_VERSION_LIST - * for more details. +/* PERL_OTHERLIBDIRS: + * This variable contains a colon-separated set of paths for the perl + * binary to search for additional library files or modules. + * These directories will be tacked to the end of @INC. + * Perl will automatically search below each path for version- + * and architecture-specific directories. See PERL_INC_VERSION_LIST + * for more details. + */ +/*#define PERL_OTHERLIBDIRS "" /**/ + +/* Pid_t: + * This symbol holds the type used to declare process ids in the kernel. + * It can be int, uint, pid_t, etc... It may be necessary to include + * to get any typedef'ed information. + */ +#define Pid_t int /* PID type */ + +/* PRIVLIB: + * This symbol contains the name of the private library for this package. + * The library is private in the sense that it needn't be in anyone's + * execution path, but it should be accessible by the world. The program + * should be prepared to do ~ expansion. + */ +/* PRIVLIB_EXP: + * This symbol contains the ~name expanded version of PRIVLIB, to be used + * in programs that are not prepared to deal with ~ expansion at run-time. + */ +#define PRIVLIB "c:\\perl\\lib" /**/ +#define PRIVLIB_EXP (win32_get_privlib("5.11.0")) /**/ + +/* CAN_PROTOTYPE: + * If defined, this macro indicates that the C compiler can handle + * function prototypes. + */ +/* _: + * This macro is used to declare function parameters for folks who want + * to make declarations with prototypes using a different style than + * the above macros. Use double parentheses. For example: + * + * int main _((int argc, char *argv[])); + */ +#define CAN_PROTOTYPE /**/ +#ifdef CAN_PROTOTYPE +#define _(args) args +#else +#define _(args) () +#endif + +/* Select_fd_set_t: + * This symbol holds the type used for the 2nd, 3rd, and 4th + * arguments to select. Usually, this is 'fd_set *', if HAS_FD_SET + * is defined, and 'int *' otherwise. This is only useful if you + * have select(), of course. + */ +#define Select_fd_set_t Perl_fd_set * /**/ + +/* SH_PATH: + * This symbol contains the full pathname to the shell used on this + * on this system to execute Bourne shell scripts. Usually, this will be + * /bin/sh, though it's possible that some systems will have /bin/ksh, + * /bin/pdksh, /bin/ash, /bin/bash, or even something such as + * D:/bin/sh.exe. + */ +#define SH_PATH "cmd /x /c" /**/ + +/* SIG_NAME: + * This symbol contains a list of signal names in order of + * signal number. This is intended + * to be used as a static array initialization, like this: + * char *sig_name[] = { SIG_NAME }; + * The signals in the list are separated with commas, and each signal + * is surrounded by double quotes. There is no leading SIG in the signal + * name, i.e. SIGQUIT is known as "QUIT". + * Gaps in the signal numbers (up to NSIG) are filled in with NUMnn, + * etc., where nn is the actual signal number (e.g. NUM37). + * The signal number for sig_name[i] is stored in sig_num[i]. + * The last element is 0 to terminate the list with a NULL. This + * corresponds to the 0 at the end of the sig_name_init list. + * Note that this variable is initialized from the sig_name_init, + * not from sig_name (which is unused). + */ +/* SIG_NUM: + * This symbol contains a list of signal numbers, in the same order as the + * SIG_NAME list. It is suitable for static array initialization, as in: + * int sig_num[] = { SIG_NUM }; + * The signals in the list are separated with commas, and the indices + * within that list and the SIG_NAME list match, so it's easy to compute + * the signal name from a number or vice versa at the price of a small + * dynamic linear lookup. + * Duplicates are allowed, but are moved to the end of the list. + * The signal number corresponding to sig_name[i] is sig_number[i]. + * if (i < NSIG) then sig_number[i] == i. + * The last element is 0, corresponding to the 0 at the end of + * the sig_name_init list. + * Note that this variable is initialized from the sig_num_init, + * not from sig_num (which is unused). + */ +/* SIG_SIZE: + * This variable contains the number of elements of the SIG_NAME + * and SIG_NUM arrays, excluding the final NULL entry. + */ +#define SIG_NAME "ZERO", "HUP", "INT", "QUIT", "ILL", "NUM05", "NUM06", "NUM07", "FPE", "KILL", "NUM10", "SEGV", "NUM12", "PIPE", "ALRM", "TERM", "NUM16", "NUM17", "NUM18", "NUM19", "CHLD", "BREAK", "ABRT", "STOP", "NUM24", "CONT", "CLD", 0 /**/ +#define SIG_NUM 0, 1, 2, 21, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 13, 14, 15, 16, 17, 18, 19, 20, 21, 22, 23, 24, 25, 20, 0 /**/ +#define SIG_SIZE 27 /**/ + +/* SITEARCH: + * This symbol contains the name of the private library for this package. + * The library is private in the sense that it needn't be in anyone's + * execution path, but it should be accessible by the world. The program + * should be prepared to do ~ expansion. + * The standard distribution will put nothing in this directory. + * After perl has been installed, users may install their own local + * architecture-dependent modules in this directory with + * MakeMaker Makefile.PL + * or equivalent. See INSTALL for details. + */ +/* SITEARCH_EXP: + * This symbol contains the ~name expanded version of SITEARCH, to be used + * in programs that are not prepared to deal with ~ expansion at run-time. + */ +#define SITEARCH "c:\\perl\\site\\lib" /**/ +/*#define SITEARCH_EXP "" /**/ + +/* SITELIB: + * This symbol contains the name of the private library for this package. + * The library is private in the sense that it needn't be in anyone's + * execution path, but it should be accessible by the world. The program + * should be prepared to do ~ expansion. + * The standard distribution will put nothing in this directory. + * After perl has been installed, users may install their own local + * architecture-independent modules in this directory with + * MakeMaker Makefile.PL + * or equivalent. See INSTALL for details. + */ +/* SITELIB_EXP: + * This symbol contains the ~name expanded version of SITELIB, to be used + * in programs that are not prepared to deal with ~ expansion at run-time. + */ +/* SITELIB_STEM: + * This define is SITELIB_EXP with any trailing version-specific component + * removed. The elements in inc_version_list (inc_version_list.U) can + * be tacked onto this variable to generate a list of directories to search. + */ +#define SITELIB "c:\\perl\\site\\lib" /**/ +#define SITELIB_EXP (win32_get_sitelib("5.11.0")) /**/ +#define SITELIB_STEM "" /**/ + +/* Size_t_size: + * This symbol holds the size of a Size_t in bytes. + */ +#define Size_t_size 4 /**/ + +/* Size_t: + * This symbol holds the type used to declare length parameters + * for string functions. It is usually size_t, but may be + * unsigned long, int, etc. It may be necessary to include + * to get any typedef'ed information. + */ +#define Size_t size_t /* length paramater for string functions */ + +/* Sock_size_t: + * This symbol holds the type used for the size argument of + * various socket calls (just the base type, not the pointer-to). + */ +#define Sock_size_t int /**/ + +/* STDCHAR: + * This symbol is defined to be the type of char used in stdio.h. + * It has the values "unsigned char" or "char". + */ +#define STDCHAR char /**/ + +/* Uid_t_f: + * This symbol defines the format string used for printing a Uid_t. + */ +#define Uid_t_f "ld" /**/ + +/* Uid_t_sign: + * This symbol holds the signedess of a Uid_t. + * 1 for unsigned, -1 for signed. + */ +#define Uid_t_sign -1 /* UID sign */ + +/* Uid_t_size: + * This symbol holds the size of a Uid_t in bytes. + */ +#define Uid_t_size 4 /* UID size */ + +/* Uid_t: + * This symbol holds the type used to declare user ids in the kernel. + * It can be int, ushort, uid_t, etc... It may be necessary to include + * to get any typedef'ed information. + */ +#define Uid_t uid_t /* UID type */ + +/* USE_ITHREADS: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that Perl should be built to + * use the interpreter-based threading implementation. + */ +/* USE_5005THREADS: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that Perl should be built to + * use the 5.005-based threading implementation. + * Only valid up to 5.8.x. + */ +/* OLD_PTHREADS_API: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that Perl should + * be built to use the old draft POSIX threads API. + */ +/* USE_REENTRANT_API: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that Perl should + * try to use the various _r versions of library functions. + * This is extremely experimental. + */ +/*#define USE_5005THREADS /**/ +/*#define USE_ITHREADS /**/ +#if defined(USE_5005THREADS) && !defined(USE_ITHREADS) +#define USE_THREADS /* until src is revised*/ +#endif +/*#define OLD_PTHREADS_API /**/ +/*#define USE_REENTRANT_API /**/ + +/* PERL_VENDORARCH: + * If defined, this symbol contains the name of a private library. + * The library is private in the sense that it needn't be in anyone's + * execution path, but it should be accessible by the world. + * It may have a ~ on the front. + * The standard distribution will put nothing in this directory. + * Vendors who distribute perl may wish to place their own + * architecture-dependent modules and extensions in this directory with + * MakeMaker Makefile.PL INSTALLDIRS=vendor + * or equivalent. See INSTALL for details. + */ +/* PERL_VENDORARCH_EXP: + * This symbol contains the ~name expanded version of PERL_VENDORARCH, to be used + * in programs that are not prepared to deal with ~ expansion at run-time. + */ +/*#define PERL_VENDORARCH "" /**/ +/*#define PERL_VENDORARCH_EXP "" /**/ + +/* PERL_VENDORLIB_EXP: + * This symbol contains the ~name expanded version of VENDORLIB, to be used + * in programs that are not prepared to deal with ~ expansion at run-time. + */ +/* PERL_VENDORLIB_STEM: + * This define is PERL_VENDORLIB_EXP with any trailing version-specific component + * removed. The elements in inc_version_list (inc_version_list.U) can + * be tacked onto this variable to generate a list of directories to search. + */ +/*#define PERL_VENDORLIB_EXP "" /**/ +/*#define PERL_VENDORLIB_STEM "" /**/ + +/* VOIDFLAGS: + * This symbol indicates how much support of the void type is given by this + * compiler. What various bits mean: + * + * 1 = supports declaration of void + * 2 = supports arrays of pointers to functions returning void + * 4 = supports comparisons between pointers to void functions and + * addresses of void functions + * 8 = suports declaration of generic void pointers + * + * The package designer should define VOIDUSED to indicate the requirements + * of the package. This can be done either by #defining VOIDUSED before + * including config.h, or by defining defvoidused in Myinit.U. If the + * latter approach is taken, only those flags will be tested. If the + * level of void support necessary is not present, defines void to int. + */ +#ifndef VOIDUSED +#define VOIDUSED 15 +#endif +#define VOIDFLAGS 15 +#if (VOIDFLAGS & VOIDUSED) != VOIDUSED +#define void int /* is void to be avoided? */ +#define M_VOID /* Xenix strikes again */ +#endif + +/* USE_CROSS_COMPILE: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that Perl is being cross-compiled. + */ +/* PERL_TARGETARCH: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates the target architecture + * Perl has been cross-compiled to. Undefined if not a cross-compile. + */ +#ifndef USE_CROSS_COMPILE +/*#define USE_CROSS_COMPILE /**/ +#define PERL_TARGETARCH "" /**/ +#endif + +/* MEM_ALIGNBYTES: + * This symbol contains the number of bytes required to align a + * double, or a long double when applicable. Usual values are 2, + * 4 and 8. The default is eight, for safety. + */ +#if defined(USE_CROSS_COMPILE) || defined(MULTIARCH) +# define MEM_ALIGNBYTES 8 +#else +#define MEM_ALIGNBYTES 8 +#endif + +/* BYTEORDER: + * This symbol holds the hexadecimal constant defined in byteorder, + * in a UV, i.e. 0x1234 or 0x4321 or 0x12345678, etc... + * If the compiler supports cross-compiling or multiple-architecture + * binaries (eg. on NeXT systems), use compiler-defined macros to + * determine the byte order. + * On NeXT 3.2 (and greater), you can build "Fat" Multiple Architecture + * Binaries (MAB) on either big endian or little endian machines. + * The endian-ness is available at compile-time. This only matters + * for perl, where the config.h can be generated and installed on + * one system, and used by a different architecture to build an + * extension. Older versions of NeXT that might not have + * defined either *_ENDIAN__ were all on Motorola 680x0 series, + * so the default case (for NeXT) is big endian to catch them. + * This might matter for NeXT 3.0. + */ +#if defined(USE_CROSS_COMPILE) || defined(MULTIARCH) +# ifdef __LITTLE_ENDIAN__ +# if LONGSIZE == 4 +# define BYTEORDER 0x1234 +# else +# if LONGSIZE == 8 +# define BYTEORDER 0x12345678 +# endif +# endif +# else +# ifdef __BIG_ENDIAN__ +# if LONGSIZE == 4 +# define BYTEORDER 0x4321 +# else +# if LONGSIZE == 8 +# define BYTEORDER 0x87654321 +# endif +# endif +# endif +# endif +# if !defined(BYTEORDER) && (defined(NeXT) || defined(__NeXT__)) +# define BYTEORDER 0x4321 +# endif +#else +#define BYTEORDER 0x1234 /* large digits for MSB */ +#endif /* NeXT */ + +/* CASTI32: + * This symbol is defined if the C compiler can cast negative + * or large floating point numbers to 32-bit ints. + */ +#ifndef _MSC_VER +# define CASTI32 /**/ +#endif + +/* CASTNEGFLOAT: + * This symbol is defined if the C compiler can cast negative + * numbers to unsigned longs, ints and shorts. + */ +/* CASTFLAGS: + * This symbol contains flags that say what difficulties the compiler + * has casting odd floating values to unsigned long: + * 0 = ok + * 1 = couldn't cast < 0 + * 2 = couldn't cast >= 0x80000000 + * 4 = couldn't cast in argument expression list + */ +#define CASTNEGFLOAT /**/ +#define CASTFLAGS 0 /**/ + +/* VOID_CLOSEDIR: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the closedir() routine + * does not return a value. + */ +/*#define VOID_CLOSEDIR /**/ + +/* HAS_FD_SET: + * This symbol, when defined, indicates presence of the fd_set typedef + * in + */ +#define HAS_FD_SET /**/ + +/* Gconvert: + * This preprocessor macro is defined to convert a floating point + * number to a string without a trailing decimal point. This + * emulates the behavior of sprintf("%g"), but is sometimes much more + * efficient. If gconvert() is not available, but gcvt() drops the + * trailing decimal point, then gcvt() is used. If all else fails, + * a macro using sprintf("%g") is used. Arguments for the Gconvert + * macro are: value, number of digits, whether trailing zeros should + * be retained, and the output buffer. + * The usual values are: + * d_Gconvert='gconvert((x),(n),(t),(b))' + * d_Gconvert='gcvt((x),(n),(b))' + * d_Gconvert='sprintf((b),"%.*g",(n),(x))' + * The last two assume trailing zeros should not be kept. + */ +#define Gconvert(x,n,t,b) sprintf((b),"%.*g",(n),(x)) + +/* HAS_GETPAGESIZE: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getpagesize system call + * is available to get system page size, which is the granularity of + * many memory management calls. + */ +/*#define HAS_GETPAGESIZE /**/ + +/* HAS_GNULIBC: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that + * the GNU C library is being used. A better check is to use + * the __GLIBC__ and __GLIBC_MINOR__ symbols supplied with glibc. + */ +/*#define HAS_GNULIBC /**/ +#if defined(HAS_GNULIBC) && !defined(_GNU_SOURCE) +# define _GNU_SOURCE +#endif + +/* HAS_ISASCII: + * This manifest constant lets the C program know that isascii + * is available. + */ +#define HAS_ISASCII /**/ + +/* HAS_LCHOWN: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the lchown routine is + * available to operate on a symbolic link (instead of following the + * link). + */ +/*#define HAS_LCHOWN /**/ + +/* HAS_OPEN3: + * This manifest constant lets the C program know that the three + * argument form of open(2) is available. + */ +/*#define HAS_OPEN3 /**/ + +/* HAS_SAFE_BCOPY: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the bcopy routine is available + * to copy potentially overlapping memory blocks. Normally, you should + * probably use memmove() or memcpy(). If neither is defined, roll your + * own version. + */ +/*#define HAS_SAFE_BCOPY /**/ + +/* HAS_SAFE_MEMCPY: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the memcpy routine is available + * to copy potentially overlapping memory blocks. If you need to + * copy overlapping memory blocks, you should check HAS_MEMMOVE and + * use memmove() instead, if available. + */ +/*#define HAS_SAFE_MEMCPY /**/ + +/* HAS_SANE_MEMCMP: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the memcmp routine is available + * and can be used to compare relative magnitudes of chars with their high + * bits set. If it is not defined, roll your own version. + */ +#define HAS_SANE_MEMCMP /**/ + +/* HAS_SIGACTION: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that Vr4's sigaction() routine + * is available. + */ +/*#define HAS_SIGACTION /**/ + +/* HAS_SIGSETJMP: + * This variable indicates to the C program that the sigsetjmp() + * routine is available to save the calling process's registers + * and stack environment for later use by siglongjmp(), and + * to optionally save the process's signal mask. See + * Sigjmp_buf, Sigsetjmp, and Siglongjmp. + */ +/* Sigjmp_buf: + * This is the buffer type to be used with Sigsetjmp and Siglongjmp. + */ +/* Sigsetjmp: + * This macro is used in the same way as sigsetjmp(), but will invoke + * traditional setjmp() if sigsetjmp isn't available. + * See HAS_SIGSETJMP. + */ +/* Siglongjmp: + * This macro is used in the same way as siglongjmp(), but will invoke + * traditional longjmp() if siglongjmp isn't available. + * See HAS_SIGSETJMP. + */ +/*#define HAS_SIGSETJMP /**/ +#ifdef HAS_SIGSETJMP +#define Sigjmp_buf sigjmp_buf +#define Sigsetjmp(buf,save_mask) sigsetjmp((buf),(save_mask)) +#define Siglongjmp(buf,retval) siglongjmp((buf),(retval)) +#else +#define Sigjmp_buf jmp_buf +#define Sigsetjmp(buf,save_mask) setjmp((buf)) +#define Siglongjmp(buf,retval) longjmp((buf),(retval)) +#endif + +/* USE_STDIO_PTR: + * This symbol is defined if the _ptr and _cnt fields (or similar) + * of the stdio FILE structure can be used to access the stdio buffer + * for a file handle. If this is defined, then the FILE_ptr(fp) + * and FILE_cnt(fp) macros will also be defined and should be used + * to access these fields. + */ +/* FILE_ptr: + * This macro is used to access the _ptr field (or equivalent) of the + * FILE structure pointed to by its argument. This macro will always be + * defined if USE_STDIO_PTR is defined. + */ +/* STDIO_PTR_LVALUE: + * This symbol is defined if the FILE_ptr macro can be used as an + * lvalue. + */ +/* FILE_cnt: + * This macro is used to access the _cnt field (or equivalent) of the + * FILE structure pointed to by its argument. This macro will always be + * defined if USE_STDIO_PTR is defined. + */ +/* STDIO_CNT_LVALUE: + * This symbol is defined if the FILE_cnt macro can be used as an + * lvalue. + */ +/* STDIO_PTR_LVAL_SETS_CNT: + * This symbol is defined if using the FILE_ptr macro as an lvalue + * to increase the pointer by n has the side effect of decreasing the + * value of File_cnt(fp) by n. + */ +/* STDIO_PTR_LVAL_NOCHANGE_CNT: + * This symbol is defined if using the FILE_ptr macro as an lvalue + * to increase the pointer by n leaves File_cnt(fp) unchanged. + */ +#define USE_STDIO_PTR /**/ +#ifdef USE_STDIO_PTR +#define FILE_ptr(fp) ((fp)->_ptr) +#define STDIO_PTR_LVALUE /**/ +#define FILE_cnt(fp) ((fp)->_cnt) +#define STDIO_CNT_LVALUE /**/ +/*#define STDIO_PTR_LVAL_SETS_CNT /**/ +#define STDIO_PTR_LVAL_NOCHANGE_CNT /**/ +#endif + +/* USE_STDIO_BASE: + * This symbol is defined if the _base field (or similar) of the + * stdio FILE structure can be used to access the stdio buffer for + * a file handle. If this is defined, then the FILE_base(fp) macro + * will also be defined and should be used to access this field. + * Also, the FILE_bufsiz(fp) macro will be defined and should be used + * to determine the number of bytes in the buffer. USE_STDIO_BASE + * will never be defined unless USE_STDIO_PTR is. + */ +/* FILE_base: + * This macro is used to access the _base field (or equivalent) of the + * FILE structure pointed to by its argument. This macro will always be + * defined if USE_STDIO_BASE is defined. + */ +/* FILE_bufsiz: + * This macro is used to determine the number of bytes in the I/O + * buffer pointed to by _base field (or equivalent) of the FILE + * structure pointed to its argument. This macro will always be defined + * if USE_STDIO_BASE is defined. + */ +#define USE_STDIO_BASE /**/ +#ifdef USE_STDIO_BASE +#define FILE_base(fp) ((fp)->_base) +#define FILE_bufsiz(fp) ((fp)->_cnt + (fp)->_ptr - (fp)->_base) +#endif + +/* HAS_VPRINTF: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the vprintf routine is available + * to printf with a pointer to an argument list. If unavailable, you + * may need to write your own, probably in terms of _doprnt(). + */ +/* USE_CHAR_VSPRINTF: + * This symbol is defined if this system has vsprintf() returning type + * (char*). The trend seems to be to declare it as "int vsprintf()". It + * is up to the package author to declare vsprintf correctly based on the + * symbol. + */ +#define HAS_VPRINTF /**/ +/*#define USE_CHAR_VSPRINTF /**/ + +/* DOUBLESIZE: + * This symbol contains the size of a double, so that the C preprocessor + * can make decisions based on it. + */ +#define DOUBLESIZE 8 /**/ + +/* I_TIME: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that it should + * include . + */ +/* I_SYS_TIME: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that it should + * include . + */ +/* I_SYS_TIME_KERNEL: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that it should + * include with KERNEL defined. + */ +/* HAS_TM_TM_ZONE: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that + * the struct tm has a tm_zone field. + */ +/* HAS_TM_TM_GMTOFF: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that + * the struct tm has a tm_gmtoff field. + */ +#define I_TIME /**/ +/*#define I_SYS_TIME /**/ +/*#define I_SYS_TIME_KERNEL /**/ +/*#define HAS_TM_TM_ZONE /**/ +/*#define HAS_TM_TM_GMTOFF /**/ + +/* VAL_O_NONBLOCK: + * This symbol is to be used during open() or fcntl(F_SETFL) to turn on + * non-blocking I/O for the file descriptor. Note that there is no way + * back, i.e. you cannot turn it blocking again this way. If you wish to + * alternatively switch between blocking and non-blocking, use the + * ioctl(FIOSNBIO) call instead, but that is not supported by all devices. + */ +/* VAL_EAGAIN: + * This symbol holds the errno error code set by read() when no data was + * present on the non-blocking file descriptor. + */ +/* RD_NODATA: + * This symbol holds the return code from read() when no data is present + * on the non-blocking file descriptor. Be careful! If EOF_NONBLOCK is + * not defined, then you can't distinguish between no data and EOF by + * issuing a read(). You'll have to find another way to tell for sure! + */ +/* EOF_NONBLOCK: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that a read() on + * a non-blocking file descriptor will return 0 on EOF, and not the value + * held in RD_NODATA (-1 usually, in that case!). + */ +#define VAL_O_NONBLOCK O_NONBLOCK +#define VAL_EAGAIN EAGAIN +#define RD_NODATA -1 +#define EOF_NONBLOCK + +/* PTRSIZE: + * This symbol contains the size of a pointer, so that the C preprocessor + * can make decisions based on it. It will be sizeof(void *) if + * the compiler supports (void *); otherwise it will be + * sizeof(char *). + */ +#define PTRSIZE 4 /**/ + +/* Drand01: + * This macro is to be used to generate uniformly distributed + * random numbers over the range [0., 1.[. You may have to supply + * an 'extern double drand48();' in your program since SunOS 4.1.3 + * doesn't provide you with anything relevant in its headers. + * See HAS_DRAND48_PROTO. + */ +/* Rand_seed_t: + * This symbol defines the type of the argument of the + * random seed function. + */ +/* seedDrand01: + * This symbol defines the macro to be used in seeding the + * random number generator (see Drand01). + */ +/* RANDBITS: + * This symbol indicates how many bits are produced by the + * function used to generate normalized random numbers. + * Values include 15, 16, 31, and 48. + */ +#define Drand01() (rand()/(double)((unsigned)1< or + * to get any typedef'ed information. + * We will pick a type such that sizeof(SSize_t) == sizeof(Size_t). + */ +#define SSize_t int /* signed count of bytes */ + +/* EBCDIC: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that this system uses + * EBCDIC encoding. + */ +/*#define EBCDIC /**/ + +/* HAS_ATOLF: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the atolf routine is + * available to convert strings into long doubles. + */ +/*#define HAS_ATOLF /**/ + +/* HAS_ATOLL: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the atoll routine is + * available to convert strings into long longs. + */ +/*#define HAS_ATOLL /**/ + +/* HAS__FWALK: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the _fwalk system call is + * available to apply a function to all the file handles. + */ +/*#define HAS__FWALK /**/ + +/* HAS_AINTL: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the aintl routine is + * available. If copysignl is also present we can emulate modfl. + */ +/*#define HAS_AINTL /**/ + +/* HAS_BUILTIN_CHOOSE_EXPR: + * Can we handle GCC builtin for compile-time ternary-like expressions + */ +/* HAS_BUILTIN_EXPECT: + * Can we handle GCC builtin for telling that certain values are more + * likely + */ +/*#define HAS_BUILTIN_EXPECT /**/ +/*#define HAS_BUILTIN_CHOOSE_EXPR /**/ + +/* HAS_C99_VARIADIC_MACROS: + * If defined, the compiler supports C99 variadic macros. + */ +/*#define HAS_C99_VARIADIC_MACROS /**/ + +/* HAS_CLASS: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the class routine is + * available to classify doubles. Available for example in AIX. + * The returned values are defined in and are: + * + * FP_PLUS_NORM Positive normalized, nonzero + * FP_MINUS_NORM Negative normalized, nonzero + * FP_PLUS_DENORM Positive denormalized, nonzero + * FP_MINUS_DENORM Negative denormalized, nonzero + * FP_PLUS_ZERO +0.0 + * FP_MINUS_ZERO -0.0 + * FP_PLUS_INF +INF + * FP_MINUS_INF -INF + * FP_NANS Signaling Not a Number (NaNS) + * FP_NANQ Quiet Not a Number (NaNQ) + */ +/*#define HAS_CLASS /**/ + +/* HAS_CLEARENV: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the clearenv () routine is + * available for use. + */ +/*#define HAS_CLEARENV /**/ + +/* HAS_STRUCT_CMSGHDR: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the struct cmsghdr + * is supported. + */ +/*#define HAS_STRUCT_CMSGHDR /**/ + +/* HAS_COPYSIGNL: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the copysignl routine is + * available. If aintl is also present we can emulate modfl. + */ +/*#define HAS_COPYSIGNL /**/ + +/* USE_CPLUSPLUS: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that a C++ compiler was + * used to compiled Perl and will be used to compile extensions. + */ +/*#define USE_CPLUSPLUS /**/ + +/* HAS_DBMINIT_PROTO: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the system provides + * a prototype for the dbminit() function. Otherwise, it is up + * to the program to supply one. A good guess is + * extern int dbminit(char *); + */ +/*#define HAS_DBMINIT_PROTO /**/ + +/* HAS_DIR_DD_FD: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the the DIR* dirstream + * structure contains a member variable named dd_fd. + */ +/*#define HAS_DIR_DD_FD /**/ + +/* HAS_DIRFD: + * This manifest constant lets the C program know that dirfd + * is available. + */ +/*#define HAS_DIRFD /**/ + +/* DLSYM_NEEDS_UNDERSCORE: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that we need to prepend an + * underscore to the symbol name before calling dlsym(). This only + * makes sense if you *have* dlsym, which we will presume is the + * case if you're using dl_dlopen.xs. + */ +/*#define DLSYM_NEEDS_UNDERSCORE /**/ + +/* HAS_FAST_STDIO: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the "fast stdio" + * is available to manipulate the stdio buffers directly. + */ +#define HAS_FAST_STDIO /**/ + +/* HAS_FCHDIR: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the fchdir routine is + * available to change directory using a file descriptor. + */ +/*#define HAS_FCHDIR /**/ + +/* FCNTL_CAN_LOCK: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that fcntl() can be used + * for file locking. Normally on Unix systems this is defined. + * It may be undefined on VMS. + */ +/*#define FCNTL_CAN_LOCK /**/ + +/* HAS_FINITE: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the finite routine is + * available to check whether a double is finite (non-infinity non-NaN). + */ +/*#define HAS_FINITE /**/ + +/* HAS_FINITEL: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the finitel routine is + * available to check whether a long double is finite + * (non-infinity non-NaN). + */ +/*#define HAS_FINITEL /**/ + +/* HAS_FLOCK_PROTO: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the system provides + * a prototype for the flock() function. Otherwise, it is up + * to the program to supply one. A good guess is + * extern int flock(int, int); + */ +#define HAS_FLOCK_PROTO /**/ + +/* HAS_FP_CLASS: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the fp_class routine is + * available to classify doubles. Available for example in Digital UNIX. + * The returned values are defined in and are: + * + * FP_SNAN Signaling NaN (Not-a-Number) + * FP_QNAN Quiet NaN (Not-a-Number) + * FP_POS_INF +infinity + * FP_NEG_INF -infinity + * FP_POS_NORM Positive normalized + * FP_NEG_NORM Negative normalized + * FP_POS_DENORM Positive denormalized + * FP_NEG_DENORM Negative denormalized + * FP_POS_ZERO +0.0 (positive zero) + * FP_NEG_ZERO -0.0 (negative zero) + */ +/*#define HAS_FP_CLASS /**/ + +/* HAS_FPCLASS: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the fpclass routine is + * available to classify doubles. Available for example in Solaris/SVR4. + * The returned values are defined in and are: + * + * FP_SNAN signaling NaN + * FP_QNAN quiet NaN + * FP_NINF negative infinity + * FP_PINF positive infinity + * FP_NDENORM negative denormalized non-zero + * FP_PDENORM positive denormalized non-zero + * FP_NZERO negative zero + * FP_PZERO positive zero + * FP_NNORM negative normalized non-zero + * FP_PNORM positive normalized non-zero + */ +/*#define HAS_FPCLASS /**/ + +/* HAS_FPCLASSIFY: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the fpclassify routine is + * available to classify doubles. Available for example in HP-UX. + * The returned values are defined in and are + * + * FP_NORMAL Normalized + * FP_ZERO Zero + * FP_INFINITE Infinity + * FP_SUBNORMAL Denormalized + * FP_NAN NaN + * + */ +/*#define HAS_FPCLASSIFY /**/ + +/* HAS_FPCLASSL: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the fpclassl routine is + * available to classify long doubles. Available for example in IRIX. + * The returned values are defined in and are: + * + * FP_SNAN signaling NaN + * FP_QNAN quiet NaN + * FP_NINF negative infinity + * FP_PINF positive infinity + * FP_NDENORM negative denormalized non-zero + * FP_PDENORM positive denormalized non-zero + * FP_NZERO negative zero + * FP_PZERO positive zero + * FP_NNORM negative normalized non-zero + * FP_PNORM positive normalized non-zero + */ +/*#define HAS_FPCLASSL /**/ + +/* HAS_FPOS64_T: + * This symbol will be defined if the C compiler supports fpos64_t. + */ +/*#define HAS_FPOS64_T /**/ + +/* HAS_FREXPL: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the frexpl routine is + * available to break a long double floating-point number into + * a normalized fraction and an integral power of 2. + */ +/*#define HAS_FREXPL /**/ + +/* HAS_STRUCT_FS_DATA: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the struct fs_data + * to do statfs() is supported. + */ +/*#define HAS_STRUCT_FS_DATA /**/ + +/* HAS_FSEEKO: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the fseeko routine is + * available to fseek beyond 32 bits (useful for ILP32 hosts). + */ +/*#define HAS_FSEEKO /**/ + +/* HAS_FSTATFS: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the fstatfs routine is + * available to stat filesystems by file descriptors. + */ +/*#define HAS_FSTATFS /**/ + +/* HAS_FSYNC: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the fsync routine is + * available to write a file's modified data and attributes to + * permanent storage. + */ +/*#define HAS_FSYNC /**/ + +/* HAS_FTELLO: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the ftello routine is + * available to ftell beyond 32 bits (useful for ILP32 hosts). + */ +/*#define HAS_FTELLO /**/ + +/* HAS_FUTIMES: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the futimes routine is + * available to change file descriptor time stamps with struct timevals. + */ +/*#define HAS_FUTIMES /**/ + +/* HAS_GETCWD: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getcwd routine is + * available to get the current working directory. + */ +#define HAS_GETCWD /**/ + +/* HAS_GETESPWNAM: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getespwnam system call is + * available to retrieve enchanced (shadow) password entries by name. + */ +/*#define HAS_GETESPWNAM /**/ + +/* HAS_GETFSSTAT: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getfsstat routine is + * available to stat filesystems in bulk. + */ +/*#define HAS_GETFSSTAT /**/ + +/* HAS_GETITIMER: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getitimer routine is + * available to return interval timers. + */ +/*#define HAS_GETITIMER /**/ + +/* HAS_GETMNT: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getmnt routine is + * available to get filesystem mount info by filename. + */ +/*#define HAS_GETMNT /**/ + +/* HAS_GETMNTENT: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getmntent routine is + * available to iterate through mounted file systems to get their info. + */ +/*#define HAS_GETMNTENT /**/ + +/* HAS_GETPRPWNAM: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getprpwnam system call is + * available to retrieve protected (shadow) password entries by name. + */ +/*#define HAS_GETPRPWNAM /**/ + +/* HAS_GETSPNAM: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getspnam system call is + * available to retrieve SysV shadow password entries by name. + */ +/*#define HAS_GETSPNAM /**/ + +/* HAS_HASMNTOPT: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the hasmntopt routine is + * available to query the mount options of file systems. + */ +/*#define HAS_HASMNTOPT /**/ + +/* HAS_ILOGBL: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the ilogbl routine is + * available. If scalbnl is also present we can emulate frexpl. + */ +/*#define HAS_ILOGBL /**/ + +/* HAS_INT64_T: + * This symbol will defined if the C compiler supports int64_t. + * Usually the needs to be included, but sometimes + * is enough. + */ +/*#define HAS_INT64_T /**/ + +/* HAS_ISFINITE: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the isfinite routine is + * available to check whether a double is finite (non-infinity non-NaN). + */ +/*#define HAS_ISFINITE /**/ + +/* HAS_ISINF: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the isinf routine is + * available to check whether a double is an infinity. + */ +/*#define HAS_ISINF /**/ + +/* HAS_ISNAN: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the isnan routine is + * available to check whether a double is a NaN. + */ +#define HAS_ISNAN /**/ + +/* HAS_ISNANL: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the isnanl routine is + * available to check whether a long double is a NaN. + */ +/*#define HAS_ISNANL /**/ + +/* HAS_LDBL_DIG: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that this system's + * or defines the symbol LDBL_DIG, which is the number + * of significant digits in a long double precision number. Unlike + * for DBL_DIG, there's no good guess for LDBL_DIG if it is undefined. + */ +#define HAS_LDBL_DIG /**/ + +/* LIBM_LIB_VERSION: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that libm exports _LIB_VERSION + * and that math.h defines the enum to manipulate it. + */ +/*#define LIBM_LIB_VERSION /**/ + +/* HAS_MADVISE: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the madvise system call is + * available to map a file into memory. + */ +/*#define HAS_MADVISE /**/ + +/* HAS_MALLOC_SIZE: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the malloc_size + * routine is available for use. + */ +/*#define HAS_MALLOC_SIZE /**/ + +/* HAS_MALLOC_GOOD_SIZE: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the malloc_good_size + * routine is available for use. + */ +/*#define HAS_MALLOC_GOOD_SIZE /**/ + +/* HAS_MKDTEMP: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the mkdtemp routine is + * available to exclusively create a uniquely named temporary directory. + */ +/*#define HAS_MKDTEMP /**/ + +/* HAS_MKSTEMPS: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the mkstemps routine is + * available to excluslvely create and open a uniquely named + * (with a suffix) temporary file. + */ +/*#define HAS_MKSTEMPS /**/ + +/* HAS_MODFL: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the modfl routine is + * available to split a long double x into a fractional part f and + * an integer part i such that |f| < 1.0 and (f + i) = x. + */ +/* HAS_MODFL_PROTO: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the system provides + * a prototype for the modfl() function. Otherwise, it is up + * to the program to supply one. + */ +/* HAS_MODFL_POW32_BUG: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the modfl routine is + * broken for long doubles >= pow(2, 32). + * For example from 4294967303.150000 one would get 4294967302.000000 + * and 1.150000. The bug has been seen in certain versions of glibc, + * release 2.2.2 is known to be okay. + */ +/*#define HAS_MODFL /**/ +/*#define HAS_MODFL_PROTO /**/ +/*#define HAS_MODFL_POW32_BUG /**/ + +/* HAS_MPROTECT: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the mprotect system call is + * available to modify the access protection of a memory mapped file. + */ +/*#define HAS_MPROTECT /**/ + +/* HAS_STRUCT_MSGHDR: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the struct msghdr + * is supported. + */ +/*#define HAS_STRUCT_MSGHDR /**/ + +/* HAS_NL_LANGINFO: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the nl_langinfo routine is + * available to return local data. You will also need + * and therefore I_LANGINFO. + */ +/*#define HAS_NL_LANGINFO /**/ + +/* HAS_OFF64_T: + * This symbol will be defined if the C compiler supports off64_t. + */ +/*#define HAS_OFF64_T /**/ + +/* HAS_PROCSELFEXE: + * This symbol is defined if PROCSELFEXE_PATH is a symlink + * to the absolute pathname of the executing program. + */ +/* PROCSELFEXE_PATH: + * If HAS_PROCSELFEXE is defined this symbol is the filename + * of the symbolic link pointing to the absolute pathname of + * the executing program. + */ +/*#define HAS_PROCSELFEXE /**/ +#if defined(HAS_PROCSELFEXE) && !defined(PROCSELFEXE_PATH) +#define PROCSELFEXE_PATH /**/ +#endif + +/* HAS_PTHREAD_ATTR_SETSCOPE: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the pthread_attr_setscope + * system call is available to set the contention scope attribute of + * a thread attribute object. + */ +/*#define HAS_PTHREAD_ATTR_SETSCOPE /**/ + +/* HAS_READV: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the readv routine is + * available to do gather reads. You will also need + * and there I_SYSUIO. + */ +/*#define HAS_READV /**/ + +/* HAS_RECVMSG: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the recvmsg routine is + * available to send structured socket messages. + */ +/*#define HAS_RECVMSG /**/ + +/* HAS_SBRK_PROTO: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the system provides + * a prototype for the sbrk() function. Otherwise, it is up + * to the program to supply one. Good guesses are + * extern void* sbrk(int); + * extern void* sbrk(size_t); + */ +/*#define HAS_SBRK_PROTO /**/ + +/* HAS_SCALBNL: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the scalbnl routine is + * available. If ilogbl is also present we can emulate frexpl. + */ +/*#define HAS_SCALBNL /**/ + +/* HAS_SENDMSG: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the sendmsg routine is + * available to send structured socket messages. + */ +/*#define HAS_SENDMSG /**/ + +/* HAS_SETITIMER: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the setitimer routine is + * available to set interval timers. + */ +/*#define HAS_SETITIMER /**/ + +/* HAS_SETPROCTITLE: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the setproctitle routine is + * available to set process title. + */ +/*#define HAS_SETPROCTITLE /**/ + +/* USE_SFIO: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that sfio should + * be used. + */ +/*#define USE_SFIO /**/ + +/* HAS_SIGNBIT: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the signbit routine is + * available to check if the given number has the sign bit set. + * This should include correct testing of -0.0. This will only be set + * if the signbit() routine is safe to use with the NV type used internally + * in perl. Users should call Perl_signbit(), which will be #defined to + * the system's signbit() function or macro if this symbol is defined. + */ +/*#define HAS_SIGNBIT /**/ + +/* HAS_SIGPROCMASK: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the sigprocmask + * system call is available to examine or change the signal mask + * of the calling process. + */ +/*#define HAS_SIGPROCMASK /**/ + +/* USE_SITECUSTOMIZE: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that sitecustomize should + * be used. + */ +#ifndef USE_SITECUSTOMIZE +/*#define USE_SITECUSTOMIZE /**/ +#endif + +/* HAS_SNPRINTF: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the snprintf () library + * function is available for use. + */ +/* HAS_VSNPRINTF: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the vsnprintf () library + * function is available for use. + */ +#define HAS_SNPRINTF /**/ +#define HAS_VSNPRINTF /**/ + +/* HAS_SOCKATMARK: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the sockatmark routine is + * available to test whether a socket is at the out-of-band mark. + */ +/*#define HAS_SOCKATMARK /**/ + +/* HAS_SOCKATMARK_PROTO: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the system provides + * a prototype for the sockatmark() function. Otherwise, it is up + * to the program to supply one. A good guess is + * extern int sockatmark(int); + */ +/*#define HAS_SOCKATMARK_PROTO /**/ + +/* HAS_SOCKS5_INIT: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the socks5_init routine is + * available to initialize SOCKS 5. + */ +/*#define HAS_SOCKS5_INIT /**/ + +/* SPRINTF_RETURNS_STRLEN: + * This variable defines whether sprintf returns the length of the string + * (as per the ANSI spec). Some C libraries retain compatibility with + * pre-ANSI C and return a pointer to the passed in buffer; for these + * this variable will be undef. + */ +#define SPRINTF_RETURNS_STRLEN /**/ + +/* HAS_SQRTL: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the sqrtl routine is + * available to do long double square roots. + */ +/*#define HAS_SQRTL /**/ + +/* HAS_SETRESGID_PROTO: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the system provides + * a prototype for the setresgid() function. Otherwise, it is up + * to the program to supply one. Good guesses are + * extern int setresgid(uid_t ruid, uid_t euid, uid_t suid); + */ +/*#define HAS_SETRESGID_PROTO /**/ + +/* HAS_SETRESUID_PROTO: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the system provides + * a prototype for the setresuid() function. Otherwise, it is up + * to the program to supply one. Good guesses are + * extern int setresuid(uid_t ruid, uid_t euid, uid_t suid); + */ +/*#define HAS_SETRESUID_PROTO /**/ + +/* HAS_STRUCT_STATFS_F_FLAGS: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the struct statfs + * does have the f_flags member containing the mount flags of + * the filesystem containing the file. + * This kind of struct statfs is coming from (BSD 4.3), + * not from (SYSV). Older BSDs (like Ultrix) do not + * have statfs() and struct statfs, they have ustat() and getmnt() + * with struct ustat and struct fs_data. + */ +/*#define HAS_STRUCT_STATFS_F_FLAGS /**/ + +/* HAS_STRUCT_STATFS: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the struct statfs + * to do statfs() is supported. + */ +/*#define HAS_STRUCT_STATFS /**/ + +/* HAS_FSTATVFS: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the fstatvfs routine is + * available to stat filesystems by file descriptors. + */ +/*#define HAS_FSTATVFS /**/ + +/* HAS_STRFTIME: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the strftime routine is + * available to do time formatting. + */ +#define HAS_STRFTIME /**/ + +/* HAS_STRLCAT: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the strlcat () routine is + * available to do string concatenation. + */ +/*#define HAS_STRLCAT /**/ + +/* HAS_STRLCPY: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the strlcpy () routine is + * available to do string copying. + */ +/*#define HAS_STRLCPY /**/ + +/* HAS_STRTOLD: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the strtold routine is + * available to convert strings to long doubles. + */ +/*#define HAS_STRTOLD /**/ + +/* HAS_STRTOLL: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the strtoll routine is + * available to convert strings to long longs. + */ +/*#define HAS_STRTOLL /**/ + +/* HAS_STRTOQ: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the strtoq routine is + * available to convert strings to long longs (quads). + */ +/*#define HAS_STRTOQ /**/ + +/* HAS_STRTOULL: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the strtoull routine is + * available to convert strings to unsigned long longs. + */ +/*#define HAS_STRTOULL /**/ + +/* HAS_STRTOUQ: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the strtouq routine is + * available to convert strings to unsigned long longs (quads). + */ +/*#define HAS_STRTOUQ /**/ + +/* HAS_SYSCALL_PROTO: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the system provides + * a prototype for the syscall() function. Otherwise, it is up + * to the program to supply one. Good guesses are + * extern int syscall(int, ...); + * extern int syscall(long, ...); + */ +/*#define HAS_SYSCALL_PROTO /**/ + +/* HAS_TELLDIR_PROTO: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the system provides + * a prototype for the telldir() function. Otherwise, it is up + * to the program to supply one. A good guess is + * extern long telldir(DIR*); + */ +#define HAS_TELLDIR_PROTO /**/ + +/* U32_ALIGNMENT_REQUIRED: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that you must access + * character data through U32-aligned pointers. + */ +#ifndef U32_ALIGNMENT_REQUIRED +#define U32_ALIGNMENT_REQUIRED /**/ +#endif + +/* HAS_UALARM: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the ualarm routine is + * available to do alarms with microsecond granularity. + */ +/*#define HAS_UALARM /**/ + +/* HAS_UNORDERED: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the unordered routine is + * available to check whether two doubles are unordered + * (effectively: whether either of them is NaN) + */ +/*#define HAS_UNORDERED /**/ + +/* HAS_UNSETENV: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the unsetenv () routine is + * available for use. + */ +/*#define HAS_UNSETENV /**/ + +/* HAS_USLEEP_PROTO: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the system provides + * a prototype for the usleep() function. Otherwise, it is up + * to the program to supply one. A good guess is + * extern int usleep(useconds_t); + */ +/*#define HAS_USLEEP_PROTO /**/ + +/* HAS_USTAT: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the ustat system call is + * available to query file system statistics by dev_t. + */ +/*#define HAS_USTAT /**/ + +/* HAS_WRITEV: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the writev routine is + * available to do scatter writes. + */ +/*#define HAS_WRITEV /**/ + +/* USE_DYNAMIC_LOADING: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that dynamic loading of + * some sort is available. + */ +#define USE_DYNAMIC_LOADING /**/ + +/* FFLUSH_NULL: + * This symbol, if defined, tells that fflush(NULL) does flush + * all pending stdio output. + */ +/* FFLUSH_ALL: + * This symbol, if defined, tells that to flush + * all pending stdio output one must loop through all + * the stdio file handles stored in an array and fflush them. + * Note that if fflushNULL is defined, fflushall will not + * even be probed for and will be left undefined. + */ +#define FFLUSH_NULL /**/ +/*#define FFLUSH_ALL /**/ + +/* I_ASSERT: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that exists and + * could be included by the C program to get the assert() macro. + */ +#define I_ASSERT /**/ + +/* I_CRYPT: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that exists and + * should be included. + */ +/*#define I_CRYPT /**/ + +/* DB_Prefix_t: + * This symbol contains the type of the prefix structure element + * in the header file. In older versions of DB, it was + * int, while in newer ones it is u_int32_t. + */ +/* DB_Hash_t: + * This symbol contains the type of the prefix structure element + * in the header file. In older versions of DB, it was + * int, while in newer ones it is size_t. + */ +/* DB_VERSION_MAJOR_CFG: + * This symbol, if defined, defines the major version number of + * Berkeley DB found in the header when Perl was configured. + */ +/* DB_VERSION_MINOR_CFG: + * This symbol, if defined, defines the minor version number of + * Berkeley DB found in the header when Perl was configured. + * For DB version 1 this is always 0. + */ +/* DB_VERSION_PATCH_CFG: + * This symbol, if defined, defines the patch version number of + * Berkeley DB found in the header when Perl was configured. + * For DB version 1 this is always 0. + */ +#define DB_Hash_t int /**/ +#define DB_Prefix_t int /**/ +#define DB_VERSION_MAJOR_CFG 0 /**/ +#define DB_VERSION_MINOR_CFG 0 /**/ +#define DB_VERSION_PATCH_CFG 0 /**/ + +/* I_FP: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that exists and + * should be included. + */ +/*#define I_FP /**/ + +/* I_FP_CLASS: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that exists and + * should be included. + */ +/*#define I_FP_CLASS /**/ + +/* I_IEEEFP: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that exists and + * should be included. + */ +/*#define I_IEEEFP /**/ + +/* I_INTTYPES: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that it should + * include . + */ +/*#define I_INTTYPES /**/ + +/* I_LANGINFO: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that exists and + * should be included. + */ +/*#define I_LANGINFO /**/ + +/* I_LIBUTIL: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that exists and + * should be included. + */ +/*#define I_LIBUTIL /**/ + +/* I_MNTENT: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that exists and + * should be included. + */ +/*#define I_MNTENT /**/ + +/* I_NETINET_TCP: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that it should + * include . + */ +/*#define I_NETINET_TCP /**/ + +/* I_POLL: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that exists and + * should be included. (see also HAS_POLL) + */ +/*#define I_POLL /**/ + +/* I_PROT: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that exists and + * should be included. + */ +/*#define I_PROT /**/ + +/* I_SHADOW: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that exists and + * should be included. + */ +/*#define I_SHADOW /**/ + +/* I_SOCKS: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that exists and + * should be included. + */ +/*#define I_SOCKS /**/ + +/* I_SUNMATH: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that exists and + * should be included. + */ +/*#define I_SUNMATH /**/ + +/* I_SYSLOG: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that exists and + * should be included. + */ +/*#define I_SYSLOG /**/ + +/* I_SYSMODE: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that exists and + * should be included. + */ +/*#define I_SYSMODE /**/ + +/* I_SYS_MOUNT: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that exists and + * should be included. + */ +/*#define I_SYS_MOUNT /**/ + +/* I_SYS_STATFS: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that exists. + */ +/*#define I_SYS_STATFS /**/ + +/* I_SYS_STATVFS: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that exists and + * should be included. + */ +/*#define I_SYS_STATVFS /**/ + +/* I_SYSUTSNAME: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that exists and + * should be included. + */ +/*#define I_SYSUTSNAME /**/ + +/* I_SYS_VFS: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that exists and + * should be included. + */ +/*#define I_SYS_VFS /**/ + +/* I_USTAT: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that exists and + * should be included. + */ +/*#define I_USTAT /**/ + +/* PERL_PRIfldbl: + * This symbol, if defined, contains the string used by stdio to + * format long doubles (format 'f') for output. + */ +/* PERL_PRIgldbl: + * This symbol, if defined, contains the string used by stdio to + * format long doubles (format 'g') for output. + */ +/* PERL_PRIeldbl: + * This symbol, if defined, contains the string used by stdio to + * format long doubles (format 'e') for output. + */ +/* PERL_SCNfldbl: + * This symbol, if defined, contains the string used by stdio to + * format long doubles (format 'f') for input. + */ +/*#define PERL_PRIfldbl "f" /**/ +/*#define PERL_PRIgldbl "g" /**/ +/*#define PERL_PRIeldbl "e" /**/ +/*#define PERL_SCNfldbl "f" /**/ + +/* PERL_MAD: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the Misc Attribution + * Declaration code should be conditionally compiled. */ -/*#define PERL_OTHERLIBDIRS "" /**/ +/*#define PERL_MAD /**/ -/* HAS_QUAD: - * This symbol, if defined, tells that there's a 64-bit integer type, - * Quad_t, and its unsigned counterpar, Uquad_t. QUADKIND will be one - * of QUAD_IS_INT, QUAD_IS_LONG, QUAD_IS_LONG_LONG, or QUAD_IS_INT64_T. +/* NEED_VA_COPY: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the system stores + * the variable argument list datatype, va_list, in a format + * that cannot be copied by simple assignment, so that some + * other means must be used when copying is required. + * As such systems vary in their provision (or non-provision) + * of copying mechanisms, handy.h defines a platform- + * independent macro, Perl_va_copy(src, dst), to do the job. */ -/*#define HAS_QUAD /**/ -#ifdef HAS_QUAD -# ifndef _MSC_VER -# define Quad_t long long /**/ -# define Uquad_t unsigned long long /**/ -# else -# define Quad_t __int64 /**/ -# define Uquad_t unsigned __int64 /**/ -# endif -# define QUADKIND 5 /**/ -# define QUAD_IS_INT 1 -# define QUAD_IS_LONG 2 -# define QUAD_IS_LONG_LONG 3 -# define QUAD_IS_INT64_T 4 -#endif +/*#define NEED_VA_COPY /**/ /* IVTYPE: * This symbol defines the C type used for Perl's IV. @@ -3941,13 +4285,13 @@ * This symbol contains the number of bits a variable of type NVTYPE * can preserve of a variable of type UVTYPE. */ -/* NV_OVERFLOWS_INTEGERS_AT +/* NV_OVERFLOWS_INTEGERS_AT: * This symbol gives the largest integer value that NVs can hold. This * value + 1.0 cannot be stored accurately. It is expressed as constant * floating point expression to reduce the chance of decimale/binary * conversion issues. If it can not be determined, the value 0 is given. */ -/* NV_ZERO_IS_ALLBITS_ZERO +/* NV_ZERO_IS_ALLBITS_ZERO: * This symbol, if defined, indicates that a variable of type NVTYPE * stores 0.0 in memory as all bits zero. */ @@ -3962,292 +4306,93 @@ #ifdef HAS_QUAD # ifndef _MSC_VER # define I64TYPE long long /**/ -# define U64TYPE unsigned long long /**/ -# else -# define I64TYPE __int64 /**/ -# define U64TYPE unsigned __int64 /**/ -# endif -#endif -#define NVTYPE double /**/ -#define IVSIZE 4 /**/ -#define UVSIZE 4 /**/ -#define I8SIZE 1 /**/ -#define U8SIZE 1 /**/ -#define I16SIZE 2 /**/ -#define U16SIZE 2 /**/ -#define I32SIZE 4 /**/ -#define U32SIZE 4 /**/ -#ifdef HAS_QUAD -#define I64SIZE 8 /**/ -#define U64SIZE 8 /**/ -#endif -#define NVSIZE 8 /**/ -#define NV_PRESERVES_UV -#define NV_PRESERVES_UV_BITS 32 -#define NV_OVERFLOWS_INTEGERS_AT 256.0*256.0*256.0*256.0*256.0*256.0*2.0*2.0*2.0*2.0*2.0 -#define NV_ZERO_IS_ALLBITS_ZERO -#if 4 == 8 -# ifdef BYTEORDER -# if BYTEORDER == 0x1234 -# undef BYTEORDER -# define BYTEORDER 0x12345678 -# else -# if BYTEORDER == 0x4321 -# undef BYTEORDER -# define BYTEORDER 0x87654321 -# endif -# endif -# endif -#endif - -/* IVdf: - * This symbol defines the format string used for printing a Perl IV - * as a signed decimal integer. - */ -/* UVuf: - * This symbol defines the format string used for printing a Perl UV - * as an unsigned decimal integer. - */ -/* UVof: - * This symbol defines the format string used for printing a Perl UV - * as an unsigned octal integer. - */ -/* UVxf: - * This symbol defines the format string used for printing a Perl UV - * as an unsigned hexadecimal integer in lowercase abcdef. - */ -/* UVXf: - * This symbol defines the format string used for printing a Perl UV - * as an unsigned hexadecimal integer in uppercase ABCDEF. - */ -/* NVef: - * This symbol defines the format string used for printing a Perl NV - * using %e-ish floating point format. - */ -/* NVff: - * This symbol defines the format string used for printing a Perl NV - * using %f-ish floating point format. - */ -/* NVgf: - * This symbol defines the format string used for printing a Perl NV - * using %g-ish floating point format. - */ -#define IVdf "ld" /**/ -#define UVuf "lu" /**/ -#define UVof "lo" /**/ -#define UVxf "lx" /**/ -#define UVXf "lX" /**/ -#define NVef "e" /**/ -#define NVff "f" /**/ -#define NVgf "g" /**/ - -/* Pid_t: - * This symbol holds the type used to declare process ids in the kernel. - * It can be int, uint, pid_t, etc... It may be necessary to include - * to get any typedef'ed information. - */ -#define Pid_t int /* PID type */ - -/* PRIVLIB: - * This symbol contains the name of the private library for this package. - * The library is private in the sense that it needn't be in anyone's - * execution path, but it should be accessible by the world. The program - * should be prepared to do ~ expansion. - */ -/* PRIVLIB_EXP: - * This symbol contains the ~name expanded version of PRIVLIB, to be used - * in programs that are not prepared to deal with ~ expansion at run-time. - */ -#define PRIVLIB "c:\\perl\\5.11.0\\lib" /**/ -#define PRIVLIB_EXP (win32_get_privlib("5.11.0")) /**/ - -/* CAN_PROTOTYPE: - * If defined, this macro indicates that the C compiler can handle - * function prototypes. - */ -/* _: - * This macro is used to declare function parameters for folks who want - * to make declarations with prototypes using a different style than - * the above macros. Use double parentheses. For example: - * - * int main _((int argc, char *argv[])); - */ -#define CAN_PROTOTYPE /**/ -#ifdef CAN_PROTOTYPE -#define _(args) args -#else -#define _(args) () -#endif - -/* PTRSIZE: - * This symbol contains the size of a pointer, so that the C preprocessor - * can make decisions based on it. It will be sizeof(void *) if - * the compiler supports (void *); otherwise it will be - * sizeof(char *). - */ -#define PTRSIZE 4 /**/ - -/* Drand01: - * This macro is to be used to generate uniformly distributed - * random numbers over the range [0., 1.[. You may have to supply - * an 'extern double drand48();' in your program since SunOS 4.1.3 - * doesn't provide you with anything relevant in its headers. - * See HAS_DRAND48_PROTO. - */ -/* Rand_seed_t: - * This symbol defines the type of the argument of the - * random seed function. - */ -/* seedDrand01: - * This symbol defines the macro to be used in seeding the - * random number generator (see Drand01). - */ -/* RANDBITS: - * This symbol indicates how many bits are produced by the - * function used to generate normalized random numbers. - * Values include 15, 16, 31, and 48. - */ -#define Drand01() (rand()/(double)((unsigned)1< to get any typedef'ed information. +/* NVff: + * This symbol defines the format string used for printing a Perl NV + * using %f-ish floating point format. */ -#define Size_t size_t /* length paramater for string functions */ - -/* Sock_size_t: - * This symbol holds the type used for the size argument of - * various socket calls (just the base type, not the pointer-to). +/* NVgf: + * This symbol defines the format string used for printing a Perl NV + * using %g-ish floating point format. */ -#define Sock_size_t int /**/ +#define IVdf "ld" /**/ +#define UVuf "lu" /**/ +#define UVof "lo" /**/ +#define UVxf "lx" /**/ +#define UVXf "lX" /**/ +#define NVef "e" /**/ +#define NVff "f" /**/ +#define NVgf "g" /**/ -/* SSize_t: - * This symbol holds the type used by functions that return - * a count of bytes or an error condition. It must be a signed type. - * It is usually ssize_t, but may be long or int, etc. - * It may be necessary to include or - * to get any typedef'ed information. - * We will pick a type such that sizeof(SSize_t) == sizeof(Size_t). +/* SELECT_MIN_BITS: + * This symbol holds the minimum number of bits operated by select. + * That is, if you do select(n, ...), how many bits at least will be + * cleared in the masks if some activity is detected. Usually this + * is either n or 32*ceil(n/32), especially many little-endians do + * the latter. This is only useful if you have select(), naturally. */ -#define SSize_t int /* signed count of bytes */ +#define SELECT_MIN_BITS 32 /**/ /* STARTPERL: * This variable contains the string to put in front of a perl @@ -4256,12 +4401,6 @@ */ #define STARTPERL "#!perl" /**/ -/* STDCHAR: - * This symbol is defined to be the type of char used in stdio.h. - * It has the values "unsigned char" or "char". - */ -#define STDCHAR char /**/ - /* HAS_STDIO_STREAM_ARRAY: * This symbol, if defined, tells that there is an array * holding the stdio streams. @@ -4271,30 +4410,9 @@ * Usual values include _iob, __iob, and __sF. */ /*#define HAS_STDIO_STREAM_ARRAY /**/ +#ifdef HAS_STDIO_STREAM_ARRAY #define STDIO_STREAM_ARRAY - -/* Uid_t_f: - * This symbol defines the format string used for printing a Uid_t. - */ -#define Uid_t_f "ld" /**/ - -/* Uid_t_sign: - * This symbol holds the signedess of a Uid_t. - * 1 for unsigned, -1 for signed. - */ -#define Uid_t_sign -1 /* UID sign */ - -/* Uid_t_size: - * This symbol holds the size of a Uid_t in bytes. - */ -#define Uid_t_size 4 /* UID size */ - -/* Uid_t: - * This symbol holds the type used to declare user ids in the kernel. - * It can be int, ushort, uid_t, etc... It may be necessary to include - * to get any typedef'ed information. - */ -#define Uid_t uid_t /* UID type */ +#endif /* USE_64_BIT_INT: * This symbol, if defined, indicates that 64-bit integers should @@ -4317,18 +4435,23 @@ #ifndef USE_64_BIT_INT /*#define USE_64_BIT_INT /**/ #endif - #ifndef USE_64_BIT_ALL /*#define USE_64_BIT_ALL /**/ #endif +/* USE_DTRACE: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that Perl should + * be built with support for DTrace. + */ +/*#define USE_DTRACE /**/ + /* USE_FAST_STDIO: * This symbol, if defined, indicates that Perl should * be built to use 'fast stdio'. * Defaults to define in Perls 5.8 and earlier, to undef later. */ #ifndef USE_FAST_STDIO -/*#define USE_FAST_STDIO / **/ +/*#define USE_FAST_STDIO /**/ #endif /* USE_LARGE_FILES: @@ -4380,97 +4503,4 @@ /*#define USE_SOCKS /**/ #endif -/* USE_ITHREADS: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that Perl should be built to - * use the interpreter-based threading implementation. - */ -/* USE_5005THREADS: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that Perl should be built to - * use the 5.005-based threading implementation. - */ -/* OLD_PTHREADS_API: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that Perl should - * be built to use the old draft POSIX threads API. - */ -/* USE_REENTRANT_API: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that Perl should - * try to use the various _r versions of library functions. - * This is extremely experimental. - */ -/*#define USE_5005THREADS /**/ -/*#define USE_ITHREADS /**/ -#if defined(USE_5005THREADS) && !defined(USE_ITHREADS) -#define USE_THREADS /* until src is revised*/ -#endif -/*#define OLD_PTHREADS_API /**/ -/*#define USE_REENTRANT_API /**/ - -/* USE_DTRACE - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that Perl should - * be built with support for DTrace. - */ -/*#define USE_DTRACE / **/ - -/* PERL_VENDORARCH: - * If defined, this symbol contains the name of a private library. - * The library is private in the sense that it needn't be in anyone's - * execution path, but it should be accessible by the world. - * It may have a ~ on the front. - * The standard distribution will put nothing in this directory. - * Vendors who distribute perl may wish to place their own - * architecture-dependent modules and extensions in this directory with - * MakeMaker Makefile.PL INSTALLDIRS=vendor - * or equivalent. See INSTALL for details. - */ -/* PERL_VENDORARCH_EXP: - * This symbol contains the ~name expanded version of PERL_VENDORARCH, to be used - * in programs that are not prepared to deal with ~ expansion at run-time. - */ -/*#define PERL_VENDORARCH "" /**/ -/*#define PERL_VENDORARCH_EXP "" /**/ - -/* PERL_VENDORLIB_EXP: - * This symbol contains the ~name expanded version of VENDORLIB, to be used - * in programs that are not prepared to deal with ~ expansion at run-time. - */ -/* PERL_VENDORLIB_STEM: - * This define is PERL_VENDORLIB_EXP with any trailing version-specific component - * removed. The elements in inc_version_list (inc_version_list.U) can - * be tacked onto this variable to generate a list of directories to search. - */ -/*#define PERL_VENDORLIB_EXP "" /**/ -/*#define PERL_VENDORLIB_STEM "" /**/ - -/* VOIDFLAGS: - * This symbol indicates how much support of the void type is given by this - * compiler. What various bits mean: - * - * 1 = supports declaration of void - * 2 = supports arrays of pointers to functions returning void - * 4 = supports comparisons between pointers to void functions and - * addresses of void functions - * 8 = suports declaration of generic void pointers - * - * The package designer should define VOIDUSED to indicate the requirements - * of the package. This can be done either by #defining VOIDUSED before - * including config.h, or by defining defvoidused in Myinit.U. If the - * latter approach is taken, only those flags will be tested. If the - * level of void support necessary is not present, defines void to int. - */ -#ifndef VOIDUSED -#define VOIDUSED 15 -#endif -#define VOIDFLAGS 15 -#if (VOIDFLAGS & VOIDUSED) != VOIDUSED -#define void int /* is void to be avoided? */ -#define M_VOID /* Xenix strikes again */ -#endif - -/* HAS_POLL: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the poll routine is - * available to poll active file descriptors. You may safely - * include when both this symbol *and* I_POLL are defined. - */ -/*#define HAS_POLL /**/ - #endif diff --git a/win32/config_H.vc b/win32/config_H.vc index 490af3d..b76c2cc 100644 --- a/win32/config_H.vc +++ b/win32/config_H.vc @@ -7,14 +7,14 @@ * that running config_h.SH again will wipe out any changes you've made. * For a more permanent change edit undef and rerun config_h.SH. * - * $Id: Config_h.U,v 3.0.1.5 1997/02/28 14:57:43 ram Exp $ + * $Id: Config_h.U 1 2006-08-24 12:32:52Z rmanfredi $ */ /* * Package name : perl5 * Source directory : - * Configuration time: Mon Mar 17 20:15:35 2003 - * Configured by : gsar + * Configuration time: Fri Feb 22 17:17:01 2008 + * Configured by : shay * Target system : */ @@ -68,17 +68,6 @@ */ #define HAS_CHSIZE /**/ -/* HASCONST: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that this C compiler knows about - * the const type. There is no need to actually test for that symbol - * within your programs. The mere use of the "const" keyword will - * trigger the necessary tests. - */ -#define HASCONST /**/ -#ifndef HASCONST -#define const -#endif - /* HAS_CTERMID: * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the ctermid routine is * available to generate filename for terminal. @@ -512,13 +501,6 @@ */ #define HAS_STRCOLL /**/ -/* USE_STRUCT_COPY: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that this C compiler knows how - * to copy structures. If undefined, you'll need to use a block copy - * routine of some sort instead. - */ -#define USE_STRUCT_COPY /**/ - /* HAS_STRTOD: * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the strtod routine is * available to provide better numeric string conversion than atof(). @@ -597,15 +579,6 @@ */ /*#define HAS_USLEEP /**/ -/* HASVOLATILE: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that this C compiler knows about - * the volatile declaration. - */ -#define HASVOLATILE /**/ -#ifndef HASVOLATILE -#define volatile -#endif - /* HAS_WAIT4: * This symbol, if defined, indicates that wait4() exists. */ @@ -635,12 +608,6 @@ */ #define I_ARPA_INET /**/ -/* I_ASSERT: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that it could - * include to get the assert() macro. - */ -#define I_ASSERT /**/ - /* I_DBM: * This symbol, if defined, indicates that exists and should * be included. @@ -652,26 +619,6 @@ /*#define I_DBM /**/ #define I_RPCSVC_DBM /**/ -/* I_DIRENT: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that it should - * include . Using this symbol also triggers the definition - * of the Direntry_t define which ends up being 'struct dirent' or - * 'struct direct' depending on the availability of . - */ -/* DIRNAMLEN: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that the length - * of directory entry names is provided by a d_namlen field. Otherwise - * you need to do strlen() on the d_name field. - */ -/* Direntry_t: - * This symbol is set to 'struct direct' or 'struct dirent' depending on - * whether dirent is available or not. You should use this pseudo type to - * portably declare your directory entries. - */ -#define I_DIRENT /**/ -#define DIRNAMLEN /**/ -#define Direntry_t struct direct - /* I_DLFCN: * This symbol, if defined, indicates that exists and should * be included. @@ -690,6 +637,12 @@ */ #define I_FLOAT /**/ +/* I_GDBM: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that exists and should + * be included. + */ +/*#define I_GDBM /**/ + /* I_LIMITS: * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that it should * include to get definition of symbols like WORD_BIT or @@ -715,12 +668,6 @@ */ /*#define I_MEMORY /**/ -/* I_NET_ERRNO: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that exists and - * should be included. - */ -/*#define I_NET_ERRNO /**/ - /* I_NETINET_IN: * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that it should * include . Otherwise, you may try . @@ -874,40 +821,50 @@ */ /*#define I_VFORK /**/ -/* HAS_ACCESSX: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the accessx routine is - * available to do extended access checks. +/* INTSIZE: + * This symbol contains the value of sizeof(int) so that the C + * preprocessor can make decisions based on it. */ -/*#define HAS_ACCESSX /**/ - -/* HAS_EACCESS: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the eaccess routine is - * available to do extended access checks. +/* LONGSIZE: + * This symbol contains the value of sizeof(long) so that the C + * preprocessor can make decisions based on it. */ -/*#define HAS_EACCESS /**/ - -/* I_SYS_ACCESS: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that it should - * include . +/* SHORTSIZE: + * This symbol contains the value of sizeof(short) so that the C + * preprocessor can make decisions based on it. */ -/*#define I_SYS_ACCESS /**/ +#define INTSIZE 4 /**/ +#define LONGSIZE 4 /**/ +#define SHORTSIZE 2 /**/ -/* I_SYS_SECURITY: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that it should - * include . +/* MULTIARCH: + * This symbol, if defined, signifies that the build + * process will produce some binary files that are going to be + * used in a cross-platform environment. This is the case for + * example with the NeXT "fat" binaries that contain executables + * for several CPUs. */ -/*#define I_SYS_SECURITY /**/ +/*#define MULTIARCH /**/ -/* USE_CROSS_COMPILE: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that Perl is being cross-compiled. - */ -/* PERL_TARGETARCH: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates the target architecture - * Perl has been cross-compiled to. Undefined if not a cross-compile. +/* HAS_QUAD: + * This symbol, if defined, tells that there's a 64-bit integer type, + * Quad_t, and its unsigned counterpar, Uquad_t. QUADKIND will be one + * of QUAD_IS_INT, QUAD_IS_LONG, QUAD_IS_LONG_LONG, or QUAD_IS_INT64_T. */ -#ifndef USE_CROSS_COMPILE -/*#define USE_CROSS_COMPILE /**/ -#define PERL_TARGETARCH "" /**/ +/*#define HAS_QUAD /**/ +#ifdef HAS_QUAD +# ifndef __GNUC__ +# define Quad_t __int64 /**/ +# define Uquad_t unsigned __int64 /**/ +# else +# define Quad_t long long /**/ +# define Uquad_t unsigned long long /**/ +# endif +# define QUADKIND 5 /**/ +# define QUAD_IS_INT 1 +# define QUAD_IS_LONG 2 +# define QUAD_IS_LONG_LONG 3 +# define QUAD_IS_INT64_T 4 #endif /* OSNAME: @@ -921,27 +878,7 @@ * feature tests from Configure are generally more reliable. */ #define OSNAME "MSWin32" /**/ -#define OSVERS "4.0" /**/ - -/* MULTIARCH: - * This symbol, if defined, signifies that the build - * process will produce some binary files that are going to be - * used in a cross-platform environment. This is the case for - * example with the NeXT "fat" binaries that contain executables - * for several CPUs. - */ -/*#define MULTIARCH /**/ - -/* MEM_ALIGNBYTES: - * This symbol contains the number of bytes required to align a - * double, or a long double when applicable. Usual values are 2, - * 4 and 8. The default is eight, for safety. - */ -#if defined(USE_CROSS_COMPILE) || defined(MULTIARCH) -# define MEM_ALIGNBYTES 8 -#else -#define MEM_ALIGNBYTES 8 -#endif +#define OSVERS "5.1" /**/ /* ARCHLIB: * This variable, if defined, holds the name of the directory in @@ -956,7 +893,7 @@ * This symbol contains the ~name expanded version of ARCHLIB, to be used * in programs that are not prepared to deal with ~ expansion at run-time. */ -#define ARCHLIB "c:\\perl\\5.11.0\\lib\\MSWin32-x86" /**/ +#define ARCHLIB "c:\\perl\\lib" /**/ /*#define ARCHLIB_EXP "" /**/ /* ARCHNAME: @@ -967,18 +904,6 @@ */ #define ARCHNAME "MSWin32-x86" /**/ -/* HAS_ATOLF: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the atolf routine is - * available to convert strings into long doubles. - */ -/*#define HAS_ATOLF /**/ - -/* HAS_ATOLL: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the atoll routine is - * available to convert strings into long longs. - */ -/*#define HAS_ATOLL /**/ - /* BIN: * This symbol holds the path of the bin directory where the package will * be installed. Program must be prepared to deal with ~name substitution. @@ -991,68 +916,9 @@ * This symbol, if defined, indicates that we'd like to relocate entries * in @INC at run time based on the location of the perl binary. */ -#define BIN "c:\\perl\\5.11.0\\bin\\MSWin32-x86" /**/ -#define BIN_EXP "c:\\perl\\5.11.0\\bin\\MSWin32-x86" /**/ -/*#define PERL_RELOCATABLE_INC "" /**/ - -/* INTSIZE: - * This symbol contains the value of sizeof(int) so that the C - * preprocessor can make decisions based on it. - */ -/* LONGSIZE: - * This symbol contains the value of sizeof(long) so that the C - * preprocessor can make decisions based on it. - */ -/* SHORTSIZE: - * This symbol contains the value of sizeof(short) so that the C - * preprocessor can make decisions based on it. - */ -#define INTSIZE 4 /**/ -#define LONGSIZE 4 /**/ -#define SHORTSIZE 2 /**/ - -/* BYTEORDER: - * This symbol holds the hexadecimal constant defined in byteorder, - * in a UV, i.e. 0x1234 or 0x4321 or 0x12345678, etc... - * If the compiler supports cross-compiling or multiple-architecture - * binaries (eg. on NeXT systems), use compiler-defined macros to - * determine the byte order. - * On NeXT 3.2 (and greater), you can build "Fat" Multiple Architecture - * Binaries (MAB) on either big endian or little endian machines. - * The endian-ness is available at compile-time. This only matters - * for perl, where the config.h can be generated and installed on - * one system, and used by a different architecture to build an - * extension. Older versions of NeXT that might not have - * defined either *_ENDIAN__ were all on Motorola 680x0 series, - * so the default case (for NeXT) is big endian to catch them. - * This might matter for NeXT 3.0. - */ -#if defined(USE_CROSS_COMPILE) || defined(MULTIARCH) -# ifdef __LITTLE_ENDIAN__ -# if LONGSIZE == 4 -# define BYTEORDER 0x1234 -# else -# if LONGSIZE == 8 -# define BYTEORDER 0x12345678 -# endif -# endif -# else -# ifdef __BIG_ENDIAN__ -# if LONGSIZE == 4 -# define BYTEORDER 0x4321 -# else -# if LONGSIZE == 8 -# define BYTEORDER 0x87654321 -# endif -# endif -# endif -# endif -# if !defined(BYTEORDER) && (defined(NeXT) || defined(__NeXT__)) -# define BYTEORDER 0x4321 -# endif -#else -#define BYTEORDER 0x1234 /* large digits for MSB */ -#endif /* NeXT */ +#define BIN "c:\\perl\\bin" /**/ +#define BIN_EXP "c:\\perl\\bin" /**/ +#define PERL_RELOCATABLE_INC "undef" /**/ /* CAT2: * This macro concatenates 2 tokens together. @@ -1063,19 +929,16 @@ #if 42 == 1 #define CAT2(a,b) a/**/b #define STRINGIFY(a) "a" - /* If you can get stringification with catify, tell me how! */ #endif #if 42 == 42 -#define PeRl_CaTiFy(a, b) a ## b +#define PeRl_CaTiFy(a, b) a ## b #define PeRl_StGiFy(a) #a -/* the additional level of indirection enables these macros to be - * used as arguments to other macros. See K&R 2nd ed., page 231. */ #define CAT2(a,b) PeRl_CaTiFy(a,b) #define StGiFy(a) PeRl_StGiFy(a) #define STRINGIFY(a) PeRl_StGiFy(a) #endif #if 42 != 1 && 42 != 42 -# include "Bletch: How does this C preprocessor concatenate tokens?" +#include "Bletch: How does this C preprocessor concatenate tokens?" #endif /* CPPSTDIN: @@ -1114,12 +977,6 @@ #endif #define CPPLAST "" -/* HAS__FWALK: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the _fwalk system call is - * available to apply a function to all the file handles. - */ -/*#define HAS__FWALK /**/ - /* HAS_ACCESS: * This manifest constant lets the C program know that the access() * system call is available to check for accessibility using real UID/GID. @@ -1127,11 +984,11 @@ */ #define HAS_ACCESS /**/ -/* HAS_AINTL: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the aintl routine is - * available. If copysignl is also present we can emulate modfl. +/* HAS_ACCESSX: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the accessx routine is + * available to do extended access checks. */ -/*#define HAS_AINTL / **/ +/*#define HAS_ACCESSX /**/ /* HAS_ASCTIME_R: * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the asctime_r routine @@ -1172,108 +1029,33 @@ */ /*#define HASATTRIBUTE_FORMAT /**/ /*#define PRINTF_FORMAT_NULL_OK /**/ +/*#define HASATTRIBUTE_NORETURN /**/ /*#define HASATTRIBUTE_MALLOC /**/ /*#define HASATTRIBUTE_NONNULL /**/ -/*#define HASATTRIBUTE_NORETURN /**/ /*#define HASATTRIBUTE_PURE /**/ /*#define HASATTRIBUTE_UNUSED /**/ /*#define HASATTRIBUTE_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT /**/ -/* HAS_BUILTIN_CHOOSE_EXPR: - * Can we handle GCC builtin for compile-time ternary-like expressions - */ -/* HAS_BUILTIN_EXPECT: - * Can we handle GCC builtin for telling that certain values are more - * likely +/* HASCONST: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that this C compiler knows about + * the const type. There is no need to actually test for that symbol + * within your programs. The mere use of the "const" keyword will + * trigger the necessary tests. */ -/*#define HAS_BUILTIN_EXPECT / **/ -/*#define HAS_BUILTIN_CHOOSE_EXPR /**/ +#define HASCONST /**/ +#ifndef HASCONST +#define const +#endif -/* HAS_C99_VARIADIC_MACROS: - * If defined, the compiler supports C99 variadic macros. +/* HAS_CRYPT: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the crypt routine is available + * to encrypt passwords and the like. */ -/*#define HAS_C99_VARIADIC_MACROS /**/ +/*#define HAS_CRYPT /**/ -/* CASTI32: - * This symbol is defined if the C compiler can cast negative - * or large floating point numbers to 32-bit ints. - */ -#ifdef __GNUC__ -# define CASTI32 /**/ -#endif - -/* CASTNEGFLOAT: - * This symbol is defined if the C compiler can cast negative - * numbers to unsigned longs, ints and shorts. - */ -/* CASTFLAGS: - * This symbol contains flags that say what difficulties the compiler - * has casting odd floating values to unsigned long: - * 0 = ok - * 1 = couldn't cast < 0 - * 2 = couldn't cast >= 0x80000000 - * 4 = couldn't cast in argument expression list - */ -#define CASTNEGFLOAT /**/ -#define CASTFLAGS 0 /**/ - -/* HAS_CLASS: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the class routine is - * available to classify doubles. Available for example in AIX. - * The returned values are defined in and are: - * - * FP_PLUS_NORM Positive normalized, nonzero - * FP_MINUS_NORM Negative normalized, nonzero - * FP_PLUS_DENORM Positive denormalized, nonzero - * FP_MINUS_DENORM Negative denormalized, nonzero - * FP_PLUS_ZERO +0.0 - * FP_MINUS_ZERO -0.0 - * FP_PLUS_INF +INF - * FP_MINUS_INF -INF - * FP_NANS Signaling Not a Number (NaNS) - * FP_NANQ Quiet Not a Number (NaNQ) - */ -/*#define HAS_CLASS /**/ - -/* HAS_CLEARENV: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the clearenv () routine is - * available for use. - */ -/*#define HAS_CLEARENV /**/ - -/* VOID_CLOSEDIR: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the closedir() routine - * does not return a value. - */ -/*#define VOID_CLOSEDIR /**/ - -/* HAS_STRUCT_CMSGHDR: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the struct cmsghdr - * is supported. - */ -/*#define HAS_STRUCT_CMSGHDR /**/ - -/* HAS_COPYSIGNL: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the copysignl routine is - * available. If aintl is also present we can emulate modfl. - */ -/*#define HAS_COPYSIGNL /**/ - -/* USE_CPLUSPLUS: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that a C++ compiler was - * used to compiled Perl and will be used to compile extensions. - */ -/*#define USE_CPLUSPLUS /**/ - -/* HAS_CRYPT: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the crypt routine is available - * to encrypt passwords and the like. - */ -/*#define HAS_CRYPT /**/ - -/* HAS_CRYPT_R: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the crypt_r routine - * is available to crypt re-entrantly. +/* HAS_CRYPT_R: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the crypt_r routine + * is available to crypt re-entrantly. */ /* CRYPT_R_PROTO: * This symbol encodes the prototype of crypt_r. @@ -1321,28 +1103,6 @@ /*#define HAS_CTIME_R /**/ #define CTIME_R_PROTO 0 /**/ -/* HAS_DBMINIT_PROTO: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the system provides - * a prototype for the dbminit() function. Otherwise, it is up - * to the program to supply one. A good guess is - * extern int dbminit(char *); - */ -/*#define HAS_DBMINIT_PROTO /**/ - -/* HAS_DIRFD: - * This manifest constant lets the C program know that dirfd - * is available. - */ -/*#define HAS_DIRFD /**/ - -/* DLSYM_NEEDS_UNDERSCORE: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that we need to prepend an - * underscore to the symbol name before calling dlsym(). This only - * makes sense if you *have* dlsym, which we will presume is the - * case if you're using dl_dlopen.xs. - */ -/*#define DLSYM_NEEDS_UNDERSCORE /**/ - /* SETUID_SCRIPTS_ARE_SECURE_NOW: * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the bug that prevents * setuid scripts from being secure is not present in this kernel. @@ -1384,6 +1144,12 @@ */ /*#define HAS_DRAND48_PROTO /**/ +/* HAS_EACCESS: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the eaccess routine is + * available to do extended access checks. + */ +/*#define HAS_EACCESS /**/ + /* HAS_ENDGRENT: * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getgrent routine is * available for finalizing sequential access of the group database. @@ -1498,277 +1264,79 @@ /*#define HAS_ENDSERVENT_R /**/ #define ENDSERVENT_R_PROTO 0 /**/ -/* HAS_FAST_STDIO: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the "fast stdio" - * is available to manipulate the stdio buffers directly. +/* FLEXFILENAMES: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the system supports filenames + * longer than 14 characters. */ -#define HAS_FAST_STDIO /**/ +#define FLEXFILENAMES /**/ -/* HAS_FCHDIR: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the fchdir routine is - * available to change directory using a file descriptor. +/* HAS_GETGRENT: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getgrent routine is + * available for sequential access of the group database. */ -/*#define HAS_FCHDIR /**/ +/*#define HAS_GETGRENT /**/ -/* FCNTL_CAN_LOCK: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that fcntl() can be used - * for file locking. Normally on Unix systems this is defined. - * It may be undefined on VMS. +/* HAS_GETGRENT_R: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getgrent_r routine + * is available to getgrent re-entrantly. */ -/*#define FCNTL_CAN_LOCK /**/ - -/* HAS_FD_SET: - * This symbol, when defined, indicates presence of the fd_set typedef - * in +/* GETGRENT_R_PROTO: + * This symbol encodes the prototype of getgrent_r. + * It is zero if d_getgrent_r is undef, and one of the + * REENTRANT_PROTO_T_ABC macros of reentr.h if d_getgrent_r + * is defined. */ -#define HAS_FD_SET /**/ +/*#define HAS_GETGRENT_R /**/ +#define GETGRENT_R_PROTO 0 /**/ -/* HAS_FINITE: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the finite routine is - * available to check whether a double is finite (non-infinity non-NaN). +/* HAS_GETGRGID_R: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getgrgid_r routine + * is available to getgrgid re-entrantly. */ -/*#define HAS_FINITE /**/ - -/* HAS_FINITEL: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the finitel routine is - * available to check whether a long double is finite - * (non-infinity non-NaN). +/* GETGRGID_R_PROTO: + * This symbol encodes the prototype of getgrgid_r. + * It is zero if d_getgrgid_r is undef, and one of the + * REENTRANT_PROTO_T_ABC macros of reentr.h if d_getgrgid_r + * is defined. */ -/*#define HAS_FINITEL /**/ +/*#define HAS_GETGRGID_R /**/ +#define GETGRGID_R_PROTO 0 /**/ -/* FLEXFILENAMES: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the system supports filenames - * longer than 14 characters. +/* HAS_GETGRNAM_R: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getgrnam_r routine + * is available to getgrnam re-entrantly. */ -#define FLEXFILENAMES /**/ - -/* HAS_FLOCK_PROTO: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the system provides - * a prototype for the flock() function. Otherwise, it is up - * to the program to supply one. A good guess is - * extern int flock(int, int); +/* GETGRNAM_R_PROTO: + * This symbol encodes the prototype of getgrnam_r. + * It is zero if d_getgrnam_r is undef, and one of the + * REENTRANT_PROTO_T_ABC macros of reentr.h if d_getgrnam_r + * is defined. */ -#define HAS_FLOCK_PROTO /**/ +/*#define HAS_GETGRNAM_R /**/ +#define GETGRNAM_R_PROTO 0 /**/ -/* HAS_FP_CLASS: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the fp_class routine is - * available to classify doubles. Available for example in Digital UNIX. - * The returned values are defined in and are: - * - * FP_SNAN Signaling NaN (Not-a-Number) - * FP_QNAN Quiet NaN (Not-a-Number) - * FP_POS_INF +infinity - * FP_NEG_INF -infinity - * FP_POS_NORM Positive normalized - * FP_NEG_NORM Negative normalized - * FP_POS_DENORM Positive denormalized - * FP_NEG_DENORM Negative denormalized - * FP_POS_ZERO +0.0 (positive zero) - * FP_NEG_ZERO -0.0 (negative zero) +/* HAS_GETHOSTBYADDR: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the gethostbyaddr() routine is + * available to look up hosts by their IP addresses. */ -/*#define HAS_FP_CLASS /**/ +#define HAS_GETHOSTBYADDR /**/ -/* HAS_FPCLASS: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the fpclass routine is - * available to classify doubles. Available for example in Solaris/SVR4. - * The returned values are defined in and are: - * - * FP_SNAN signaling NaN - * FP_QNAN quiet NaN - * FP_NINF negative infinity - * FP_PINF positive infinity - * FP_NDENORM negative denormalized non-zero - * FP_PDENORM positive denormalized non-zero - * FP_NZERO negative zero - * FP_PZERO positive zero - * FP_NNORM negative normalized non-zero - * FP_PNORM positive normalized non-zero +/* HAS_GETHOSTBYNAME: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the gethostbyname() routine is + * available to look up host names in some data base or other. */ -/*#define HAS_FPCLASS /**/ +#define HAS_GETHOSTBYNAME /**/ -/* HAS_FPCLASSIFY: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the fpclassify routine is - * available to classify doubles. Available for example in HP-UX. - * The returned values are defined in and are - * - * FP_NORMAL Normalized - * FP_ZERO Zero - * FP_INFINITE Infinity - * FP_SUBNORMAL Denormalized - * FP_NAN NaN - * +/* HAS_GETHOSTENT: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the gethostent() routine is + * available to look up host names in some data base or another. */ -/*#define HAS_FPCLASSIFY /**/ +/*#define HAS_GETHOSTENT /**/ -/* HAS_FPCLASSL: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the fpclassl routine is - * available to classify long doubles. Available for example in IRIX. - * The returned values are defined in and are: - * - * FP_SNAN signaling NaN - * FP_QNAN quiet NaN - * FP_NINF negative infinity - * FP_PINF positive infinity - * FP_NDENORM negative denormalized non-zero - * FP_PDENORM positive denormalized non-zero - * FP_NZERO negative zero - * FP_PZERO positive zero - * FP_NNORM negative normalized non-zero - * FP_PNORM positive normalized non-zero - */ -/*#define HAS_FPCLASSL /**/ - -/* HAS_FPOS64_T: - * This symbol will be defined if the C compiler supports fpos64_t. - */ -/*#define HAS_FPOS64_T /**/ - -/* HAS_FREXPL: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the frexpl routine is - * available to break a long double floating-point number into - * a normalized fraction and an integral power of 2. - */ -/*#define HAS_FREXPL /**/ - -/* HAS_STRUCT_FS_DATA: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the struct fs_data - * to do statfs() is supported. - */ -/*#define HAS_STRUCT_FS_DATA /**/ - -/* HAS_FSEEKO: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the fseeko routine is - * available to fseek beyond 32 bits (useful for ILP32 hosts). - */ -/*#define HAS_FSEEKO /**/ - -/* HAS_FSTATFS: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the fstatfs routine is - * available to stat filesystems by file descriptors. - */ -/*#define HAS_FSTATFS /**/ - -/* HAS_FSYNC: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the fsync routine is - * available to write a file's modified data and attributes to - * permanent storage. - */ -/*#define HAS_FSYNC /**/ - -/* HAS_FTELLO: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the ftello routine is - * available to ftell beyond 32 bits (useful for ILP32 hosts). - */ -/*#define HAS_FTELLO /**/ - -/* HAS_FUTIMES: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the futimes routine is - * available to change file descriptor time stamps with struct timevals. - */ -/*#define HAS_FUTIMES /**/ - -/* Gconvert: - * This preprocessor macro is defined to convert a floating point - * number to a string without a trailing decimal point. This - * emulates the behavior of sprintf("%g"), but is sometimes much more - * efficient. If gconvert() is not available, but gcvt() drops the - * trailing decimal point, then gcvt() is used. If all else fails, - * a macro using sprintf("%g") is used. Arguments for the Gconvert - * macro are: value, number of digits, whether trailing zeros should - * be retained, and the output buffer. - * The usual values are: - * d_Gconvert='gconvert((x),(n),(t),(b))' - * d_Gconvert='gcvt((x),(n),(b))' - * d_Gconvert='sprintf((b),"%.*g",(n),(x))' - * The last two assume trailing zeros should not be kept. - */ -#define Gconvert(x,n,t,b) sprintf((b),"%.*g",(n),(x)) - -/* HAS_GETCWD: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getcwd routine is - * available to get the current working directory. - */ -#define HAS_GETCWD /**/ - -/* HAS_GETESPWNAM: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getespwnam system call is - * available to retrieve enchanced (shadow) password entries by name. - */ -/*#define HAS_GETESPWNAM /**/ - -/* HAS_GETFSSTAT: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getfsstat routine is - * available to stat filesystems in bulk. - */ -/*#define HAS_GETFSSTAT /**/ - -/* HAS_GETGRENT: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getgrent routine is - * available for sequential access of the group database. - */ -/*#define HAS_GETGRENT /**/ - -/* HAS_GETGRENT_R: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getgrent_r routine - * is available to getgrent re-entrantly. - */ -/* GETGRENT_R_PROTO: - * This symbol encodes the prototype of getgrent_r. - * It is zero if d_getgrent_r is undef, and one of the - * REENTRANT_PROTO_T_ABC macros of reentr.h if d_getgrent_r - * is defined. - */ -/*#define HAS_GETGRENT_R /**/ -#define GETGRENT_R_PROTO 0 /**/ - -/* HAS_GETGRGID_R: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getgrgid_r routine - * is available to getgrgid re-entrantly. - */ -/* GETGRGID_R_PROTO: - * This symbol encodes the prototype of getgrgid_r. - * It is zero if d_getgrgid_r is undef, and one of the - * REENTRANT_PROTO_T_ABC macros of reentr.h if d_getgrgid_r - * is defined. - */ -/*#define HAS_GETGRGID_R /**/ -#define GETGRGID_R_PROTO 0 /**/ - -/* HAS_GETGRNAM_R: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getgrnam_r routine - * is available to getgrnam re-entrantly. - */ -/* GETGRNAM_R_PROTO: - * This symbol encodes the prototype of getgrnam_r. - * It is zero if d_getgrnam_r is undef, and one of the - * REENTRANT_PROTO_T_ABC macros of reentr.h if d_getgrnam_r - * is defined. - */ -/*#define HAS_GETGRNAM_R /**/ -#define GETGRNAM_R_PROTO 0 /**/ - -/* HAS_GETHOSTBYADDR: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the gethostbyaddr() routine is - * available to look up hosts by their IP addresses. - */ -#define HAS_GETHOSTBYADDR /**/ - -/* HAS_GETHOSTBYNAME: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the gethostbyname() routine is - * available to look up host names in some data base or other. - */ -#define HAS_GETHOSTBYNAME /**/ - -/* HAS_GETHOSTENT: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the gethostent() routine is - * available to look up host names in some data base or another. - */ -/*#define HAS_GETHOSTENT /**/ - -/* HAS_GETHOSTNAME: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the C program may use the - * gethostname() routine to derive the host name. See also HAS_UNAME - * and PHOSTNAME. +/* HAS_GETHOSTNAME: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the C program may use the + * gethostname() routine to derive the host name. See also HAS_UNAME + * and PHOSTNAME. */ /* HAS_UNAME: * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the C program may use the @@ -1841,12 +1409,6 @@ */ #define HAS_GETHOST_PROTOS /**/ -/* HAS_GETITIMER: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getitimer routine is - * available to return interval timers. - */ -/*#define HAS_GETITIMER /**/ - /* HAS_GETLOGIN_R: * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getlogin_r routine * is available to getlogin re-entrantly. @@ -1860,18 +1422,6 @@ /*#define HAS_GETLOGIN_R /**/ #define GETLOGIN_R_PROTO 0 /**/ -/* HAS_GETMNT: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getmnt routine is - * available to get filesystem mount info by filename. - */ -/*#define HAS_GETMNT /**/ - -/* HAS_GETMNTENT: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getmntent routine is - * available to iterate through mounted file systems to get their info. - */ -/*#define HAS_GETMNTENT /**/ - /* HAS_GETNETBYADDR: * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getnetbyaddr() routine is * available to look up networks by their IP addresses. @@ -1937,13 +1487,6 @@ */ /*#define HAS_GETNET_PROTOS /**/ -/* HAS_GETPAGESIZE: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getpagesize system call - * is available to get system page size, which is the granularity of - * many memory management calls. - */ -/*#define HAS_GETPAGESIZE /**/ - /* HAS_GETPROTOENT: * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getprotoent() routine is * available to look up protocols in some data base or another. @@ -2019,12 +1562,6 @@ */ #define HAS_GETPROTO_PROTOS /**/ -/* HAS_GETPRPWNAM: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getprpwnam system call is - * available to retrieve protected (shadow) password entries by name. - */ -/*#define HAS_GETPRPWNAM /**/ - /* HAS_GETPWENT: * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getpwent routine is * available for sequential access of the passwd database. @@ -2124,12 +1661,6 @@ */ #define HAS_GETSERV_PROTOS /**/ -/* HAS_GETSPNAM: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getspnam system call is - * available to retrieve SysV shadow password entries by name. - */ -/*#define HAS_GETSPNAM /**/ - /* HAS_GETSPNAM_R: * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getspnam_r routine * is available to getspnam re-entrantly. @@ -2167,21 +1698,6 @@ /*#define HAS_GMTIME_R /**/ #define GMTIME_R_PROTO 0 /**/ -/* HAS_GNULIBC: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that - * the GNU C library is being used. A better check is to use - * the __GLIBC__ and __GLIBC_MINOR__ symbols supplied with glibc. - */ -/*#define HAS_GNULIBC /**/ -#if defined(HAS_GNULIBC) && !defined(_GNU_SOURCE) -# define _GNU_SOURCE -#endif -/* HAS_HASMNTOPT: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the hasmntopt routine is - * available to query the mount options of file systems. - */ -/*#define HAS_HASMNTOPT /**/ - /* HAS_HTONL: * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the htonl() routine (and * friends htons() ntohl() ntohs()) are available to do network @@ -2207,98 +1723,40 @@ #define HAS_NTOHL /**/ #define HAS_NTOHS /**/ -/* HAS_ILOGBL: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the ilogbl routine is - * available. If scalbnl is also present we can emulate frexpl. - */ -/*#define HAS_ILOGBL /**/ - -/* HAS_INT64_T: - * This symbol will defined if the C compiler supports int64_t. - * Usually the needs to be included, but sometimes - * is enough. +/* HAS_LOCALTIME_R: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the localtime_r routine + * is available to localtime re-entrantly. */ -/*#define HAS_INT64_T /**/ - -/* HAS_ISASCII: - * This manifest constant lets the C program know that isascii - * is available. +/* LOCALTIME_R_NEEDS_TZSET: + * Many libc's localtime_r implementations do not call tzset, + * making them differ from localtime(), and making timezone + * changes using \undef{TZ} without explicitly calling tzset + * impossible. This symbol makes us call tzset before localtime_r */ -#define HAS_ISASCII /**/ +/*#define LOCALTIME_R_NEEDS_TZSET /**/ +#ifdef LOCALTIME_R_NEEDS_TZSET +#define L_R_TZSET tzset(), +#else +#define L_R_TZSET +#endif -/* HAS_ISFINITE: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the isfinite routine is - * available to check whether a double is finite (non-infinity non-NaN). +/* LOCALTIME_R_PROTO: + * This symbol encodes the prototype of localtime_r. + * It is zero if d_localtime_r is undef, and one of the + * REENTRANT_PROTO_T_ABC macros of reentr.h if d_localtime_r + * is defined. */ -/*#define HAS_ISFINITE /**/ +/*#define HAS_LOCALTIME_R /**/ +#define LOCALTIME_R_PROTO 0 /**/ -/* HAS_ISINF: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the isinf routine is - * available to check whether a double is an infinity. +/* HAS_LONG_DOUBLE: + * This symbol will be defined if the C compiler supports long + * doubles. */ -/*#define HAS_ISINF /**/ - -/* HAS_ISNAN: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the isnan routine is - * available to check whether a double is a NaN. - */ -#define HAS_ISNAN /**/ - -/* HAS_ISNANL: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the isnanl routine is - * available to check whether a long double is a NaN. - */ -/*#define HAS_ISNANL /**/ - -/* HAS_LCHOWN: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the lchown routine is - * available to operate on a symbolic link (instead of following the - * link). - */ -/*#define HAS_LCHOWN /**/ - -/* HAS_LDBL_DIG: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that this system's - * or defines the symbol LDBL_DIG, which is the number - * of significant digits in a long double precision number. Unlike - * for DBL_DIG, there's no good guess for LDBL_DIG if it is undefined. - */ -#define HAS_LDBL_DIG /**/ - -/* LIBM_LIB_VERSION: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that libm exports _LIB_VERSION - * and that math.h defines the enum to manipulate it. - */ -/*#define LIBM_LIB_VERSION /**/ - -/* HAS_LOCALTIME_R: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the localtime_r routine - * is available to localtime re-entrantly. - */ -/* LOCALTIME_R_NEEDS_TZSET: - * Many libc's localtime_r implementations do not call tzset, - * making them differ from localtime(), and making timezone - * changes using $ENV{TZ} without explicitly calling tzset - * impossible. This symbol makes us call tzset before localtime_r - */ -/* LOCALTIME_R_PROTO: - * This symbol encodes the prototype of localtime_r. - * It is zero if d_localtime_r is undef, and one of the - * REENTRANT_PROTO_T_ABC macros of reentr.h if d_localtime_r - * is defined. - */ -/*#define HAS_LOCALTIME_R /**/ -/*#define LOCALTIME_R_NEEDS_TZSET /**/ -#define LOCALTIME_R_PROTO 0 /**/ - -/* HAS_LONG_DOUBLE: - * This symbol will be defined if the C compiler supports long - * doubles. - */ -/* LONG_DOUBLESIZE: - * This symbol contains the size of a long double, so that the - * C preprocessor can make decisions based on it. It is only - * defined if the system supports long doubles. +/* LONG_DOUBLESIZE: + * This symbol contains the size of a long double, so that the + * C preprocessor can make decisions based on it. It is only + * defined if the system supports long doubles. */ #define HAS_LONG_DOUBLE /**/ #ifdef HAS_LONG_DOUBLE @@ -2313,7 +1771,7 @@ * This symbol will be defined if the C compiler supports long long. */ /* LONGLONGSIZE: - * This symbol contains the size of a long long, so that the + * This symbol contains the size of a long long, so that the * C preprocessor can make decisions based on it. It is only * defined if the system supports long long. */ @@ -2330,36 +1788,12 @@ */ #define HAS_LSEEK_PROTO /**/ -/* HAS_MADVISE: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the madvise system call is - * available to map a file into memory. - */ -/*#define HAS_MADVISE /**/ - -/* HAS_MALLOC_SIZE: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the malloc_size - * routine is available for use. - */ -/*#define HAS_MALLOC_SIZE /**/ - -/* HAS_MALLOC_GOOD_SIZE: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the malloc_good_size - * routine is available for use. - */ -/*#define HAS_MALLOC_GOOD_SIZE /**/ - /* HAS_MEMCHR: * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the memchr routine is available * to locate characters within a C string. */ #define HAS_MEMCHR /**/ -/* HAS_MKDTEMP: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the mkdtemp routine is - * available to exclusively create a uniquely named temporary directory. - */ -/*#define HAS_MKDTEMP /**/ - /* HAS_MKSTEMP: * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the mkstemp routine is * available to exclusively create and open a uniquely named @@ -2367,13 +1801,6 @@ */ /*#define HAS_MKSTEMP /**/ -/* HAS_MKSTEMPS: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the mkstemps routine is - * available to excluslvely create and open a uniquely named - * (with a suffix) temporary file. - */ -/*#define HAS_MKSTEMPS /**/ - /* HAS_MMAP: * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the mmap system call is * available to map a file into memory. @@ -2386,76 +1813,18 @@ /*#define HAS_MMAP /**/ #define Mmap_t void * /**/ -/* HAS_MODFL: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the modfl routine is - * available to split a long double x into a fractional part f and - * an integer part i such that |f| < 1.0 and (f + i) = x. - */ -/* HAS_MODFL_PROTO: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the system provides - * a prototype for the modfl() function. Otherwise, it is up - * to the program to supply one. - */ -/* HAS_MODFL_POW32_BUG: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the modfl routine is - * broken for long doubles >= pow(2, 32). - * For example from 4294967303.150000 one would get 4294967302.000000 - * and 1.150000. The bug has been seen in certain versions of glibc, - * release 2.2.2 is known to be okay. - */ -/*#define HAS_MODFL /**/ -/*#define HAS_MODFL_PROTO /**/ -/*#define HAS_MODFL_POW32_BUG /**/ - -/* HAS_MPROTECT: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the mprotect system call is - * available to modify the access protection of a memory mapped file. - */ -/*#define HAS_MPROTECT /**/ - /* HAS_MSG: * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the entire msg*(2) library is * supported (IPC mechanism based on message queues). */ /*#define HAS_MSG /**/ -/* HAS_STRUCT_MSGHDR: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the struct msghdr - * is supported. - */ -/*#define HAS_STRUCT_MSGHDR /**/ - -/* HAS_NL_LANGINFO: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the nl_langinfo routine is - * available to return local data. You will also need - * and therefore I_LANGINFO. - */ -/*#define HAS_NL_LANGINFO /**/ - -/* HAS_OFF64_T: - * This symbol will be defined if the C compiler supports off64_t. - */ -/*#define HAS_OFF64_T /**/ - -/* HAS_OPEN3: - * This manifest constant lets the C program know that the three - * argument form of open(2) is available. - */ -/*#define HAS_OPEN3 /**/ - -/* HAS_PROCSELFEXE: - * This symbol is defined if PROCSELFEXE_PATH is a symlink - * to the absolute pathname of the executing program. - */ -/* PROCSELFEXE_PATH: - * If HAS_PROCSELFEXE is defined this symbol is the filename - * of the symbolic link pointing to the absolute pathname of - * the executing program. +/* HAS_POLL: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the poll routine is + * available to poll active file descriptors. Please check I_POLL and + * I_SYS_POLL to know which header should be included as well. */ -/*#define HAS_PROCSELFEXE /**/ -#if defined(HAS_PROCSELFEXE) && !defined(PROCSELFEXE_PATH) -#define PROCSELFEXE_PATH /**/ -#endif +/*#define HAS_POLL /**/ /* OLD_PTHREAD_CREATE_JOINABLE: * This symbol, if defined, indicates how to create pthread @@ -2473,15 +1842,8 @@ */ /*#define HAS_PTHREAD_ATFORK /**/ -/* HAS_PTHREAD_ATTR_SETSCOPE: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the pthread_attr_setscope - * system call is available to set the contention scope attribute of - * a thread attribute object. - */ -/*#define HAS_PTHREAD_ATTR_SETSCOPE / **/ - /* HAS_PTHREAD_YIELD: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the pthread_yield + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the pthread_yield * routine is available to yield the execution of the current * thread. sched_yield is preferable to pthread_yield. */ @@ -2538,69 +1900,12 @@ /*#define HAS_READDIR_R /**/ #define READDIR_R_PROTO 0 /**/ -/* HAS_READV: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the readv routine is - * available to do gather reads. You will also need - * and there I_SYSUIO. - */ -/*#define HAS_READV /**/ - -/* HAS_RECVMSG: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the recvmsg routine is - * available to send structured socket messages. - */ -/*#define HAS_RECVMSG /**/ - -/* HAS_SAFE_BCOPY: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the bcopy routine is available - * to copy potentially overlapping memory blocks. Normally, you should - * probably use memmove() or memcpy(). If neither is defined, roll your - * own version. - */ -/*#define HAS_SAFE_BCOPY /**/ - -/* HAS_SAFE_MEMCPY: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the memcpy routine is available - * to copy potentially overlapping memory blocks. If you need to - * copy overlapping memory blocks, you should check HAS_MEMMOVE and - * use memmove() instead, if available. - */ -/*#define HAS_SAFE_MEMCPY /**/ - -/* HAS_SANE_MEMCMP: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the memcmp routine is available - * and can be used to compare relative magnitudes of chars with their high - * bits set. If it is not defined, roll your own version. - */ -#define HAS_SANE_MEMCMP /**/ - -/* HAS_SBRK_PROTO: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the system provides - * a prototype for the sbrk() function. Otherwise, it is up - * to the program to supply one. Good guesses are - * extern void* sbrk(int); - * extern void* sbrk(size_t); - */ -/*#define HAS_SBRK_PROTO /**/ - -/* HAS_SCALBNL: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the scalbnl routine is - * available. If ilogbl is also present we can emulate frexpl. - */ -/*#define HAS_SCALBNL /**/ - /* HAS_SEM: * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the entire sem*(2) library is * supported. */ /*#define HAS_SEM /**/ -/* HAS_SENDMSG: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the sendmsg routine is - * available to send structured socket messages. - */ -/*#define HAS_SENDMSG /**/ - /* HAS_SETGRENT: * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the setgrent routine is * available for initializing sequential access of the group database. @@ -2646,12 +1951,6 @@ /*#define HAS_SETHOSTENT_R /**/ #define SETHOSTENT_R_PROTO 0 /**/ -/* HAS_SETITIMER: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the setitimer routine is - * available to set interval timers. - */ -/*#define HAS_SETITIMER /**/ - /* HAS_SETLOCALE_R: * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the setlocale_r routine * is available to setlocale re-entrantly. @@ -2702,12 +2001,6 @@ /*#define HAS_SETPGRP /**/ /*#define USE_BSD_SETPGRP /**/ -/* HAS_SETPROCTITLE: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the setproctitle routine is - * available to set process title. - */ -/*#define HAS_SETPROCTITLE /**/ - /* HAS_SETPROTOENT_R: * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the setprotoent_r routine * is available to setprotoent re-entrantly. @@ -2766,12 +2059,6 @@ */ #define HAS_SETVBUF /**/ -/* USE_SFIO: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that sfio should - * be used. - */ -/*#define USE_SFIO /**/ - /* HAS_SHM: * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the entire shm*(2) library is * supported. @@ -2792,88 +2079,13 @@ #define Shmat_t void * /**/ /*#define HAS_SHMAT_PROTOTYPE /**/ -/* HAS_SIGACTION: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that Vr4's sigaction() routine - * is available. - */ -/*#define HAS_SIGACTION /**/ - -/* HAS_SIGPROCMASK: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the sigprocmask - * system call is available to examine or change the signal mask - * of the calling process. +/* HAS_SOCKET: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the BSD socket interface is + * supported. */ -/*#define HAS_SIGPROCMASK /**/ - -/* HAS_SIGSETJMP: - * This variable indicates to the C program that the sigsetjmp() - * routine is available to save the calling process's registers - * and stack environment for later use by siglongjmp(), and - * to optionally save the process's signal mask. See - * Sigjmp_buf, Sigsetjmp, and Siglongjmp. - */ -/* Sigjmp_buf: - * This is the buffer type to be used with Sigsetjmp and Siglongjmp. - */ -/* Sigsetjmp: - * This macro is used in the same way as sigsetjmp(), but will invoke - * traditional setjmp() if sigsetjmp isn't available. - * See HAS_SIGSETJMP. - */ -/* Siglongjmp: - * This macro is used in the same way as siglongjmp(), but will invoke - * traditional longjmp() if siglongjmp isn't available. - * See HAS_SIGSETJMP. - */ -/*#define HAS_SIGSETJMP /**/ -#ifdef HAS_SIGSETJMP -#define Sigjmp_buf sigjmp_buf -#define Sigsetjmp(buf,save_mask) sigsetjmp((buf),(save_mask)) -#define Siglongjmp(buf,retval) siglongjmp((buf),(retval)) -#else -#define Sigjmp_buf jmp_buf -#define Sigsetjmp(buf,save_mask) setjmp((buf)) -#define Siglongjmp(buf,retval) longjmp((buf),(retval)) -#endif - -/* USE_SITECUSTOMIZE: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that sitecustomize should - * be used. - */ -/*#define USE_SITECUSTOMIZE /**/ - -/* HAS_SNPRINTF: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the snprintf () library - * function is available for use. - */ -/* HAS_VSNPRINTF: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the vsnprintf () library - * function is available for use. - */ -#define HAS_SNPRINTF /**/ -#define HAS_VSNPRINTF /**/ - -/* HAS_SOCKATMARK: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the sockatmark routine is - * available to test whether a socket is at the out-of-band mark. - */ -/*#define HAS_SOCKATMARK /**/ - -/* HAS_SOCKATMARK_PROTO: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the system provides - * a prototype for the sockatmark() function. Otherwise, it is up - * to the program to supply one. A good guess is - * extern int sockatmark(int); - */ -/*#define HAS_SOCKATMARK_PROTO /**/ - -/* HAS_SOCKET: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the BSD socket interface is - * supported. - */ -/* HAS_SOCKETPAIR: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the BSD socketpair() call is - * supported. +/* HAS_SOCKETPAIR: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the BSD socketpair() call is + * supported. */ /* HAS_MSG_CTRUNC: * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the MSG_CTRUNC is supported. @@ -2914,26 +2126,6 @@ /*#define HAS_MSG_PROXY /**/ /*#define HAS_SCM_RIGHTS /**/ -/* HAS_SOCKS5_INIT: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the socks5_init routine is - * available to initialize SOCKS 5. - */ -/*#define HAS_SOCKS5_INIT /**/ - -/* SPRINTF_RETURNS_STRLEN: - * This variable defines whether sprintf returns the length of the string - * (as per the ANSI spec). Some C libraries retain compatibility with - * pre-ANSI C and return a pointer to the passed in buffer; for these - * this variable will be undef. - */ -#define SPRINTF_RETURNS_STRLEN /**/ - -/* HAS_SQRTL: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the sqrtl routine is - * available to do long double square roots. - */ -/*#define HAS_SQRTL /**/ - /* HAS_SRAND48_R: * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the srand48_r routine * is available to srand48 re-entrantly. @@ -2960,22 +2152,6 @@ /*#define HAS_SRANDOM_R /**/ #define SRANDOM_R_PROTO 0 /**/ -/* HAS_SETRESGID_PROTO: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the system provides - * a prototype for the setresgid() function. Otherwise, it is up - * to the program to supply one. Good guesses are - * extern int setresgid(uid_t ruid, uid_t euid, uid_t suid); - */ -/*#define HAS_SETRESGID_PROTO /**/ - -/* HAS_SETRESUID_PROTO: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the system provides - * a prototype for the setresuid() function. Otherwise, it is up - * to the program to supply one. Good guesses are - * extern int setresuid(uid_t ruid, uid_t euid, uid_t suid); - */ -/*#define HAS_SETRESUID_PROTO /**/ - /* USE_STAT_BLOCKS: * This symbol is defined if this system has a stat structure declaring * st_blksize and st_blocks. @@ -2984,98 +2160,12 @@ /*#define USE_STAT_BLOCKS /**/ #endif -/* HAS_STRUCT_STATFS_F_FLAGS: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the struct statfs - * does have the f_flags member containing the mount flags of - * the filesystem containing the file. - * This kind of struct statfs is coming from (BSD 4.3), - * not from (SYSV). Older BSDs (like Ultrix) do not - * have statfs() and struct statfs, they have ustat() and getmnt() - * with struct ustat and struct fs_data. - */ -/*#define HAS_STRUCT_STATFS_F_FLAGS /**/ - -/* HAS_STRUCT_STATFS: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the struct statfs - * to do statfs() is supported. - */ -/*#define HAS_STRUCT_STATFS /**/ - -/* HAS_FSTATVFS: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the fstatvfs routine is - * available to stat filesystems by file descriptors. - */ -/*#define HAS_FSTATVFS /**/ - -/* USE_STDIO_PTR: - * This symbol is defined if the _ptr and _cnt fields (or similar) - * of the stdio FILE structure can be used to access the stdio buffer - * for a file handle. If this is defined, then the FILE_ptr(fp) - * and FILE_cnt(fp) macros will also be defined and should be used - * to access these fields. - */ -/* FILE_ptr: - * This macro is used to access the _ptr field (or equivalent) of the - * FILE structure pointed to by its argument. This macro will always be - * defined if USE_STDIO_PTR is defined. - */ -/* STDIO_PTR_LVALUE: - * This symbol is defined if the FILE_ptr macro can be used as an - * lvalue. - */ -/* FILE_cnt: - * This macro is used to access the _cnt field (or equivalent) of the - * FILE structure pointed to by its argument. This macro will always be - * defined if USE_STDIO_PTR is defined. - */ -/* STDIO_CNT_LVALUE: - * This symbol is defined if the FILE_cnt macro can be used as an - * lvalue. - */ -/* STDIO_PTR_LVAL_SETS_CNT: - * This symbol is defined if using the FILE_ptr macro as an lvalue - * to increase the pointer by n has the side effect of decreasing the - * value of File_cnt(fp) by n. - */ -/* STDIO_PTR_LVAL_NOCHANGE_CNT: - * This symbol is defined if using the FILE_ptr macro as an lvalue - * to increase the pointer by n leaves File_cnt(fp) unchanged. - */ -#define USE_STDIO_PTR /**/ -#ifdef USE_STDIO_PTR -#define FILE_ptr(fp) ((fp)->_ptr) -#define STDIO_PTR_LVALUE /**/ -#define FILE_cnt(fp) ((fp)->_cnt) -#define STDIO_CNT_LVALUE /**/ -/*#define STDIO_PTR_LVAL_SETS_CNT /**/ -#define STDIO_PTR_LVAL_NOCHANGE_CNT /**/ -#endif - -/* USE_STDIO_BASE: - * This symbol is defined if the _base field (or similar) of the - * stdio FILE structure can be used to access the stdio buffer for - * a file handle. If this is defined, then the FILE_base(fp) macro - * will also be defined and should be used to access this field. - * Also, the FILE_bufsiz(fp) macro will be defined and should be used - * to determine the number of bytes in the buffer. USE_STDIO_BASE - * will never be defined unless USE_STDIO_PTR is. - */ -/* FILE_base: - * This macro is used to access the _base field (or equivalent) of the - * FILE structure pointed to by its argument. This macro will always be - * defined if USE_STDIO_BASE is defined. - */ -/* FILE_bufsiz: - * This macro is used to determine the number of bytes in the I/O - * buffer pointed to by _base field (or equivalent) of the FILE - * structure pointed to its argument. This macro will always be defined - * if USE_STDIO_BASE is defined. +/* USE_STRUCT_COPY: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that this C compiler knows how + * to copy structures. If undefined, you'll need to use a block copy + * routine of some sort instead. */ -#define USE_STDIO_BASE /**/ -#ifdef USE_STDIO_BASE -#define FILE_base(fp) ((fp)->_base) -#define FILE_bufsiz(fp) ((fp)->_cnt + (fp)->_ptr - (fp)->_base) -#endif +#define USE_STRUCT_COPY /**/ /* HAS_STRERROR: * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the strerror routine is @@ -3109,77 +2199,12 @@ /*#define HAS_STRERROR_R /**/ #define STRERROR_R_PROTO 0 /**/ -/* HAS_STRFTIME: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the strftime routine is - * available to do time formatting. - */ -#define HAS_STRFTIME /**/ - -/* HAS_STRLCAT: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the strlcat () routine is - * available to do string concatenation. - */ -/*#define HAS_STRLCAT /**/ - -/* HAS_STRLCPY: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the strlcpy () routine is - * available to do string copying. - */ -/*#define HAS_STRLCPY /**/ - -/* HAS_STRTOLD: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the strtold routine is - * available to convert strings to long doubles. - */ -/*#define HAS_STRTOLD /**/ - -/* HAS_STRTOLL: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the strtoll routine is - * available to convert strings to long longs. - */ -/*#define HAS_STRTOLL /**/ - -/* HAS_STRTOQ: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the strtoq routine is - * available to convert strings to long longs (quads). - */ -/*#define HAS_STRTOQ /**/ - /* HAS_STRTOUL: * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the strtoul routine is * available to provide conversion of strings to unsigned long. */ #define HAS_STRTOUL /**/ -/* HAS_STRTOULL: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the strtoull routine is - * available to convert strings to unsigned long longs. - */ -/*#define HAS_STRTOULL /**/ - -/* HAS_STRTOUQ: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the strtouq routine is - * available to convert strings to unsigned long longs (quads). - */ -/*#define HAS_STRTOUQ /**/ - -/* HAS_SYSCALL_PROTO: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the system provides - * a prototype for the syscall() function. Otherwise, it is up - * to the program to supply one. Good guesses are - * extern int syscall(int, ...); - * extern int syscall(long, ...); - */ -/*#define HAS_SYSCALL_PROTO /**/ - -/* HAS_TELLDIR_PROTO: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the system provides - * a prototype for the telldir() function. Otherwise, it is up - * to the program to supply one. A good guess is - * extern long telldir(DIR*); - */ -#define HAS_TELLDIR_PROTO /**/ - /* HAS_TIME: * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the time() routine exists. */ @@ -3224,20 +2249,6 @@ /*#define HAS_TTYNAME_R /**/ #define TTYNAME_R_PROTO 0 /**/ -/* U32_ALIGNMENT_REQUIRED: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that you must access - * character data through U32-aligned pointers. - */ -#ifndef U32_ALIGNMENT_REQUIRED -#define U32_ALIGNMENT_REQUIRED /**/ -#endif - -/* HAS_UALARM: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the ualarm routine is - * available to do alarms with microsecond granularity. - */ -/*#define HAS_UALARM /**/ - /* HAS_UNION_SEMUN: * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the union semun is * defined by including . If not, the user code @@ -3260,33 +2271,6 @@ /*#define USE_SEMCTL_SEMUN /**/ /*#define USE_SEMCTL_SEMID_DS /**/ -/* HAS_UNORDERED: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the unordered routine is - * available to check whether two doubles are unordered - * (effectively: whether either of them is NaN) - */ -/*#define HAS_UNORDERED /**/ - -/* HAS_UNSETENV: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the unsetenv () routine is - * available for use. - */ -/*#define HAS_UNSETENV /**/ - -/* HAS_USLEEP_PROTO: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the system provides - * a prototype for the usleep() function. Otherwise, it is up - * to the program to supply one. A good guess is - * extern int usleep(useconds_t); - */ -/*#define HAS_USLEEP_PROTO /**/ - -/* HAS_USTAT: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the ustat system call is - * available to query file system statistics by dev_t. - */ -/*#define HAS_USTAT /**/ - /* HAS_VFORK: * This symbol, if defined, indicates that vfork() exists. */ @@ -3306,57 +2290,14 @@ */ #define Signal_t void /* Signal handler's return type */ -/* HAS_VPRINTF: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the vprintf routine is available - * to printf with a pointer to an argument list. If unavailable, you - * may need to write your own, probably in terms of _doprnt(). - */ -/* USE_CHAR_VSPRINTF: - * This symbol is defined if this system has vsprintf() returning type - * (char*). The trend seems to be to declare it as "int vsprintf()". It - * is up to the package author to declare vsprintf correctly based on the - * symbol. - */ -#define HAS_VPRINTF /**/ -/*#define USE_CHAR_VSPRINTF /**/ - -/* HAS_WRITEV: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the writev routine is - * available to do scatter writes. - */ -/*#define HAS_WRITEV /**/ - -/* USE_DYNAMIC_LOADING: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that dynamic loading of - * some sort is available. - */ -#define USE_DYNAMIC_LOADING /**/ - -/* DOUBLESIZE: - * This symbol contains the size of a double, so that the C preprocessor - * can make decisions based on it. - */ -#define DOUBLESIZE 8 /**/ - -/* EBCDIC: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that this system uses - * EBCDIC encoding. - */ -/*#define EBCDIC /**/ - -/* FFLUSH_NULL: - * This symbol, if defined, tells that fflush(NULL) does flush - * all pending stdio output. - */ -/* FFLUSH_ALL: - * This symbol, if defined, tells that to flush - * all pending stdio output one must loop through all - * the stdio file handles stored in an array and fflush them. - * Note that if fflushNULL is defined, fflushall will not - * even be probed for and will be left undefined. +/* HASVOLATILE: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that this C compiler knows about + * the volatile declaration. */ -#define FFLUSH_NULL /**/ -/*#define FFLUSH_ALL /**/ +#define HASVOLATILE /**/ +#ifndef HASVOLATILE +#define volatile +#endif /* Fpos_t: * This symbol holds the type used to declare file positions in libc. @@ -3394,8 +2335,8 @@ * This symbol holds the type used for the second argument to * getgroups() and setgroups(). Usually, this is the same as * gidtype (gid_t) , but sometimes it isn't. - * It can be int, ushort, gid_t, etc... - * It may be necessary to include to get any + * It can be int, ushort, gid_t, etc... + * It may be necessary to include to get any * typedef'ed information. This is only required if you have * getgroups() or setgroups().. */ @@ -3403,53 +2344,25 @@ #define Groups_t gid_t /* Type for 2nd arg to [sg]etgroups() */ #endif -/* I_CRYPT: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that exists and - * should be included. - */ -/*#define I_CRYPT /**/ - -/* DB_Prefix_t: - * This symbol contains the type of the prefix structure element - * in the header file. In older versions of DB, it was - * int, while in newer ones it is u_int32_t. - */ -/* DB_Hash_t: - * This symbol contains the type of the prefix structure element - * in the header file. In older versions of DB, it was - * int, while in newer ones it is size_t. - */ -/* DB_VERSION_MAJOR_CFG: - * This symbol, if defined, defines the major version number of - * Berkeley DB found in the header when Perl was configured. - */ -/* DB_VERSION_MINOR_CFG: - * This symbol, if defined, defines the minor version number of - * Berkeley DB found in the header when Perl was configured. - * For DB version 1 this is always 0. - */ -/* DB_VERSION_PATCH_CFG: - * This symbol, if defined, defines the patch version number of - * Berkeley DB found in the header when Perl was configured. - * For DB version 1 this is always 0. +/* I_DIRENT: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that it should + * include . Using this symbol also triggers the definition + * of the Direntry_t define which ends up being 'struct dirent' or + * 'struct direct' depending on the availability of . */ -#define DB_Hash_t int /**/ -#define DB_Prefix_t int /**/ -#define DB_VERSION_MAJOR_CFG 0 /**/ -#define DB_VERSION_MINOR_CFG 0 /**/ -#define DB_VERSION_PATCH_CFG 0 /**/ - -/* I_FP: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that exists and - * should be included. +/* DIRNAMLEN: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that the length + * of directory entry names is provided by a d_namlen field. Otherwise + * you need to do strlen() on the d_name field. */ -/*#define I_FP /**/ - -/* I_FP_CLASS: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that exists and - * should be included. +/* Direntry_t: + * This symbol is set to 'struct direct' or 'struct dirent' depending on + * whether dirent is available or not. You should use this pseudo type to + * portably declare your directory entries. */ -/*#define I_FP_CLASS /**/ +#define I_DIRENT /**/ +#define DIRNAMLEN /**/ +#define Direntry_t struct direct /* I_GRP: * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that it should @@ -3462,42 +2375,12 @@ /*#define I_GRP /**/ /*#define GRPASSWD /**/ -/* I_IEEEFP: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that exists and - * should be included. - */ -/*#define I_IEEEFP /**/ - -/* I_INTTYPES: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that it should - * include . - */ -/*#define I_INTTYPES /**/ - -/* I_LANGINFO: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that exists and - * should be included. - */ -/*#define I_LANGINFO /**/ - -/* I_LIBUTIL: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that exists and - * should be included. - */ -/*#define I_LIBUTIL /**/ - /* I_MACH_CTHREADS: * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that it should * include . */ /*#define I_MACH_CTHREADS /**/ -/* I_MNTENT: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that exists and - * should be included. - */ -/*#define I_MNTENT /**/ - /* I_NDBM: * This symbol, if defined, indicates that exists and should * be included. @@ -3510,23 +2393,11 @@ */ /*#define I_NETDB /**/ -/* I_NETINET_TCP: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that it should - * include . - */ -/*#define I_NETINET_TCP /**/ - -/* I_POLL: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that exists and - * should be included. (see also HAS_POLL) - */ -/*#define I_POLL /**/ - -/* I_PROT: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that exists and +/* I_NET_ERRNO: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that exists and * should be included. */ -/*#define I_PROT /**/ +/*#define I_NET_ERRNO /**/ /* I_PTHREAD: * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that it should @@ -3580,122 +2451,43 @@ /*#define PWGECOS /**/ /*#define PWPASSWD /**/ -/* I_SHADOW: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that exists and - * should be included. +/* I_SYS_ACCESS: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that it should + * include . */ -/*#define I_SHADOW /**/ +/*#define I_SYS_ACCESS /**/ -/* I_SOCKS: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that exists and - * should be included. +/* I_SYS_SECURITY: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that it should + * include . */ -/*#define I_SOCKS /**/ +/*#define I_SYS_SECURITY /**/ -/* I_SUNMATH: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that exists and +/* I_SYSUIO: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that exists and * should be included. */ -/*#define I_SUNMATH /**/ +/*#define I_SYSUIO /**/ -/* I_SYSLOG: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that exists and - * should be included. +/* I_STDARG: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that exists and should + * be included. */ -/*#define I_SYSLOG /**/ - -/* I_SYSMODE: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that exists and - * should be included. +/* I_VARARGS: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that it should + * include . */ -/*#define I_SYSMODE /**/ +#define I_STDARG /**/ +/*#define I_VARARGS /**/ -/* I_SYS_MOUNT: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that exists and - * should be included. +/* PERL_INC_VERSION_LIST: + * This variable specifies the list of subdirectories in over + * which perl.c:incpush() and lib/lib.pm will automatically + * search when adding directories to @INC, in a format suitable + * for a C initialization string. See the inc_version_list entry + * in Porting/Glossary for more details. */ -/*#define I_SYS_MOUNT /**/ - -/* I_SYS_STATFS: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that exists. - */ -/*#define I_SYS_STATFS /**/ - -/* I_SYS_STATVFS: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that exists and - * should be included. - */ -/*#define I_SYS_STATVFS /**/ - -/* I_SYSUIO: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that exists and - * should be included. - */ -/*#define I_SYSUIO /**/ - -/* I_SYSUTSNAME: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that exists and - * should be included. - */ -/*#define I_SYSUTSNAME /**/ - -/* I_SYS_VFS: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that exists and - * should be included. - */ -/*#define I_SYS_VFS /**/ - -/* I_TIME: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that it should - * include . - */ -/* I_SYS_TIME: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that it should - * include . - */ -/* I_SYS_TIME_KERNEL: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that it should - * include with KERNEL defined. - */ -/* HAS_TM_TM_ZONE: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that - * the struct tm has a tm_zone field. - */ -/* HAS_TM_TM_GMTOFF: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that - * the struct tm has a tm_gmtoff field. - */ -#define I_TIME /**/ -/*#define I_SYS_TIME /**/ -/*#define I_SYS_TIME_KERNEL /**/ -/*#define HAS_TM_TM_ZONE /**/ -/*#define HAS_TM_TM_GMTOFF /**/ - -/* I_USTAT: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that exists and - * should be included. - */ -/*#define I_USTAT /**/ - -/* I_STDARG: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that exists and should - * be included. - */ -/* I_VARARGS: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that it should - * include . - */ -#define I_STDARG /**/ -/*#define I_VARARGS /**/ - -/* PERL_INC_VERSION_LIST: - * This variable specifies the list of subdirectories in over - * which perl.c:incpush() and lib/lib.pm will automatically - * search when adding directories to @INC, in a format suitable - * for a C initialization string. See the inc_version_list entry - * in Porting/Glossary for more details. - */ -#define PERL_INC_VERSION_LIST 0 /**/ +/*#define PERL_INC_VERSION_LIST 0 /**/ /* INSTALL_USR_BIN_PERL: * This symbol, if defined, indicates that Perl is to be installed @@ -3703,27 +2495,6 @@ */ /*#define INSTALL_USR_BIN_PERL /**/ -/* PERL_PRIfldbl: - * This symbol, if defined, contains the string used by stdio to - * format long doubles (format 'f') for output. - */ -/* PERL_PRIgldbl: - * This symbol, if defined, contains the string used by stdio to - * format long doubles (format 'g') for output. - */ -/* PERL_PRIeldbl: - * This symbol, if defined, contains the string used by stdio to - * format long doubles (format 'e') for output. - */ -/* PERL_SCNfldbl: - * This symbol, if defined, contains the string used by stdio to - * format long doubles (format 'f') for input. - */ -/*#define PERL_PRIfldbl "f" /**/ -/*#define PERL_PRIgldbl "g" /**/ -/*#define PERL_PRIeldbl "e" /**/ -/*#define PERL_SCNfldbl "f" /**/ - /* Off_t: * This symbol holds the type used to declare offsets in the kernel. * It can be int, long, off_t, etc... It may be necessary to include @@ -3739,12 +2510,6 @@ #define LSEEKSIZE 4 /* size */ #define Off_t_size 4 /* size */ -/* PERL_MAD: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the Misc Attribution - * Declaration code should be conditionally compiled. - */ -/*#define PERL_MAD /**/ - /* Free_t: * This variable contains the return type of free(). It is usually * void, but occasionally int. @@ -3766,51 +2531,13 @@ /*#define MYMALLOC /**/ /* Mode_t: - * This symbol holds the type used to declare file modes + * This symbol holds the type used to declare file modes * for systems calls. It is usually mode_t, but may be * int or unsigned short. It may be necessary to include * to get any typedef'ed information. */ #define Mode_t mode_t /* file mode parameter for system calls */ -/* VAL_O_NONBLOCK: - * This symbol is to be used during open() or fcntl(F_SETFL) to turn on - * non-blocking I/O for the file descriptor. Note that there is no way - * back, i.e. you cannot turn it blocking again this way. If you wish to - * alternatively switch between blocking and non-blocking, use the - * ioctl(FIOSNBIO) call instead, but that is not supported by all devices. - */ -/* VAL_EAGAIN: - * This symbol holds the errno error code set by read() when no data was - * present on the non-blocking file descriptor. - */ -/* RD_NODATA: - * This symbol holds the return code from read() when no data is present - * on the non-blocking file descriptor. Be careful! If EOF_NONBLOCK is - * not defined, then you can't distinguish between no data and EOF by - * issuing a read(). You'll have to find another way to tell for sure! - */ -/* EOF_NONBLOCK: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that a read() on - * a non-blocking file descriptor will return 0 on EOF, and not the value - * held in RD_NODATA (-1 usually, in that case!). - */ -#define VAL_O_NONBLOCK O_NONBLOCK -#define VAL_EAGAIN EAGAIN -#define RD_NODATA -1 -#define EOF_NONBLOCK - -/* NEED_VA_COPY: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the system stores - * the variable argument list datatype, va_list, in a format - * that cannot be copied by simple assignment, so that some - * other means must be used when copying is required. - * As such systems vary in their provision (or non-provision) - * of copying mechanisms, handy.h defines a platform- - * independent macro, Perl_va_copy(src, dst), to do the job. - */ -/*#define NEED_VA_COPY /**/ - /* Netdb_host_t: * This symbol holds the type used for the 1st argument * to gethostbyaddr(). @@ -3832,36 +2559,1653 @@ #define Netdb_name_t char * /**/ #define Netdb_net_t long /**/ -/* PERL_OTHERLIBDIRS: - * This variable contains a colon-separated set of paths for the perl - * binary to search for additional library files or modules. - * These directories will be tacked to the end of @INC. - * Perl will automatically search below each path for version- - * and architecture-specific directories. See PERL_INC_VERSION_LIST - * for more details. +/* PERL_OTHERLIBDIRS: + * This variable contains a colon-separated set of paths for the perl + * binary to search for additional library files or modules. + * These directories will be tacked to the end of @INC. + * Perl will automatically search below each path for version- + * and architecture-specific directories. See PERL_INC_VERSION_LIST + * for more details. + */ +/*#define PERL_OTHERLIBDIRS "" /**/ + +/* Pid_t: + * This symbol holds the type used to declare process ids in the kernel. + * It can be int, uint, pid_t, etc... It may be necessary to include + * to get any typedef'ed information. + */ +#define Pid_t int /* PID type */ + +/* PRIVLIB: + * This symbol contains the name of the private library for this package. + * The library is private in the sense that it needn't be in anyone's + * execution path, but it should be accessible by the world. The program + * should be prepared to do ~ expansion. + */ +/* PRIVLIB_EXP: + * This symbol contains the ~name expanded version of PRIVLIB, to be used + * in programs that are not prepared to deal with ~ expansion at run-time. + */ +#define PRIVLIB "c:\\perl\\lib" /**/ +#define PRIVLIB_EXP (win32_get_privlib("5.11.0")) /**/ + +/* CAN_PROTOTYPE: + * If defined, this macro indicates that the C compiler can handle + * function prototypes. + */ +/* _: + * This macro is used to declare function parameters for folks who want + * to make declarations with prototypes using a different style than + * the above macros. Use double parentheses. For example: + * + * int main _((int argc, char *argv[])); + */ +#define CAN_PROTOTYPE /**/ +#ifdef CAN_PROTOTYPE +#define _(args) args +#else +#define _(args) () +#endif + +/* Select_fd_set_t: + * This symbol holds the type used for the 2nd, 3rd, and 4th + * arguments to select. Usually, this is 'fd_set *', if HAS_FD_SET + * is defined, and 'int *' otherwise. This is only useful if you + * have select(), of course. + */ +#define Select_fd_set_t Perl_fd_set * /**/ + +/* SH_PATH: + * This symbol contains the full pathname to the shell used on this + * on this system to execute Bourne shell scripts. Usually, this will be + * /bin/sh, though it's possible that some systems will have /bin/ksh, + * /bin/pdksh, /bin/ash, /bin/bash, or even something such as + * D:/bin/sh.exe. + */ +#define SH_PATH "cmd /x /c" /**/ + +/* SIG_NAME: + * This symbol contains a list of signal names in order of + * signal number. This is intended + * to be used as a static array initialization, like this: + * char *sig_name[] = { SIG_NAME }; + * The signals in the list are separated with commas, and each signal + * is surrounded by double quotes. There is no leading SIG in the signal + * name, i.e. SIGQUIT is known as "QUIT". + * Gaps in the signal numbers (up to NSIG) are filled in with NUMnn, + * etc., where nn is the actual signal number (e.g. NUM37). + * The signal number for sig_name[i] is stored in sig_num[i]. + * The last element is 0 to terminate the list with a NULL. This + * corresponds to the 0 at the end of the sig_name_init list. + * Note that this variable is initialized from the sig_name_init, + * not from sig_name (which is unused). + */ +/* SIG_NUM: + * This symbol contains a list of signal numbers, in the same order as the + * SIG_NAME list. It is suitable for static array initialization, as in: + * int sig_num[] = { SIG_NUM }; + * The signals in the list are separated with commas, and the indices + * within that list and the SIG_NAME list match, so it's easy to compute + * the signal name from a number or vice versa at the price of a small + * dynamic linear lookup. + * Duplicates are allowed, but are moved to the end of the list. + * The signal number corresponding to sig_name[i] is sig_number[i]. + * if (i < NSIG) then sig_number[i] == i. + * The last element is 0, corresponding to the 0 at the end of + * the sig_name_init list. + * Note that this variable is initialized from the sig_num_init, + * not from sig_num (which is unused). + */ +/* SIG_SIZE: + * This variable contains the number of elements of the SIG_NAME + * and SIG_NUM arrays, excluding the final NULL entry. + */ +#define SIG_NAME "ZERO", "HUP", "INT", "QUIT", "ILL", "NUM05", "NUM06", "NUM07", "FPE", "KILL", "NUM10", "SEGV", "NUM12", "PIPE", "ALRM", "TERM", "NUM16", "NUM17", "NUM18", "NUM19", "CHLD", "BREAK", "ABRT", "STOP", "NUM24", "CONT", "CLD", 0 /**/ +#define SIG_NUM 0, 1, 2, 21, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 13, 14, 15, 16, 17, 18, 19, 20, 21, 22, 23, 24, 25, 20, 0 /**/ +#define SIG_SIZE 27 /**/ + +/* SITEARCH: + * This symbol contains the name of the private library for this package. + * The library is private in the sense that it needn't be in anyone's + * execution path, but it should be accessible by the world. The program + * should be prepared to do ~ expansion. + * The standard distribution will put nothing in this directory. + * After perl has been installed, users may install their own local + * architecture-dependent modules in this directory with + * MakeMaker Makefile.PL + * or equivalent. See INSTALL for details. + */ +/* SITEARCH_EXP: + * This symbol contains the ~name expanded version of SITEARCH, to be used + * in programs that are not prepared to deal with ~ expansion at run-time. + */ +#define SITEARCH "c:\\perl\\site\\lib" /**/ +/*#define SITEARCH_EXP "" /**/ + +/* SITELIB: + * This symbol contains the name of the private library for this package. + * The library is private in the sense that it needn't be in anyone's + * execution path, but it should be accessible by the world. The program + * should be prepared to do ~ expansion. + * The standard distribution will put nothing in this directory. + * After perl has been installed, users may install their own local + * architecture-independent modules in this directory with + * MakeMaker Makefile.PL + * or equivalent. See INSTALL for details. + */ +/* SITELIB_EXP: + * This symbol contains the ~name expanded version of SITELIB, to be used + * in programs that are not prepared to deal with ~ expansion at run-time. + */ +/* SITELIB_STEM: + * This define is SITELIB_EXP with any trailing version-specific component + * removed. The elements in inc_version_list (inc_version_list.U) can + * be tacked onto this variable to generate a list of directories to search. + */ +#define SITELIB "c:\\perl\\site\\lib" /**/ +#define SITELIB_EXP (win32_get_sitelib("5.11.0")) /**/ +#define SITELIB_STEM "" /**/ + +/* Size_t_size: + * This symbol holds the size of a Size_t in bytes. + */ +#define Size_t_size 4 /**/ + +/* Size_t: + * This symbol holds the type used to declare length parameters + * for string functions. It is usually size_t, but may be + * unsigned long, int, etc. It may be necessary to include + * to get any typedef'ed information. + */ +#define Size_t size_t /* length paramater for string functions */ + +/* Sock_size_t: + * This symbol holds the type used for the size argument of + * various socket calls (just the base type, not the pointer-to). + */ +#define Sock_size_t int /**/ + +/* STDCHAR: + * This symbol is defined to be the type of char used in stdio.h. + * It has the values "unsigned char" or "char". + */ +#define STDCHAR char /**/ + +/* Uid_t_f: + * This symbol defines the format string used for printing a Uid_t. + */ +#define Uid_t_f "ld" /**/ + +/* Uid_t_sign: + * This symbol holds the signedess of a Uid_t. + * 1 for unsigned, -1 for signed. + */ +#define Uid_t_sign -1 /* UID sign */ + +/* Uid_t_size: + * This symbol holds the size of a Uid_t in bytes. + */ +#define Uid_t_size 4 /* UID size */ + +/* Uid_t: + * This symbol holds the type used to declare user ids in the kernel. + * It can be int, ushort, uid_t, etc... It may be necessary to include + * to get any typedef'ed information. + */ +#define Uid_t uid_t /* UID type */ + +/* USE_ITHREADS: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that Perl should be built to + * use the interpreter-based threading implementation. + */ +/* USE_5005THREADS: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that Perl should be built to + * use the 5.005-based threading implementation. + * Only valid up to 5.8.x. + */ +/* OLD_PTHREADS_API: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that Perl should + * be built to use the old draft POSIX threads API. + */ +/* USE_REENTRANT_API: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that Perl should + * try to use the various _r versions of library functions. + * This is extremely experimental. + */ +/*#define USE_5005THREADS /**/ +/*#define USE_ITHREADS /**/ +#if defined(USE_5005THREADS) && !defined(USE_ITHREADS) +#define USE_THREADS /* until src is revised*/ +#endif +/*#define OLD_PTHREADS_API /**/ +/*#define USE_REENTRANT_API /**/ + +/* PERL_VENDORARCH: + * If defined, this symbol contains the name of a private library. + * The library is private in the sense that it needn't be in anyone's + * execution path, but it should be accessible by the world. + * It may have a ~ on the front. + * The standard distribution will put nothing in this directory. + * Vendors who distribute perl may wish to place their own + * architecture-dependent modules and extensions in this directory with + * MakeMaker Makefile.PL INSTALLDIRS=vendor + * or equivalent. See INSTALL for details. + */ +/* PERL_VENDORARCH_EXP: + * This symbol contains the ~name expanded version of PERL_VENDORARCH, to be used + * in programs that are not prepared to deal with ~ expansion at run-time. + */ +/*#define PERL_VENDORARCH "" /**/ +/*#define PERL_VENDORARCH_EXP "" /**/ + +/* PERL_VENDORLIB_EXP: + * This symbol contains the ~name expanded version of VENDORLIB, to be used + * in programs that are not prepared to deal with ~ expansion at run-time. + */ +/* PERL_VENDORLIB_STEM: + * This define is PERL_VENDORLIB_EXP with any trailing version-specific component + * removed. The elements in inc_version_list (inc_version_list.U) can + * be tacked onto this variable to generate a list of directories to search. + */ +/*#define PERL_VENDORLIB_EXP "" /**/ +/*#define PERL_VENDORLIB_STEM "" /**/ + +/* VOIDFLAGS: + * This symbol indicates how much support of the void type is given by this + * compiler. What various bits mean: + * + * 1 = supports declaration of void + * 2 = supports arrays of pointers to functions returning void + * 4 = supports comparisons between pointers to void functions and + * addresses of void functions + * 8 = suports declaration of generic void pointers + * + * The package designer should define VOIDUSED to indicate the requirements + * of the package. This can be done either by #defining VOIDUSED before + * including config.h, or by defining defvoidused in Myinit.U. If the + * latter approach is taken, only those flags will be tested. If the + * level of void support necessary is not present, defines void to int. + */ +#ifndef VOIDUSED +#define VOIDUSED 15 +#endif +#define VOIDFLAGS 15 +#if (VOIDFLAGS & VOIDUSED) != VOIDUSED +#define void int /* is void to be avoided? */ +#define M_VOID /* Xenix strikes again */ +#endif + +/* USE_CROSS_COMPILE: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that Perl is being cross-compiled. + */ +/* PERL_TARGETARCH: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates the target architecture + * Perl has been cross-compiled to. Undefined if not a cross-compile. + */ +#ifndef USE_CROSS_COMPILE +/*#define USE_CROSS_COMPILE /**/ +#define PERL_TARGETARCH "" /**/ +#endif + +/* MEM_ALIGNBYTES: + * This symbol contains the number of bytes required to align a + * double, or a long double when applicable. Usual values are 2, + * 4 and 8. The default is eight, for safety. + */ +#if defined(USE_CROSS_COMPILE) || defined(MULTIARCH) +# define MEM_ALIGNBYTES 8 +#else +#define MEM_ALIGNBYTES 8 +#endif + +/* BYTEORDER: + * This symbol holds the hexadecimal constant defined in byteorder, + * in a UV, i.e. 0x1234 or 0x4321 or 0x12345678, etc... + * If the compiler supports cross-compiling or multiple-architecture + * binaries (eg. on NeXT systems), use compiler-defined macros to + * determine the byte order. + * On NeXT 3.2 (and greater), you can build "Fat" Multiple Architecture + * Binaries (MAB) on either big endian or little endian machines. + * The endian-ness is available at compile-time. This only matters + * for perl, where the config.h can be generated and installed on + * one system, and used by a different architecture to build an + * extension. Older versions of NeXT that might not have + * defined either *_ENDIAN__ were all on Motorola 680x0 series, + * so the default case (for NeXT) is big endian to catch them. + * This might matter for NeXT 3.0. + */ +#if defined(USE_CROSS_COMPILE) || defined(MULTIARCH) +# ifdef __LITTLE_ENDIAN__ +# if LONGSIZE == 4 +# define BYTEORDER 0x1234 +# else +# if LONGSIZE == 8 +# define BYTEORDER 0x12345678 +# endif +# endif +# else +# ifdef __BIG_ENDIAN__ +# if LONGSIZE == 4 +# define BYTEORDER 0x4321 +# else +# if LONGSIZE == 8 +# define BYTEORDER 0x87654321 +# endif +# endif +# endif +# endif +# if !defined(BYTEORDER) && (defined(NeXT) || defined(__NeXT__)) +# define BYTEORDER 0x4321 +# endif +#else +#define BYTEORDER 0x1234 /* large digits for MSB */ +#endif /* NeXT */ + +/* CASTI32: + * This symbol is defined if the C compiler can cast negative + * or large floating point numbers to 32-bit ints. + */ +#ifdef __GNUC__ +# define CASTI32 /**/ +#endif + +/* CASTNEGFLOAT: + * This symbol is defined if the C compiler can cast negative + * numbers to unsigned longs, ints and shorts. + */ +/* CASTFLAGS: + * This symbol contains flags that say what difficulties the compiler + * has casting odd floating values to unsigned long: + * 0 = ok + * 1 = couldn't cast < 0 + * 2 = couldn't cast >= 0x80000000 + * 4 = couldn't cast in argument expression list + */ +#define CASTNEGFLOAT /**/ +#define CASTFLAGS 0 /**/ + +/* VOID_CLOSEDIR: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the closedir() routine + * does not return a value. + */ +/*#define VOID_CLOSEDIR /**/ + +/* HAS_FD_SET: + * This symbol, when defined, indicates presence of the fd_set typedef + * in + */ +#define HAS_FD_SET /**/ + +/* Gconvert: + * This preprocessor macro is defined to convert a floating point + * number to a string without a trailing decimal point. This + * emulates the behavior of sprintf("%g"), but is sometimes much more + * efficient. If gconvert() is not available, but gcvt() drops the + * trailing decimal point, then gcvt() is used. If all else fails, + * a macro using sprintf("%g") is used. Arguments for the Gconvert + * macro are: value, number of digits, whether trailing zeros should + * be retained, and the output buffer. + * The usual values are: + * d_Gconvert='gconvert((x),(n),(t),(b))' + * d_Gconvert='gcvt((x),(n),(b))' + * d_Gconvert='sprintf((b),"%.*g",(n),(x))' + * The last two assume trailing zeros should not be kept. + */ +#define Gconvert(x,n,t,b) sprintf((b),"%.*g",(n),(x)) + +/* HAS_GETPAGESIZE: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getpagesize system call + * is available to get system page size, which is the granularity of + * many memory management calls. + */ +/*#define HAS_GETPAGESIZE /**/ + +/* HAS_GNULIBC: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that + * the GNU C library is being used. A better check is to use + * the __GLIBC__ and __GLIBC_MINOR__ symbols supplied with glibc. + */ +/*#define HAS_GNULIBC /**/ +#if defined(HAS_GNULIBC) && !defined(_GNU_SOURCE) +# define _GNU_SOURCE +#endif + +/* HAS_ISASCII: + * This manifest constant lets the C program know that isascii + * is available. + */ +#define HAS_ISASCII /**/ + +/* HAS_LCHOWN: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the lchown routine is + * available to operate on a symbolic link (instead of following the + * link). + */ +/*#define HAS_LCHOWN /**/ + +/* HAS_OPEN3: + * This manifest constant lets the C program know that the three + * argument form of open(2) is available. + */ +/*#define HAS_OPEN3 /**/ + +/* HAS_SAFE_BCOPY: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the bcopy routine is available + * to copy potentially overlapping memory blocks. Normally, you should + * probably use memmove() or memcpy(). If neither is defined, roll your + * own version. + */ +/*#define HAS_SAFE_BCOPY /**/ + +/* HAS_SAFE_MEMCPY: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the memcpy routine is available + * to copy potentially overlapping memory blocks. If you need to + * copy overlapping memory blocks, you should check HAS_MEMMOVE and + * use memmove() instead, if available. + */ +/*#define HAS_SAFE_MEMCPY /**/ + +/* HAS_SANE_MEMCMP: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the memcmp routine is available + * and can be used to compare relative magnitudes of chars with their high + * bits set. If it is not defined, roll your own version. + */ +#define HAS_SANE_MEMCMP /**/ + +/* HAS_SIGACTION: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that Vr4's sigaction() routine + * is available. + */ +/*#define HAS_SIGACTION /**/ + +/* HAS_SIGSETJMP: + * This variable indicates to the C program that the sigsetjmp() + * routine is available to save the calling process's registers + * and stack environment for later use by siglongjmp(), and + * to optionally save the process's signal mask. See + * Sigjmp_buf, Sigsetjmp, and Siglongjmp. + */ +/* Sigjmp_buf: + * This is the buffer type to be used with Sigsetjmp and Siglongjmp. + */ +/* Sigsetjmp: + * This macro is used in the same way as sigsetjmp(), but will invoke + * traditional setjmp() if sigsetjmp isn't available. + * See HAS_SIGSETJMP. + */ +/* Siglongjmp: + * This macro is used in the same way as siglongjmp(), but will invoke + * traditional longjmp() if siglongjmp isn't available. + * See HAS_SIGSETJMP. + */ +/*#define HAS_SIGSETJMP /**/ +#ifdef HAS_SIGSETJMP +#define Sigjmp_buf sigjmp_buf +#define Sigsetjmp(buf,save_mask) sigsetjmp((buf),(save_mask)) +#define Siglongjmp(buf,retval) siglongjmp((buf),(retval)) +#else +#define Sigjmp_buf jmp_buf +#define Sigsetjmp(buf,save_mask) setjmp((buf)) +#define Siglongjmp(buf,retval) longjmp((buf),(retval)) +#endif + +/* USE_STDIO_PTR: + * This symbol is defined if the _ptr and _cnt fields (or similar) + * of the stdio FILE structure can be used to access the stdio buffer + * for a file handle. If this is defined, then the FILE_ptr(fp) + * and FILE_cnt(fp) macros will also be defined and should be used + * to access these fields. + */ +/* FILE_ptr: + * This macro is used to access the _ptr field (or equivalent) of the + * FILE structure pointed to by its argument. This macro will always be + * defined if USE_STDIO_PTR is defined. + */ +/* STDIO_PTR_LVALUE: + * This symbol is defined if the FILE_ptr macro can be used as an + * lvalue. + */ +/* FILE_cnt: + * This macro is used to access the _cnt field (or equivalent) of the + * FILE structure pointed to by its argument. This macro will always be + * defined if USE_STDIO_PTR is defined. + */ +/* STDIO_CNT_LVALUE: + * This symbol is defined if the FILE_cnt macro can be used as an + * lvalue. + */ +/* STDIO_PTR_LVAL_SETS_CNT: + * This symbol is defined if using the FILE_ptr macro as an lvalue + * to increase the pointer by n has the side effect of decreasing the + * value of File_cnt(fp) by n. + */ +/* STDIO_PTR_LVAL_NOCHANGE_CNT: + * This symbol is defined if using the FILE_ptr macro as an lvalue + * to increase the pointer by n leaves File_cnt(fp) unchanged. + */ +#define USE_STDIO_PTR /**/ +#ifdef USE_STDIO_PTR +#define FILE_ptr(fp) ((fp)->_ptr) +#define STDIO_PTR_LVALUE /**/ +#define FILE_cnt(fp) ((fp)->_cnt) +#define STDIO_CNT_LVALUE /**/ +/*#define STDIO_PTR_LVAL_SETS_CNT /**/ +#define STDIO_PTR_LVAL_NOCHANGE_CNT /**/ +#endif + +/* USE_STDIO_BASE: + * This symbol is defined if the _base field (or similar) of the + * stdio FILE structure can be used to access the stdio buffer for + * a file handle. If this is defined, then the FILE_base(fp) macro + * will also be defined and should be used to access this field. + * Also, the FILE_bufsiz(fp) macro will be defined and should be used + * to determine the number of bytes in the buffer. USE_STDIO_BASE + * will never be defined unless USE_STDIO_PTR is. + */ +/* FILE_base: + * This macro is used to access the _base field (or equivalent) of the + * FILE structure pointed to by its argument. This macro will always be + * defined if USE_STDIO_BASE is defined. + */ +/* FILE_bufsiz: + * This macro is used to determine the number of bytes in the I/O + * buffer pointed to by _base field (or equivalent) of the FILE + * structure pointed to its argument. This macro will always be defined + * if USE_STDIO_BASE is defined. + */ +#define USE_STDIO_BASE /**/ +#ifdef USE_STDIO_BASE +#define FILE_base(fp) ((fp)->_base) +#define FILE_bufsiz(fp) ((fp)->_cnt + (fp)->_ptr - (fp)->_base) +#endif + +/* HAS_VPRINTF: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the vprintf routine is available + * to printf with a pointer to an argument list. If unavailable, you + * may need to write your own, probably in terms of _doprnt(). + */ +/* USE_CHAR_VSPRINTF: + * This symbol is defined if this system has vsprintf() returning type + * (char*). The trend seems to be to declare it as "int vsprintf()". It + * is up to the package author to declare vsprintf correctly based on the + * symbol. + */ +#define HAS_VPRINTF /**/ +/*#define USE_CHAR_VSPRINTF /**/ + +/* DOUBLESIZE: + * This symbol contains the size of a double, so that the C preprocessor + * can make decisions based on it. + */ +#define DOUBLESIZE 8 /**/ + +/* I_TIME: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that it should + * include . + */ +/* I_SYS_TIME: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that it should + * include . + */ +/* I_SYS_TIME_KERNEL: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that it should + * include with KERNEL defined. + */ +/* HAS_TM_TM_ZONE: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that + * the struct tm has a tm_zone field. + */ +/* HAS_TM_TM_GMTOFF: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that + * the struct tm has a tm_gmtoff field. + */ +#define I_TIME /**/ +/*#define I_SYS_TIME /**/ +/*#define I_SYS_TIME_KERNEL /**/ +/*#define HAS_TM_TM_ZONE /**/ +/*#define HAS_TM_TM_GMTOFF /**/ + +/* VAL_O_NONBLOCK: + * This symbol is to be used during open() or fcntl(F_SETFL) to turn on + * non-blocking I/O for the file descriptor. Note that there is no way + * back, i.e. you cannot turn it blocking again this way. If you wish to + * alternatively switch between blocking and non-blocking, use the + * ioctl(FIOSNBIO) call instead, but that is not supported by all devices. + */ +/* VAL_EAGAIN: + * This symbol holds the errno error code set by read() when no data was + * present on the non-blocking file descriptor. + */ +/* RD_NODATA: + * This symbol holds the return code from read() when no data is present + * on the non-blocking file descriptor. Be careful! If EOF_NONBLOCK is + * not defined, then you can't distinguish between no data and EOF by + * issuing a read(). You'll have to find another way to tell for sure! + */ +/* EOF_NONBLOCK: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that a read() on + * a non-blocking file descriptor will return 0 on EOF, and not the value + * held in RD_NODATA (-1 usually, in that case!). + */ +#define VAL_O_NONBLOCK O_NONBLOCK +#define VAL_EAGAIN EAGAIN +#define RD_NODATA -1 +#define EOF_NONBLOCK + +/* PTRSIZE: + * This symbol contains the size of a pointer, so that the C preprocessor + * can make decisions based on it. It will be sizeof(void *) if + * the compiler supports (void *); otherwise it will be + * sizeof(char *). + */ +#define PTRSIZE 4 /**/ + +/* Drand01: + * This macro is to be used to generate uniformly distributed + * random numbers over the range [0., 1.[. You may have to supply + * an 'extern double drand48();' in your program since SunOS 4.1.3 + * doesn't provide you with anything relevant in its headers. + * See HAS_DRAND48_PROTO. + */ +/* Rand_seed_t: + * This symbol defines the type of the argument of the + * random seed function. + */ +/* seedDrand01: + * This symbol defines the macro to be used in seeding the + * random number generator (see Drand01). + */ +/* RANDBITS: + * This symbol indicates how many bits are produced by the + * function used to generate normalized random numbers. + * Values include 15, 16, 31, and 48. + */ +#define Drand01() (rand()/(double)((unsigned)1< or + * to get any typedef'ed information. + * We will pick a type such that sizeof(SSize_t) == sizeof(Size_t). + */ +#define SSize_t int /* signed count of bytes */ + +/* EBCDIC: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that this system uses + * EBCDIC encoding. + */ +/*#define EBCDIC /**/ + +/* HAS_ATOLF: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the atolf routine is + * available to convert strings into long doubles. + */ +/*#define HAS_ATOLF /**/ + +/* HAS_ATOLL: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the atoll routine is + * available to convert strings into long longs. + */ +/*#define HAS_ATOLL /**/ + +/* HAS__FWALK: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the _fwalk system call is + * available to apply a function to all the file handles. + */ +/*#define HAS__FWALK /**/ + +/* HAS_AINTL: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the aintl routine is + * available. If copysignl is also present we can emulate modfl. + */ +/*#define HAS_AINTL /**/ + +/* HAS_BUILTIN_CHOOSE_EXPR: + * Can we handle GCC builtin for compile-time ternary-like expressions + */ +/* HAS_BUILTIN_EXPECT: + * Can we handle GCC builtin for telling that certain values are more + * likely + */ +/*#define HAS_BUILTIN_EXPECT /**/ +/*#define HAS_BUILTIN_CHOOSE_EXPR /**/ + +/* HAS_C99_VARIADIC_MACROS: + * If defined, the compiler supports C99 variadic macros. + */ +/*#define HAS_C99_VARIADIC_MACROS /**/ + +/* HAS_CLASS: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the class routine is + * available to classify doubles. Available for example in AIX. + * The returned values are defined in and are: + * + * FP_PLUS_NORM Positive normalized, nonzero + * FP_MINUS_NORM Negative normalized, nonzero + * FP_PLUS_DENORM Positive denormalized, nonzero + * FP_MINUS_DENORM Negative denormalized, nonzero + * FP_PLUS_ZERO +0.0 + * FP_MINUS_ZERO -0.0 + * FP_PLUS_INF +INF + * FP_MINUS_INF -INF + * FP_NANS Signaling Not a Number (NaNS) + * FP_NANQ Quiet Not a Number (NaNQ) + */ +/*#define HAS_CLASS /**/ + +/* HAS_CLEARENV: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the clearenv () routine is + * available for use. + */ +/*#define HAS_CLEARENV /**/ + +/* HAS_STRUCT_CMSGHDR: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the struct cmsghdr + * is supported. + */ +/*#define HAS_STRUCT_CMSGHDR /**/ + +/* HAS_COPYSIGNL: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the copysignl routine is + * available. If aintl is also present we can emulate modfl. + */ +/*#define HAS_COPYSIGNL /**/ + +/* USE_CPLUSPLUS: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that a C++ compiler was + * used to compiled Perl and will be used to compile extensions. + */ +/*#define USE_CPLUSPLUS /**/ + +/* HAS_DBMINIT_PROTO: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the system provides + * a prototype for the dbminit() function. Otherwise, it is up + * to the program to supply one. A good guess is + * extern int dbminit(char *); + */ +/*#define HAS_DBMINIT_PROTO /**/ + +/* HAS_DIR_DD_FD: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the the DIR* dirstream + * structure contains a member variable named dd_fd. + */ +/*#define HAS_DIR_DD_FD /**/ + +/* HAS_DIRFD: + * This manifest constant lets the C program know that dirfd + * is available. + */ +/*#define HAS_DIRFD /**/ + +/* DLSYM_NEEDS_UNDERSCORE: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that we need to prepend an + * underscore to the symbol name before calling dlsym(). This only + * makes sense if you *have* dlsym, which we will presume is the + * case if you're using dl_dlopen.xs. + */ +/*#define DLSYM_NEEDS_UNDERSCORE /**/ + +/* HAS_FAST_STDIO: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the "fast stdio" + * is available to manipulate the stdio buffers directly. + */ +#define HAS_FAST_STDIO /**/ + +/* HAS_FCHDIR: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the fchdir routine is + * available to change directory using a file descriptor. + */ +/*#define HAS_FCHDIR /**/ + +/* FCNTL_CAN_LOCK: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that fcntl() can be used + * for file locking. Normally on Unix systems this is defined. + * It may be undefined on VMS. + */ +/*#define FCNTL_CAN_LOCK /**/ + +/* HAS_FINITE: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the finite routine is + * available to check whether a double is finite (non-infinity non-NaN). + */ +/*#define HAS_FINITE /**/ + +/* HAS_FINITEL: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the finitel routine is + * available to check whether a long double is finite + * (non-infinity non-NaN). + */ +/*#define HAS_FINITEL /**/ + +/* HAS_FLOCK_PROTO: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the system provides + * a prototype for the flock() function. Otherwise, it is up + * to the program to supply one. A good guess is + * extern int flock(int, int); + */ +#define HAS_FLOCK_PROTO /**/ + +/* HAS_FP_CLASS: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the fp_class routine is + * available to classify doubles. Available for example in Digital UNIX. + * The returned values are defined in and are: + * + * FP_SNAN Signaling NaN (Not-a-Number) + * FP_QNAN Quiet NaN (Not-a-Number) + * FP_POS_INF +infinity + * FP_NEG_INF -infinity + * FP_POS_NORM Positive normalized + * FP_NEG_NORM Negative normalized + * FP_POS_DENORM Positive denormalized + * FP_NEG_DENORM Negative denormalized + * FP_POS_ZERO +0.0 (positive zero) + * FP_NEG_ZERO -0.0 (negative zero) + */ +/*#define HAS_FP_CLASS /**/ + +/* HAS_FPCLASS: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the fpclass routine is + * available to classify doubles. Available for example in Solaris/SVR4. + * The returned values are defined in and are: + * + * FP_SNAN signaling NaN + * FP_QNAN quiet NaN + * FP_NINF negative infinity + * FP_PINF positive infinity + * FP_NDENORM negative denormalized non-zero + * FP_PDENORM positive denormalized non-zero + * FP_NZERO negative zero + * FP_PZERO positive zero + * FP_NNORM negative normalized non-zero + * FP_PNORM positive normalized non-zero + */ +/*#define HAS_FPCLASS /**/ + +/* HAS_FPCLASSIFY: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the fpclassify routine is + * available to classify doubles. Available for example in HP-UX. + * The returned values are defined in and are + * + * FP_NORMAL Normalized + * FP_ZERO Zero + * FP_INFINITE Infinity + * FP_SUBNORMAL Denormalized + * FP_NAN NaN + * + */ +/*#define HAS_FPCLASSIFY /**/ + +/* HAS_FPCLASSL: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the fpclassl routine is + * available to classify long doubles. Available for example in IRIX. + * The returned values are defined in and are: + * + * FP_SNAN signaling NaN + * FP_QNAN quiet NaN + * FP_NINF negative infinity + * FP_PINF positive infinity + * FP_NDENORM negative denormalized non-zero + * FP_PDENORM positive denormalized non-zero + * FP_NZERO negative zero + * FP_PZERO positive zero + * FP_NNORM negative normalized non-zero + * FP_PNORM positive normalized non-zero + */ +/*#define HAS_FPCLASSL /**/ + +/* HAS_FPOS64_T: + * This symbol will be defined if the C compiler supports fpos64_t. + */ +/*#define HAS_FPOS64_T /**/ + +/* HAS_FREXPL: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the frexpl routine is + * available to break a long double floating-point number into + * a normalized fraction and an integral power of 2. + */ +/*#define HAS_FREXPL /**/ + +/* HAS_STRUCT_FS_DATA: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the struct fs_data + * to do statfs() is supported. + */ +/*#define HAS_STRUCT_FS_DATA /**/ + +/* HAS_FSEEKO: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the fseeko routine is + * available to fseek beyond 32 bits (useful for ILP32 hosts). + */ +/*#define HAS_FSEEKO /**/ + +/* HAS_FSTATFS: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the fstatfs routine is + * available to stat filesystems by file descriptors. + */ +/*#define HAS_FSTATFS /**/ + +/* HAS_FSYNC: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the fsync routine is + * available to write a file's modified data and attributes to + * permanent storage. + */ +/*#define HAS_FSYNC /**/ + +/* HAS_FTELLO: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the ftello routine is + * available to ftell beyond 32 bits (useful for ILP32 hosts). + */ +/*#define HAS_FTELLO /**/ + +/* HAS_FUTIMES: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the futimes routine is + * available to change file descriptor time stamps with struct timevals. + */ +/*#define HAS_FUTIMES /**/ + +/* HAS_GETCWD: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getcwd routine is + * available to get the current working directory. + */ +#define HAS_GETCWD /**/ + +/* HAS_GETESPWNAM: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getespwnam system call is + * available to retrieve enchanced (shadow) password entries by name. + */ +/*#define HAS_GETESPWNAM /**/ + +/* HAS_GETFSSTAT: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getfsstat routine is + * available to stat filesystems in bulk. + */ +/*#define HAS_GETFSSTAT /**/ + +/* HAS_GETITIMER: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getitimer routine is + * available to return interval timers. + */ +/*#define HAS_GETITIMER /**/ + +/* HAS_GETMNT: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getmnt routine is + * available to get filesystem mount info by filename. + */ +/*#define HAS_GETMNT /**/ + +/* HAS_GETMNTENT: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getmntent routine is + * available to iterate through mounted file systems to get their info. + */ +/*#define HAS_GETMNTENT /**/ + +/* HAS_GETPRPWNAM: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getprpwnam system call is + * available to retrieve protected (shadow) password entries by name. + */ +/*#define HAS_GETPRPWNAM /**/ + +/* HAS_GETSPNAM: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getspnam system call is + * available to retrieve SysV shadow password entries by name. + */ +/*#define HAS_GETSPNAM /**/ + +/* HAS_HASMNTOPT: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the hasmntopt routine is + * available to query the mount options of file systems. + */ +/*#define HAS_HASMNTOPT /**/ + +/* HAS_ILOGBL: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the ilogbl routine is + * available. If scalbnl is also present we can emulate frexpl. + */ +/*#define HAS_ILOGBL /**/ + +/* HAS_INT64_T: + * This symbol will defined if the C compiler supports int64_t. + * Usually the needs to be included, but sometimes + * is enough. + */ +/*#define HAS_INT64_T /**/ + +/* HAS_ISFINITE: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the isfinite routine is + * available to check whether a double is finite (non-infinity non-NaN). + */ +/*#define HAS_ISFINITE /**/ + +/* HAS_ISINF: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the isinf routine is + * available to check whether a double is an infinity. + */ +/*#define HAS_ISINF /**/ + +/* HAS_ISNAN: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the isnan routine is + * available to check whether a double is a NaN. + */ +#define HAS_ISNAN /**/ + +/* HAS_ISNANL: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the isnanl routine is + * available to check whether a long double is a NaN. + */ +/*#define HAS_ISNANL /**/ + +/* HAS_LDBL_DIG: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that this system's + * or defines the symbol LDBL_DIG, which is the number + * of significant digits in a long double precision number. Unlike + * for DBL_DIG, there's no good guess for LDBL_DIG if it is undefined. + */ +#define HAS_LDBL_DIG /**/ + +/* LIBM_LIB_VERSION: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that libm exports _LIB_VERSION + * and that math.h defines the enum to manipulate it. + */ +/*#define LIBM_LIB_VERSION /**/ + +/* HAS_MADVISE: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the madvise system call is + * available to map a file into memory. + */ +/*#define HAS_MADVISE /**/ + +/* HAS_MALLOC_SIZE: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the malloc_size + * routine is available for use. + */ +/*#define HAS_MALLOC_SIZE /**/ + +/* HAS_MALLOC_GOOD_SIZE: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the malloc_good_size + * routine is available for use. + */ +/*#define HAS_MALLOC_GOOD_SIZE /**/ + +/* HAS_MKDTEMP: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the mkdtemp routine is + * available to exclusively create a uniquely named temporary directory. + */ +/*#define HAS_MKDTEMP /**/ + +/* HAS_MKSTEMPS: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the mkstemps routine is + * available to excluslvely create and open a uniquely named + * (with a suffix) temporary file. + */ +/*#define HAS_MKSTEMPS /**/ + +/* HAS_MODFL: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the modfl routine is + * available to split a long double x into a fractional part f and + * an integer part i such that |f| < 1.0 and (f + i) = x. + */ +/* HAS_MODFL_PROTO: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the system provides + * a prototype for the modfl() function. Otherwise, it is up + * to the program to supply one. + */ +/* HAS_MODFL_POW32_BUG: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the modfl routine is + * broken for long doubles >= pow(2, 32). + * For example from 4294967303.150000 one would get 4294967302.000000 + * and 1.150000. The bug has been seen in certain versions of glibc, + * release 2.2.2 is known to be okay. + */ +/*#define HAS_MODFL /**/ +/*#define HAS_MODFL_PROTO /**/ +/*#define HAS_MODFL_POW32_BUG /**/ + +/* HAS_MPROTECT: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the mprotect system call is + * available to modify the access protection of a memory mapped file. + */ +/*#define HAS_MPROTECT /**/ + +/* HAS_STRUCT_MSGHDR: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the struct msghdr + * is supported. + */ +/*#define HAS_STRUCT_MSGHDR /**/ + +/* HAS_NL_LANGINFO: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the nl_langinfo routine is + * available to return local data. You will also need + * and therefore I_LANGINFO. + */ +/*#define HAS_NL_LANGINFO /**/ + +/* HAS_OFF64_T: + * This symbol will be defined if the C compiler supports off64_t. + */ +/*#define HAS_OFF64_T /**/ + +/* HAS_PROCSELFEXE: + * This symbol is defined if PROCSELFEXE_PATH is a symlink + * to the absolute pathname of the executing program. + */ +/* PROCSELFEXE_PATH: + * If HAS_PROCSELFEXE is defined this symbol is the filename + * of the symbolic link pointing to the absolute pathname of + * the executing program. + */ +/*#define HAS_PROCSELFEXE /**/ +#if defined(HAS_PROCSELFEXE) && !defined(PROCSELFEXE_PATH) +#define PROCSELFEXE_PATH /**/ +#endif + +/* HAS_PTHREAD_ATTR_SETSCOPE: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the pthread_attr_setscope + * system call is available to set the contention scope attribute of + * a thread attribute object. + */ +/*#define HAS_PTHREAD_ATTR_SETSCOPE /**/ + +/* HAS_READV: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the readv routine is + * available to do gather reads. You will also need + * and there I_SYSUIO. + */ +/*#define HAS_READV /**/ + +/* HAS_RECVMSG: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the recvmsg routine is + * available to send structured socket messages. + */ +/*#define HAS_RECVMSG /**/ + +/* HAS_SBRK_PROTO: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the system provides + * a prototype for the sbrk() function. Otherwise, it is up + * to the program to supply one. Good guesses are + * extern void* sbrk(int); + * extern void* sbrk(size_t); + */ +/*#define HAS_SBRK_PROTO /**/ + +/* HAS_SCALBNL: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the scalbnl routine is + * available. If ilogbl is also present we can emulate frexpl. + */ +/*#define HAS_SCALBNL /**/ + +/* HAS_SENDMSG: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the sendmsg routine is + * available to send structured socket messages. + */ +/*#define HAS_SENDMSG /**/ + +/* HAS_SETITIMER: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the setitimer routine is + * available to set interval timers. + */ +/*#define HAS_SETITIMER /**/ + +/* HAS_SETPROCTITLE: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the setproctitle routine is + * available to set process title. + */ +/*#define HAS_SETPROCTITLE /**/ + +/* USE_SFIO: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that sfio should + * be used. + */ +/*#define USE_SFIO /**/ + +/* HAS_SIGNBIT: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the signbit routine is + * available to check if the given number has the sign bit set. + * This should include correct testing of -0.0. This will only be set + * if the signbit() routine is safe to use with the NV type used internally + * in perl. Users should call Perl_signbit(), which will be #defined to + * the system's signbit() function or macro if this symbol is defined. + */ +/*#define HAS_SIGNBIT /**/ + +/* HAS_SIGPROCMASK: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the sigprocmask + * system call is available to examine or change the signal mask + * of the calling process. + */ +/*#define HAS_SIGPROCMASK /**/ + +/* USE_SITECUSTOMIZE: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that sitecustomize should + * be used. + */ +#ifndef USE_SITECUSTOMIZE +/*#define USE_SITECUSTOMIZE /**/ +#endif + +/* HAS_SNPRINTF: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the snprintf () library + * function is available for use. + */ +/* HAS_VSNPRINTF: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the vsnprintf () library + * function is available for use. + */ +#define HAS_SNPRINTF /**/ +#define HAS_VSNPRINTF /**/ + +/* HAS_SOCKATMARK: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the sockatmark routine is + * available to test whether a socket is at the out-of-band mark. + */ +/*#define HAS_SOCKATMARK /**/ + +/* HAS_SOCKATMARK_PROTO: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the system provides + * a prototype for the sockatmark() function. Otherwise, it is up + * to the program to supply one. A good guess is + * extern int sockatmark(int); + */ +/*#define HAS_SOCKATMARK_PROTO /**/ + +/* HAS_SOCKS5_INIT: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the socks5_init routine is + * available to initialize SOCKS 5. + */ +/*#define HAS_SOCKS5_INIT /**/ + +/* SPRINTF_RETURNS_STRLEN: + * This variable defines whether sprintf returns the length of the string + * (as per the ANSI spec). Some C libraries retain compatibility with + * pre-ANSI C and return a pointer to the passed in buffer; for these + * this variable will be undef. + */ +#define SPRINTF_RETURNS_STRLEN /**/ + +/* HAS_SQRTL: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the sqrtl routine is + * available to do long double square roots. + */ +/*#define HAS_SQRTL /**/ + +/* HAS_SETRESGID_PROTO: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the system provides + * a prototype for the setresgid() function. Otherwise, it is up + * to the program to supply one. Good guesses are + * extern int setresgid(uid_t ruid, uid_t euid, uid_t suid); + */ +/*#define HAS_SETRESGID_PROTO /**/ + +/* HAS_SETRESUID_PROTO: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the system provides + * a prototype for the setresuid() function. Otherwise, it is up + * to the program to supply one. Good guesses are + * extern int setresuid(uid_t ruid, uid_t euid, uid_t suid); + */ +/*#define HAS_SETRESUID_PROTO /**/ + +/* HAS_STRUCT_STATFS_F_FLAGS: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the struct statfs + * does have the f_flags member containing the mount flags of + * the filesystem containing the file. + * This kind of struct statfs is coming from (BSD 4.3), + * not from (SYSV). Older BSDs (like Ultrix) do not + * have statfs() and struct statfs, they have ustat() and getmnt() + * with struct ustat and struct fs_data. + */ +/*#define HAS_STRUCT_STATFS_F_FLAGS /**/ + +/* HAS_STRUCT_STATFS: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the struct statfs + * to do statfs() is supported. + */ +/*#define HAS_STRUCT_STATFS /**/ + +/* HAS_FSTATVFS: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the fstatvfs routine is + * available to stat filesystems by file descriptors. + */ +/*#define HAS_FSTATVFS /**/ + +/* HAS_STRFTIME: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the strftime routine is + * available to do time formatting. + */ +#define HAS_STRFTIME /**/ + +/* HAS_STRLCAT: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the strlcat () routine is + * available to do string concatenation. + */ +/*#define HAS_STRLCAT /**/ + +/* HAS_STRLCPY: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the strlcpy () routine is + * available to do string copying. + */ +/*#define HAS_STRLCPY /**/ + +/* HAS_STRTOLD: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the strtold routine is + * available to convert strings to long doubles. + */ +/*#define HAS_STRTOLD /**/ + +/* HAS_STRTOLL: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the strtoll routine is + * available to convert strings to long longs. + */ +/*#define HAS_STRTOLL /**/ + +/* HAS_STRTOQ: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the strtoq routine is + * available to convert strings to long longs (quads). + */ +/*#define HAS_STRTOQ /**/ + +/* HAS_STRTOULL: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the strtoull routine is + * available to convert strings to unsigned long longs. + */ +/*#define HAS_STRTOULL /**/ + +/* HAS_STRTOUQ: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the strtouq routine is + * available to convert strings to unsigned long longs (quads). + */ +/*#define HAS_STRTOUQ /**/ + +/* HAS_SYSCALL_PROTO: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the system provides + * a prototype for the syscall() function. Otherwise, it is up + * to the program to supply one. Good guesses are + * extern int syscall(int, ...); + * extern int syscall(long, ...); + */ +/*#define HAS_SYSCALL_PROTO /**/ + +/* HAS_TELLDIR_PROTO: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the system provides + * a prototype for the telldir() function. Otherwise, it is up + * to the program to supply one. A good guess is + * extern long telldir(DIR*); + */ +#define HAS_TELLDIR_PROTO /**/ + +/* U32_ALIGNMENT_REQUIRED: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that you must access + * character data through U32-aligned pointers. + */ +#ifndef U32_ALIGNMENT_REQUIRED +#define U32_ALIGNMENT_REQUIRED /**/ +#endif + +/* HAS_UALARM: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the ualarm routine is + * available to do alarms with microsecond granularity. + */ +/*#define HAS_UALARM /**/ + +/* HAS_UNORDERED: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the unordered routine is + * available to check whether two doubles are unordered + * (effectively: whether either of them is NaN) + */ +/*#define HAS_UNORDERED /**/ + +/* HAS_UNSETENV: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the unsetenv () routine is + * available for use. + */ +/*#define HAS_UNSETENV /**/ + +/* HAS_USLEEP_PROTO: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the system provides + * a prototype for the usleep() function. Otherwise, it is up + * to the program to supply one. A good guess is + * extern int usleep(useconds_t); + */ +/*#define HAS_USLEEP_PROTO /**/ + +/* HAS_USTAT: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the ustat system call is + * available to query file system statistics by dev_t. + */ +/*#define HAS_USTAT /**/ + +/* HAS_WRITEV: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the writev routine is + * available to do scatter writes. + */ +/*#define HAS_WRITEV /**/ + +/* USE_DYNAMIC_LOADING: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that dynamic loading of + * some sort is available. + */ +#define USE_DYNAMIC_LOADING /**/ + +/* FFLUSH_NULL: + * This symbol, if defined, tells that fflush(NULL) does flush + * all pending stdio output. + */ +/* FFLUSH_ALL: + * This symbol, if defined, tells that to flush + * all pending stdio output one must loop through all + * the stdio file handles stored in an array and fflush them. + * Note that if fflushNULL is defined, fflushall will not + * even be probed for and will be left undefined. + */ +#define FFLUSH_NULL /**/ +/*#define FFLUSH_ALL /**/ + +/* I_ASSERT: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that exists and + * could be included by the C program to get the assert() macro. + */ +#define I_ASSERT /**/ + +/* I_CRYPT: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that exists and + * should be included. + */ +/*#define I_CRYPT /**/ + +/* DB_Prefix_t: + * This symbol contains the type of the prefix structure element + * in the header file. In older versions of DB, it was + * int, while in newer ones it is u_int32_t. + */ +/* DB_Hash_t: + * This symbol contains the type of the prefix structure element + * in the header file. In older versions of DB, it was + * int, while in newer ones it is size_t. + */ +/* DB_VERSION_MAJOR_CFG: + * This symbol, if defined, defines the major version number of + * Berkeley DB found in the header when Perl was configured. + */ +/* DB_VERSION_MINOR_CFG: + * This symbol, if defined, defines the minor version number of + * Berkeley DB found in the header when Perl was configured. + * For DB version 1 this is always 0. + */ +/* DB_VERSION_PATCH_CFG: + * This symbol, if defined, defines the patch version number of + * Berkeley DB found in the header when Perl was configured. + * For DB version 1 this is always 0. + */ +#define DB_Hash_t int /**/ +#define DB_Prefix_t int /**/ +#define DB_VERSION_MAJOR_CFG 0 /**/ +#define DB_VERSION_MINOR_CFG 0 /**/ +#define DB_VERSION_PATCH_CFG 0 /**/ + +/* I_FP: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that exists and + * should be included. + */ +/*#define I_FP /**/ + +/* I_FP_CLASS: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that exists and + * should be included. + */ +/*#define I_FP_CLASS /**/ + +/* I_IEEEFP: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that exists and + * should be included. + */ +/*#define I_IEEEFP /**/ + +/* I_INTTYPES: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that it should + * include . + */ +/*#define I_INTTYPES /**/ + +/* I_LANGINFO: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that exists and + * should be included. + */ +/*#define I_LANGINFO /**/ + +/* I_LIBUTIL: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that exists and + * should be included. + */ +/*#define I_LIBUTIL /**/ + +/* I_MNTENT: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that exists and + * should be included. + */ +/*#define I_MNTENT /**/ + +/* I_NETINET_TCP: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that it should + * include . + */ +/*#define I_NETINET_TCP /**/ + +/* I_POLL: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that exists and + * should be included. (see also HAS_POLL) + */ +/*#define I_POLL /**/ + +/* I_PROT: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that exists and + * should be included. + */ +/*#define I_PROT /**/ + +/* I_SHADOW: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that exists and + * should be included. + */ +/*#define I_SHADOW /**/ + +/* I_SOCKS: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that exists and + * should be included. + */ +/*#define I_SOCKS /**/ + +/* I_SUNMATH: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that exists and + * should be included. + */ +/*#define I_SUNMATH /**/ + +/* I_SYSLOG: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that exists and + * should be included. + */ +/*#define I_SYSLOG /**/ + +/* I_SYSMODE: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that exists and + * should be included. + */ +/*#define I_SYSMODE /**/ + +/* I_SYS_MOUNT: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that exists and + * should be included. + */ +/*#define I_SYS_MOUNT /**/ + +/* I_SYS_STATFS: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that exists. + */ +/*#define I_SYS_STATFS /**/ + +/* I_SYS_STATVFS: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that exists and + * should be included. + */ +/*#define I_SYS_STATVFS /**/ + +/* I_SYSUTSNAME: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that exists and + * should be included. + */ +/*#define I_SYSUTSNAME /**/ + +/* I_SYS_VFS: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that exists and + * should be included. + */ +/*#define I_SYS_VFS /**/ + +/* I_USTAT: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that exists and + * should be included. + */ +/*#define I_USTAT /**/ + +/* PERL_PRIfldbl: + * This symbol, if defined, contains the string used by stdio to + * format long doubles (format 'f') for output. + */ +/* PERL_PRIgldbl: + * This symbol, if defined, contains the string used by stdio to + * format long doubles (format 'g') for output. + */ +/* PERL_PRIeldbl: + * This symbol, if defined, contains the string used by stdio to + * format long doubles (format 'e') for output. + */ +/* PERL_SCNfldbl: + * This symbol, if defined, contains the string used by stdio to + * format long doubles (format 'f') for input. + */ +/*#define PERL_PRIfldbl "f" /**/ +/*#define PERL_PRIgldbl "g" /**/ +/*#define PERL_PRIeldbl "e" /**/ +/*#define PERL_SCNfldbl "f" /**/ + +/* PERL_MAD: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the Misc Attribution + * Declaration code should be conditionally compiled. */ -/*#define PERL_OTHERLIBDIRS "" /**/ +/*#define PERL_MAD /**/ -/* HAS_QUAD: - * This symbol, if defined, tells that there's a 64-bit integer type, - * Quad_t, and its unsigned counterpar, Uquad_t. QUADKIND will be one - * of QUAD_IS_INT, QUAD_IS_LONG, QUAD_IS_LONG_LONG, or QUAD_IS_INT64_T. +/* NEED_VA_COPY: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the system stores + * the variable argument list datatype, va_list, in a format + * that cannot be copied by simple assignment, so that some + * other means must be used when copying is required. + * As such systems vary in their provision (or non-provision) + * of copying mechanisms, handy.h defines a platform- + * independent macro, Perl_va_copy(src, dst), to do the job. */ -/*#define HAS_QUAD /**/ -#ifdef HAS_QUAD -# ifndef __GNUC__ -# define Quad_t __int64 /**/ -# define Uquad_t unsigned __int64 /**/ -# else -# define Quad_t long long /**/ -# define Uquad_t unsigned long long /**/ -# endif -# define QUADKIND 5 /**/ -# define QUAD_IS_INT 1 -# define QUAD_IS_LONG 2 -# define QUAD_IS_LONG_LONG 3 -# define QUAD_IS_INT64_T 4 -#endif +/*#define NEED_VA_COPY /**/ /* IVTYPE: * This symbol defines the C type used for Perl's IV. @@ -3937,13 +4281,13 @@ * This symbol contains the number of bits a variable of type NVTYPE * can preserve of a variable of type UVTYPE. */ -/* NV_OVERFLOWS_INTEGERS_AT +/* NV_OVERFLOWS_INTEGERS_AT: * This symbol gives the largest integer value that NVs can hold. This * value + 1.0 cannot be stored accurately. It is expressed as constant * floating point expression to reduce the chance of decimale/binary * conversion issues. If it can not be determined, the value 0 is given. */ -/* NV_ZERO_IS_ALLBITS_ZERO +/* NV_ZERO_IS_ALLBITS_ZERO: * This symbol, if defined, indicates that a variable of type NVTYPE * stores 0.0 in memory as all bits zero. */ @@ -3958,292 +4302,93 @@ #ifdef HAS_QUAD # ifndef __GNUC__ # define I64TYPE __int64 /**/ -# define U64TYPE unsigned __int64 /**/ -# else -# define I64TYPE long long /**/ -# define U64TYPE unsigned long long /**/ -# endif -#endif -#define NVTYPE double /**/ -#define IVSIZE 4 /**/ -#define UVSIZE 4 /**/ -#define I8SIZE 1 /**/ -#define U8SIZE 1 /**/ -#define I16SIZE 2 /**/ -#define U16SIZE 2 /**/ -#define I32SIZE 4 /**/ -#define U32SIZE 4 /**/ -#ifdef HAS_QUAD -#define I64SIZE 8 /**/ -#define U64SIZE 8 /**/ -#endif -#define NVSIZE 8 /**/ -#define NV_PRESERVES_UV -#define NV_PRESERVES_UV_BITS 32 -#define NV_OVERFLOWS_INTEGERS_AT 256.0*256.0*256.0*256.0*256.0*256.0*2.0*2.0*2.0*2.0*2.0 -#define NV_ZERO_IS_ALLBITS_ZERO -#if 4 == 8 -# ifdef BYTEORDER -# if BYTEORDER == 0x1234 -# undef BYTEORDER -# define BYTEORDER 0x12345678 -# else -# if BYTEORDER == 0x4321 -# undef BYTEORDER -# define BYTEORDER 0x87654321 -# endif -# endif -# endif -#endif - -/* IVdf: - * This symbol defines the format string used for printing a Perl IV - * as a signed decimal integer. - */ -/* UVuf: - * This symbol defines the format string used for printing a Perl UV - * as an unsigned decimal integer. - */ -/* UVof: - * This symbol defines the format string used for printing a Perl UV - * as an unsigned octal integer. - */ -/* UVxf: - * This symbol defines the format string used for printing a Perl UV - * as an unsigned hexadecimal integer in lowercase abcdef. - */ -/* UVXf: - * This symbol defines the format string used for printing a Perl UV - * as an unsigned hexadecimal integer in uppercase ABCDEF. - */ -/* NVef: - * This symbol defines the format string used for printing a Perl NV - * using %e-ish floating point format. - */ -/* NVff: - * This symbol defines the format string used for printing a Perl NV - * using %f-ish floating point format. - */ -/* NVgf: - * This symbol defines the format string used for printing a Perl NV - * using %g-ish floating point format. - */ -#define IVdf "ld" /**/ -#define UVuf "lu" /**/ -#define UVof "lo" /**/ -#define UVxf "lx" /**/ -#define UVXf "lX" /**/ -#define NVef "e" /**/ -#define NVff "f" /**/ -#define NVgf "g" /**/ - -/* Pid_t: - * This symbol holds the type used to declare process ids in the kernel. - * It can be int, uint, pid_t, etc... It may be necessary to include - * to get any typedef'ed information. - */ -#define Pid_t int /* PID type */ - -/* PRIVLIB: - * This symbol contains the name of the private library for this package. - * The library is private in the sense that it needn't be in anyone's - * execution path, but it should be accessible by the world. The program - * should be prepared to do ~ expansion. - */ -/* PRIVLIB_EXP: - * This symbol contains the ~name expanded version of PRIVLIB, to be used - * in programs that are not prepared to deal with ~ expansion at run-time. - */ -#define PRIVLIB "c:\\perl\\5.11.0\\lib" /**/ -#define PRIVLIB_EXP (win32_get_privlib("5.11.0")) /**/ - -/* CAN_PROTOTYPE: - * If defined, this macro indicates that the C compiler can handle - * function prototypes. - */ -/* _: - * This macro is used to declare function parameters for folks who want - * to make declarations with prototypes using a different style than - * the above macros. Use double parentheses. For example: - * - * int main _((int argc, char *argv[])); - */ -#define CAN_PROTOTYPE /**/ -#ifdef CAN_PROTOTYPE -#define _(args) args -#else -#define _(args) () -#endif - -/* PTRSIZE: - * This symbol contains the size of a pointer, so that the C preprocessor - * can make decisions based on it. It will be sizeof(void *) if - * the compiler supports (void *); otherwise it will be - * sizeof(char *). - */ -#define PTRSIZE 4 /**/ - -/* Drand01: - * This macro is to be used to generate uniformly distributed - * random numbers over the range [0., 1.[. You may have to supply - * an 'extern double drand48();' in your program since SunOS 4.1.3 - * doesn't provide you with anything relevant in its headers. - * See HAS_DRAND48_PROTO. - */ -/* Rand_seed_t: - * This symbol defines the type of the argument of the - * random seed function. - */ -/* seedDrand01: - * This symbol defines the macro to be used in seeding the - * random number generator (see Drand01). - */ -/* RANDBITS: - * This symbol indicates how many bits are produced by the - * function used to generate normalized random numbers. - * Values include 15, 16, 31, and 48. - */ -#define Drand01() (rand()/(double)((unsigned)1< to get any typedef'ed information. +/* NVff: + * This symbol defines the format string used for printing a Perl NV + * using %f-ish floating point format. */ -#define Size_t size_t /* length paramater for string functions */ - -/* Sock_size_t: - * This symbol holds the type used for the size argument of - * various socket calls (just the base type, not the pointer-to). +/* NVgf: + * This symbol defines the format string used for printing a Perl NV + * using %g-ish floating point format. */ -#define Sock_size_t int /**/ +#define IVdf "ld" /**/ +#define UVuf "lu" /**/ +#define UVof "lo" /**/ +#define UVxf "lx" /**/ +#define UVXf "lX" /**/ +#define NVef "e" /**/ +#define NVff "f" /**/ +#define NVgf "g" /**/ -/* SSize_t: - * This symbol holds the type used by functions that return - * a count of bytes or an error condition. It must be a signed type. - * It is usually ssize_t, but may be long or int, etc. - * It may be necessary to include or - * to get any typedef'ed information. - * We will pick a type such that sizeof(SSize_t) == sizeof(Size_t). +/* SELECT_MIN_BITS: + * This symbol holds the minimum number of bits operated by select. + * That is, if you do select(n, ...), how many bits at least will be + * cleared in the masks if some activity is detected. Usually this + * is either n or 32*ceil(n/32), especially many little-endians do + * the latter. This is only useful if you have select(), naturally. */ -#define SSize_t int /* signed count of bytes */ +#define SELECT_MIN_BITS 32 /**/ /* STARTPERL: * This variable contains the string to put in front of a perl @@ -4252,12 +4397,6 @@ */ #define STARTPERL "#!perl" /**/ -/* STDCHAR: - * This symbol is defined to be the type of char used in stdio.h. - * It has the values "unsigned char" or "char". - */ -#define STDCHAR char /**/ - /* HAS_STDIO_STREAM_ARRAY: * This symbol, if defined, tells that there is an array * holding the stdio streams. @@ -4267,30 +4406,9 @@ * Usual values include _iob, __iob, and __sF. */ /*#define HAS_STDIO_STREAM_ARRAY /**/ +#ifdef HAS_STDIO_STREAM_ARRAY #define STDIO_STREAM_ARRAY - -/* Uid_t_f: - * This symbol defines the format string used for printing a Uid_t. - */ -#define Uid_t_f "ld" /**/ - -/* Uid_t_sign: - * This symbol holds the signedess of a Uid_t. - * 1 for unsigned, -1 for signed. - */ -#define Uid_t_sign -1 /* UID sign */ - -/* Uid_t_size: - * This symbol holds the size of a Uid_t in bytes. - */ -#define Uid_t_size 4 /* UID size */ - -/* Uid_t: - * This symbol holds the type used to declare user ids in the kernel. - * It can be int, ushort, uid_t, etc... It may be necessary to include - * to get any typedef'ed information. - */ -#define Uid_t uid_t /* UID type */ +#endif /* USE_64_BIT_INT: * This symbol, if defined, indicates that 64-bit integers should @@ -4313,18 +4431,23 @@ #ifndef USE_64_BIT_INT /*#define USE_64_BIT_INT /**/ #endif - #ifndef USE_64_BIT_ALL /*#define USE_64_BIT_ALL /**/ #endif +/* USE_DTRACE: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that Perl should + * be built with support for DTrace. + */ +/*#define USE_DTRACE /**/ + /* USE_FAST_STDIO: * This symbol, if defined, indicates that Perl should * be built to use 'fast stdio'. * Defaults to define in Perls 5.8 and earlier, to undef later. */ #ifndef USE_FAST_STDIO -/*#define USE_FAST_STDIO / **/ +/*#define USE_FAST_STDIO /**/ #endif /* USE_LARGE_FILES: @@ -4376,97 +4499,4 @@ /*#define USE_SOCKS /**/ #endif -/* USE_ITHREADS: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that Perl should be built to - * use the interpreter-based threading implementation. - */ -/* USE_5005THREADS: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that Perl should be built to - * use the 5.005-based threading implementation. - */ -/* OLD_PTHREADS_API: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that Perl should - * be built to use the old draft POSIX threads API. - */ -/* USE_REENTRANT_API: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that Perl should - * try to use the various _r versions of library functions. - * This is extremely experimental. - */ -/*#define USE_5005THREADS /**/ -/*#define USE_ITHREADS /**/ -#if defined(USE_5005THREADS) && !defined(USE_ITHREADS) -#define USE_THREADS /* until src is revised*/ -#endif -/*#define OLD_PTHREADS_API /**/ -/*#define USE_REENTRANT_API /**/ - -/* USE_DTRACE - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that Perl should - * be built with support for DTrace. - */ -/*#define USE_DTRACE / **/ - -/* PERL_VENDORARCH: - * If defined, this symbol contains the name of a private library. - * The library is private in the sense that it needn't be in anyone's - * execution path, but it should be accessible by the world. - * It may have a ~ on the front. - * The standard distribution will put nothing in this directory. - * Vendors who distribute perl may wish to place their own - * architecture-dependent modules and extensions in this directory with - * MakeMaker Makefile.PL INSTALLDIRS=vendor - * or equivalent. See INSTALL for details. - */ -/* PERL_VENDORARCH_EXP: - * This symbol contains the ~name expanded version of PERL_VENDORARCH, to be used - * in programs that are not prepared to deal with ~ expansion at run-time. - */ -/*#define PERL_VENDORARCH "" /**/ -/*#define PERL_VENDORARCH_EXP "" /**/ - -/* PERL_VENDORLIB_EXP: - * This symbol contains the ~name expanded version of VENDORLIB, to be used - * in programs that are not prepared to deal with ~ expansion at run-time. - */ -/* PERL_VENDORLIB_STEM: - * This define is PERL_VENDORLIB_EXP with any trailing version-specific component - * removed. The elements in inc_version_list (inc_version_list.U) can - * be tacked onto this variable to generate a list of directories to search. - */ -/*#define PERL_VENDORLIB_EXP "" /**/ -/*#define PERL_VENDORLIB_STEM "" /**/ - -/* VOIDFLAGS: - * This symbol indicates how much support of the void type is given by this - * compiler. What various bits mean: - * - * 1 = supports declaration of void - * 2 = supports arrays of pointers to functions returning void - * 4 = supports comparisons between pointers to void functions and - * addresses of void functions - * 8 = suports declaration of generic void pointers - * - * The package designer should define VOIDUSED to indicate the requirements - * of the package. This can be done either by #defining VOIDUSED before - * including config.h, or by defining defvoidused in Myinit.U. If the - * latter approach is taken, only those flags will be tested. If the - * level of void support necessary is not present, defines void to int. - */ -#ifndef VOIDUSED -#define VOIDUSED 15 -#endif -#define VOIDFLAGS 15 -#if (VOIDFLAGS & VOIDUSED) != VOIDUSED -#define void int /* is void to be avoided? */ -#define M_VOID /* Xenix strikes again */ -#endif - -/* HAS_POLL: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the poll routine is - * available to poll active file descriptors. You may safely - * include when both this symbol *and* I_POLL are defined. - */ -/*#define HAS_POLL /**/ - #endif diff --git a/win32/config_H.vc64 b/win32/config_H.vc64 index 3a827e5..61fc0bb 100644 --- a/win32/config_H.vc64 +++ b/win32/config_H.vc64 @@ -7,14 +7,14 @@ * that running config_h.SH again will wipe out any changes you've made. * For a more permanent change edit undef and rerun config_h.SH. * - * $Id: Config_h.U,v 3.0.1.5 1997/02/28 14:57:43 ram Exp $ + * $Id: Config_h.U 1 2006-08-24 12:32:52Z rmanfredi $ */ /* * Package name : perl5 * Source directory : - * Configuration time: Mon Mar 17 20:15:35 2003 - * Configured by : gsar + * Configuration time: Fri Feb 22 17:17:01 2008 + * Configured by : shay * Target system : */ @@ -68,17 +68,6 @@ */ #define HAS_CHSIZE /**/ -/* HASCONST: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that this C compiler knows about - * the const type. There is no need to actually test for that symbol - * within your programs. The mere use of the "const" keyword will - * trigger the necessary tests. - */ -#define HASCONST /**/ -#ifndef HASCONST -#define const -#endif - /* HAS_CTERMID: * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the ctermid routine is * available to generate filename for terminal. @@ -512,13 +501,6 @@ */ #define HAS_STRCOLL /**/ -/* USE_STRUCT_COPY: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that this C compiler knows how - * to copy structures. If undefined, you'll need to use a block copy - * routine of some sort instead. - */ -#define USE_STRUCT_COPY /**/ - /* HAS_STRTOD: * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the strtod routine is * available to provide better numeric string conversion than atof(). @@ -597,15 +579,6 @@ */ /*#define HAS_USLEEP /**/ -/* HASVOLATILE: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that this C compiler knows about - * the volatile declaration. - */ -#define HASVOLATILE /**/ -#ifndef HASVOLATILE -#define volatile -#endif - /* HAS_WAIT4: * This symbol, if defined, indicates that wait4() exists. */ @@ -635,12 +608,6 @@ */ #define I_ARPA_INET /**/ -/* I_ASSERT: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that it could - * include to get the assert() macro. - */ -#define I_ASSERT /**/ - /* I_DBM: * This symbol, if defined, indicates that exists and should * be included. @@ -652,26 +619,6 @@ /*#define I_DBM /**/ #define I_RPCSVC_DBM /**/ -/* I_DIRENT: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that it should - * include . Using this symbol also triggers the definition - * of the Direntry_t define which ends up being 'struct dirent' or - * 'struct direct' depending on the availability of . - */ -/* DIRNAMLEN: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that the length - * of directory entry names is provided by a d_namlen field. Otherwise - * you need to do strlen() on the d_name field. - */ -/* Direntry_t: - * This symbol is set to 'struct direct' or 'struct dirent' depending on - * whether dirent is available or not. You should use this pseudo type to - * portably declare your directory entries. - */ -#define I_DIRENT /**/ -#define DIRNAMLEN /**/ -#define Direntry_t struct direct - /* I_DLFCN: * This symbol, if defined, indicates that exists and should * be included. @@ -690,6 +637,12 @@ */ #define I_FLOAT /**/ +/* I_GDBM: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that exists and should + * be included. + */ +/*#define I_GDBM /**/ + /* I_LIMITS: * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that it should * include to get definition of symbols like WORD_BIT or @@ -715,12 +668,6 @@ */ /*#define I_MEMORY /**/ -/* I_NET_ERRNO: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that exists and - * should be included. - */ -/*#define I_NET_ERRNO /**/ - /* I_NETINET_IN: * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that it should * include . Otherwise, you may try . @@ -874,40 +821,45 @@ */ /*#define I_VFORK /**/ -/* HAS_ACCESSX: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the accessx routine is - * available to do extended access checks. +/* INTSIZE: + * This symbol contains the value of sizeof(int) so that the C + * preprocessor can make decisions based on it. */ -/*#define HAS_ACCESSX /**/ - -/* HAS_EACCESS: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the eaccess routine is - * available to do extended access checks. +/* LONGSIZE: + * This symbol contains the value of sizeof(long) so that the C + * preprocessor can make decisions based on it. */ -/*#define HAS_EACCESS /**/ - -/* I_SYS_ACCESS: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that it should - * include . +/* SHORTSIZE: + * This symbol contains the value of sizeof(short) so that the C + * preprocessor can make decisions based on it. */ -/*#define I_SYS_ACCESS /**/ +#define INTSIZE 4 /**/ +#define LONGSIZE 4 /**/ +#define SHORTSIZE 2 /**/ -/* I_SYS_SECURITY: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that it should - * include . +/* MULTIARCH: + * This symbol, if defined, signifies that the build + * process will produce some binary files that are going to be + * used in a cross-platform environment. This is the case for + * example with the NeXT "fat" binaries that contain executables + * for several CPUs. */ -/*#define I_SYS_SECURITY /**/ +/*#define MULTIARCH /**/ -/* USE_CROSS_COMPILE: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that Perl is being cross-compiled. - */ -/* PERL_TARGETARCH: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates the target architecture - * Perl has been cross-compiled to. Undefined if not a cross-compile. +/* HAS_QUAD: + * This symbol, if defined, tells that there's a 64-bit integer type, + * Quad_t, and its unsigned counterpar, Uquad_t. QUADKIND will be one + * of QUAD_IS_INT, QUAD_IS_LONG, QUAD_IS_LONG_LONG, or QUAD_IS_INT64_T. */ -#ifndef USE_CROSS_COMPILE -/*#define USE_CROSS_COMPILE /**/ -#define PERL_TARGETARCH "" /**/ +#define HAS_QUAD /**/ +#ifdef HAS_QUAD +# define Quad_t __int64 /**/ +# define Uquad_t unsigned __int64 /**/ +# define QUADKIND 4 /**/ +# define QUAD_IS_INT 1 +# define QUAD_IS_LONG 2 +# define QUAD_IS_LONG_LONG 3 +# define QUAD_IS_INT64_T 4 #endif /* OSNAME: @@ -921,27 +873,7 @@ * feature tests from Configure are generally more reliable. */ #define OSNAME "MSWin32" /**/ -#define OSVERS "4.0" /**/ - -/* MULTIARCH: - * This symbol, if defined, signifies that the build - * process will produce some binary files that are going to be - * used in a cross-platform environment. This is the case for - * example with the NeXT "fat" binaries that contain executables - * for several CPUs. - */ -/*#define MULTIARCH /**/ - -/* MEM_ALIGNBYTES: - * This symbol contains the number of bytes required to align a - * double, or a long double when applicable. Usual values are 2, - * 4 and 8. The default is eight, for safety. - */ -#if defined(USE_CROSS_COMPILE) || defined(MULTIARCH) -# define MEM_ALIGNBYTES 8 -#else -#define MEM_ALIGNBYTES 8 -#endif +#define OSVERS "5.1" /**/ /* ARCHLIB: * This variable, if defined, holds the name of the directory in @@ -956,7 +888,7 @@ * This symbol contains the ~name expanded version of ARCHLIB, to be used * in programs that are not prepared to deal with ~ expansion at run-time. */ -#define ARCHLIB "c:\\perl\\5.11.0\\lib\\MSWin32-x86" /**/ +#define ARCHLIB "c:\\perl\\lib" /**/ /*#define ARCHLIB_EXP "" /**/ /* ARCHNAME: @@ -967,18 +899,6 @@ */ #define ARCHNAME "MSWin32-x86" /**/ -/* HAS_ATOLF: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the atolf routine is - * available to convert strings into long doubles. - */ -/*#define HAS_ATOLF /**/ - -/* HAS_ATOLL: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the atoll routine is - * available to convert strings into long longs. - */ -#define HAS_ATOLL /**/ - /* BIN: * This symbol holds the path of the bin directory where the package will * be installed. Program must be prepared to deal with ~name substitution. @@ -991,68 +911,9 @@ * This symbol, if defined, indicates that we'd like to relocate entries * in @INC at run time based on the location of the perl binary. */ -#define BIN "c:\\perl\\5.11.0\\bin\\MSWin32-x86" /**/ -#define BIN_EXP "c:\\perl\\5.11.0\\bin\\MSWin32-x86" /**/ -/*#define PERL_RELOCATABLE_INC "" /**/ - -/* INTSIZE: - * This symbol contains the value of sizeof(int) so that the C - * preprocessor can make decisions based on it. - */ -/* LONGSIZE: - * This symbol contains the value of sizeof(long) so that the C - * preprocessor can make decisions based on it. - */ -/* SHORTSIZE: - * This symbol contains the value of sizeof(short) so that the C - * preprocessor can make decisions based on it. - */ -#define INTSIZE 4 /**/ -#define LONGSIZE 4 /**/ -#define SHORTSIZE 2 /**/ - -/* BYTEORDER: - * This symbol holds the hexadecimal constant defined in byteorder, - * in a UV, i.e. 0x1234 or 0x4321 or 0x12345678, etc... - * If the compiler supports cross-compiling or multiple-architecture - * binaries (eg. on NeXT systems), use compiler-defined macros to - * determine the byte order. - * On NeXT 3.2 (and greater), you can build "Fat" Multiple Architecture - * Binaries (MAB) on either big endian or little endian machines. - * The endian-ness is available at compile-time. This only matters - * for perl, where the config.h can be generated and installed on - * one system, and used by a different architecture to build an - * extension. Older versions of NeXT that might not have - * defined either *_ENDIAN__ were all on Motorola 680x0 series, - * so the default case (for NeXT) is big endian to catch them. - * This might matter for NeXT 3.0. - */ -#if defined(USE_CROSS_COMPILE) || defined(MULTIARCH) -# ifdef __LITTLE_ENDIAN__ -# if LONGSIZE == 4 -# define BYTEORDER 0x1234 -# else -# if LONGSIZE == 8 -# define BYTEORDER 0x12345678 -# endif -# endif -# else -# ifdef __BIG_ENDIAN__ -# if LONGSIZE == 4 -# define BYTEORDER 0x4321 -# else -# if LONGSIZE == 8 -# define BYTEORDER 0x87654321 -# endif -# endif -# endif -# endif -# if !defined(BYTEORDER) && (defined(NeXT) || defined(__NeXT__)) -# define BYTEORDER 0x4321 -# endif -#else -#define BYTEORDER 0x1234 /* large digits for MSB */ -#endif /* NeXT */ +#define BIN "c:\\perl\\bin" /**/ +#define BIN_EXP "c:\\perl\\bin" /**/ +#define PERL_RELOCATABLE_INC "undef" /**/ /* CAT2: * This macro concatenates 2 tokens together. @@ -1063,19 +924,16 @@ #if 42 == 1 #define CAT2(a,b) a/**/b #define STRINGIFY(a) "a" - /* If you can get stringification with catify, tell me how! */ #endif #if 42 == 42 -#define PeRl_CaTiFy(a, b) a ## b +#define PeRl_CaTiFy(a, b) a ## b #define PeRl_StGiFy(a) #a -/* the additional level of indirection enables these macros to be - * used as arguments to other macros. See K&R 2nd ed., page 231. */ #define CAT2(a,b) PeRl_CaTiFy(a,b) #define StGiFy(a) PeRl_StGiFy(a) #define STRINGIFY(a) PeRl_StGiFy(a) #endif #if 42 != 1 && 42 != 42 -# include "Bletch: How does this C preprocessor concatenate tokens?" +#include "Bletch: How does this C preprocessor concatenate tokens?" #endif /* CPPSTDIN: @@ -1108,12 +966,6 @@ #define CPPRUN "cl -nologo -E" #define CPPLAST "" -/* HAS__FWALK: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the _fwalk system call is - * available to apply a function to all the file handles. - */ -/*#define HAS__FWALK /**/ - /* HAS_ACCESS: * This manifest constant lets the C program know that the access() * system call is available to check for accessibility using real UID/GID. @@ -1121,11 +973,11 @@ */ #define HAS_ACCESS /**/ -/* HAS_AINTL: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the aintl routine is - * available. If copysignl is also present we can emulate modfl. +/* HAS_ACCESSX: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the accessx routine is + * available to do extended access checks. */ -/*#define HAS_AINTL / **/ +/*#define HAS_ACCESSX /**/ /* HAS_ASCTIME_R: * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the asctime_r routine @@ -1166,106 +1018,33 @@ */ /*#define HASATTRIBUTE_FORMAT /**/ /*#define PRINTF_FORMAT_NULL_OK /**/ +/*#define HASATTRIBUTE_NORETURN /**/ /*#define HASATTRIBUTE_MALLOC /**/ /*#define HASATTRIBUTE_NONNULL /**/ -/*#define HASATTRIBUTE_NORETURN /**/ /*#define HASATTRIBUTE_PURE /**/ /*#define HASATTRIBUTE_UNUSED /**/ /*#define HASATTRIBUTE_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT /**/ -/* HAS_BUILTIN_CHOOSE_EXPR: - * Can we handle GCC builtin for compile-time ternary-like expressions - */ -/* HAS_BUILTIN_EXPECT: - * Can we handle GCC builtin for telling that certain values are more - * likely - */ -/*#define HAS_BUILTIN_EXPECT / **/ -/*#define HAS_BUILTIN_CHOOSE_EXPR /**/ - -/* HAS_C99_VARIADIC_MACROS: - * If defined, the compiler supports C99 variadic macros. +/* HASCONST: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that this C compiler knows about + * the const type. There is no need to actually test for that symbol + * within your programs. The mere use of the "const" keyword will + * trigger the necessary tests. */ -/*#define HAS_C99_VARIADIC_MACROS /**/ +#define HASCONST /**/ +#ifndef HASCONST +#define const +#endif -/* CASTI32: - * This symbol is defined if the C compiler can cast negative - * or large floating point numbers to 32-bit ints. +/* HAS_CRYPT: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the crypt routine is available + * to encrypt passwords and the like. */ -/*#define CASTI32 /**/ +/*#define HAS_CRYPT /**/ -/* CASTNEGFLOAT: - * This symbol is defined if the C compiler can cast negative - * numbers to unsigned longs, ints and shorts. - */ -/* CASTFLAGS: - * This symbol contains flags that say what difficulties the compiler - * has casting odd floating values to unsigned long: - * 0 = ok - * 1 = couldn't cast < 0 - * 2 = couldn't cast >= 0x80000000 - * 4 = couldn't cast in argument expression list - */ -#define CASTNEGFLOAT /**/ -#define CASTFLAGS 0 /**/ - -/* HAS_CLASS: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the class routine is - * available to classify doubles. Available for example in AIX. - * The returned values are defined in and are: - * - * FP_PLUS_NORM Positive normalized, nonzero - * FP_MINUS_NORM Negative normalized, nonzero - * FP_PLUS_DENORM Positive denormalized, nonzero - * FP_MINUS_DENORM Negative denormalized, nonzero - * FP_PLUS_ZERO +0.0 - * FP_MINUS_ZERO -0.0 - * FP_PLUS_INF +INF - * FP_MINUS_INF -INF - * FP_NANS Signaling Not a Number (NaNS) - * FP_NANQ Quiet Not a Number (NaNQ) - */ -/*#define HAS_CLASS /**/ - -/* HAS_CLEARENV: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the clearenv () routine is - * available for use. - */ -/*#define HAS_CLEARENV /**/ - -/* VOID_CLOSEDIR: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the closedir() routine - * does not return a value. - */ -/*#define VOID_CLOSEDIR /**/ - -/* HAS_STRUCT_CMSGHDR: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the struct cmsghdr - * is supported. - */ -/*#define HAS_STRUCT_CMSGHDR /**/ - -/* HAS_COPYSIGNL: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the copysignl routine is - * available. If aintl is also present we can emulate modfl. - */ -/*#define HAS_COPYSIGNL /**/ - -/* USE_CPLUSPLUS: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that a C++ compiler was - * used to compiled Perl and will be used to compile extensions. - */ -/*#define USE_CPLUSPLUS /**/ - -/* HAS_CRYPT: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the crypt routine is available - * to encrypt passwords and the like. - */ -/*#define HAS_CRYPT /**/ - -/* HAS_CRYPT_R: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the crypt_r routine - * is available to crypt re-entrantly. +/* HAS_CRYPT_R: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the crypt_r routine + * is available to crypt re-entrantly. */ /* CRYPT_R_PROTO: * This symbol encodes the prototype of crypt_r. @@ -1313,28 +1092,6 @@ /*#define HAS_CTIME_R /**/ #define CTIME_R_PROTO 0 /**/ -/* HAS_DBMINIT_PROTO: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the system provides - * a prototype for the dbminit() function. Otherwise, it is up - * to the program to supply one. A good guess is - * extern int dbminit(char *); - */ -/*#define HAS_DBMINIT_PROTO /**/ - -/* HAS_DIRFD: - * This manifest constant lets the C program know that dirfd - * is available. - */ -/*#define HAS_DIRFD /**/ - -/* DLSYM_NEEDS_UNDERSCORE: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that we need to prepend an - * underscore to the symbol name before calling dlsym(). This only - * makes sense if you *have* dlsym, which we will presume is the - * case if you're using dl_dlopen.xs. - */ -/*#define DLSYM_NEEDS_UNDERSCORE /**/ - /* SETUID_SCRIPTS_ARE_SECURE_NOW: * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the bug that prevents * setuid scripts from being secure is not present in this kernel. @@ -1376,6 +1133,12 @@ */ /*#define HAS_DRAND48_PROTO /**/ +/* HAS_EACCESS: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the eaccess routine is + * available to do extended access checks. + */ +/*#define HAS_EACCESS /**/ + /* HAS_ENDGRENT: * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getgrent routine is * available for finalizing sequential access of the group database. @@ -1490,282 +1253,84 @@ /*#define HAS_ENDSERVENT_R /**/ #define ENDSERVENT_R_PROTO 0 /**/ -/* HAS_FAST_STDIO: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the "fast stdio" - * is available to manipulate the stdio buffers directly. +/* FLEXFILENAMES: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the system supports filenames + * longer than 14 characters. */ -#define HAS_FAST_STDIO /**/ +#define FLEXFILENAMES /**/ -/* HAS_FCHDIR: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the fchdir routine is - * available to change directory using a file descriptor. +/* HAS_GETGRENT: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getgrent routine is + * available for sequential access of the group database. */ -/*#define HAS_FCHDIR /**/ +/*#define HAS_GETGRENT /**/ -/* FCNTL_CAN_LOCK: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that fcntl() can be used - * for file locking. Normally on Unix systems this is defined. - * It may be undefined on VMS. +/* HAS_GETGRENT_R: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getgrent_r routine + * is available to getgrent re-entrantly. */ -/*#define FCNTL_CAN_LOCK /**/ - -/* HAS_FD_SET: - * This symbol, when defined, indicates presence of the fd_set typedef - * in +/* GETGRENT_R_PROTO: + * This symbol encodes the prototype of getgrent_r. + * It is zero if d_getgrent_r is undef, and one of the + * REENTRANT_PROTO_T_ABC macros of reentr.h if d_getgrent_r + * is defined. */ -#define HAS_FD_SET /**/ +/*#define HAS_GETGRENT_R /**/ +#define GETGRENT_R_PROTO 0 /**/ -/* HAS_FINITE: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the finite routine is - * available to check whether a double is finite (non-infinity non-NaN). +/* HAS_GETGRGID_R: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getgrgid_r routine + * is available to getgrgid re-entrantly. */ -/*#define HAS_FINITE /**/ - -/* HAS_FINITEL: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the finitel routine is - * available to check whether a long double is finite - * (non-infinity non-NaN). +/* GETGRGID_R_PROTO: + * This symbol encodes the prototype of getgrgid_r. + * It is zero if d_getgrgid_r is undef, and one of the + * REENTRANT_PROTO_T_ABC macros of reentr.h if d_getgrgid_r + * is defined. */ -/*#define HAS_FINITEL /**/ +/*#define HAS_GETGRGID_R /**/ +#define GETGRGID_R_PROTO 0 /**/ -/* FLEXFILENAMES: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the system supports filenames - * longer than 14 characters. +/* HAS_GETGRNAM_R: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getgrnam_r routine + * is available to getgrnam re-entrantly. */ -#define FLEXFILENAMES /**/ - -/* HAS_FLOCK_PROTO: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the system provides - * a prototype for the flock() function. Otherwise, it is up - * to the program to supply one. A good guess is - * extern int flock(int, int); +/* GETGRNAM_R_PROTO: + * This symbol encodes the prototype of getgrnam_r. + * It is zero if d_getgrnam_r is undef, and one of the + * REENTRANT_PROTO_T_ABC macros of reentr.h if d_getgrnam_r + * is defined. */ -#define HAS_FLOCK_PROTO /**/ +/*#define HAS_GETGRNAM_R /**/ +#define GETGRNAM_R_PROTO 0 /**/ -/* HAS_FP_CLASS: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the fp_class routine is - * available to classify doubles. Available for example in Digital UNIX. - * The returned values are defined in and are: - * - * FP_SNAN Signaling NaN (Not-a-Number) - * FP_QNAN Quiet NaN (Not-a-Number) - * FP_POS_INF +infinity - * FP_NEG_INF -infinity - * FP_POS_NORM Positive normalized - * FP_NEG_NORM Negative normalized - * FP_POS_DENORM Positive denormalized - * FP_NEG_DENORM Negative denormalized - * FP_POS_ZERO +0.0 (positive zero) - * FP_NEG_ZERO -0.0 (negative zero) +/* HAS_GETHOSTBYADDR: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the gethostbyaddr() routine is + * available to look up hosts by their IP addresses. */ -/*#define HAS_FP_CLASS /**/ +#define HAS_GETHOSTBYADDR /**/ -/* HAS_FPCLASS: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the fpclass routine is - * available to classify doubles. Available for example in Solaris/SVR4. - * The returned values are defined in and are: - * - * FP_SNAN signaling NaN - * FP_QNAN quiet NaN - * FP_NINF negative infinity - * FP_PINF positive infinity - * FP_NDENORM negative denormalized non-zero - * FP_PDENORM positive denormalized non-zero - * FP_NZERO negative zero - * FP_PZERO positive zero - * FP_NNORM negative normalized non-zero - * FP_PNORM positive normalized non-zero +/* HAS_GETHOSTBYNAME: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the gethostbyname() routine is + * available to look up host names in some data base or other. */ -/*#define HAS_FPCLASS /**/ +#define HAS_GETHOSTBYNAME /**/ -/* HAS_FPCLASSIFY: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the fpclassify routine is - * available to classify doubles. Available for example in HP-UX. - * The returned values are defined in and are - * - * FP_NORMAL Normalized - * FP_ZERO Zero - * FP_INFINITE Infinity - * FP_SUBNORMAL Denormalized - * FP_NAN NaN - * +/* HAS_GETHOSTENT: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the gethostent() routine is + * available to look up host names in some data base or another. */ -/*#define HAS_FPCLASSIFY /**/ +/*#define HAS_GETHOSTENT /**/ -/* HAS_FPCLASSL: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the fpclassl routine is - * available to classify long doubles. Available for example in IRIX. - * The returned values are defined in and are: - * - * FP_SNAN signaling NaN - * FP_QNAN quiet NaN - * FP_NINF negative infinity - * FP_PINF positive infinity - * FP_NDENORM negative denormalized non-zero - * FP_PDENORM positive denormalized non-zero - * FP_NZERO negative zero - * FP_PZERO positive zero - * FP_NNORM negative normalized non-zero - * FP_PNORM positive normalized non-zero +/* HAS_GETHOSTNAME: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the C program may use the + * gethostname() routine to derive the host name. See also HAS_UNAME + * and PHOSTNAME. */ -/*#define HAS_FPCLASSL /**/ - -/* HAS_FPOS64_T: - * This symbol will be defined if the C compiler supports fpos64_t. - */ -/*#define HAS_FPOS64_T /**/ - -/* HAS_FREXPL: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the frexpl routine is - * available to break a long double floating-point number into - * a normalized fraction and an integral power of 2. - */ -/*#define HAS_FREXPL /**/ - -/* HAS_STRUCT_FS_DATA: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the struct fs_data - * to do statfs() is supported. - */ -/*#define HAS_STRUCT_FS_DATA /**/ - -/* HAS_FSEEKO: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the fseeko routine is - * available to fseek beyond 32 bits (useful for ILP32 hosts). - */ -/*#define HAS_FSEEKO /**/ - -/* HAS_FSTATFS: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the fstatfs routine is - * available to stat filesystems by file descriptors. - */ -/*#define HAS_FSTATFS /**/ - -/* HAS_FSYNC: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the fsync routine is - * available to write a file's modified data and attributes to - * permanent storage. - */ -/*#define HAS_FSYNC /**/ - -/* HAS_FTELLO: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the ftello routine is - * available to ftell beyond 32 bits (useful for ILP32 hosts). - */ -/*#define HAS_FTELLO /**/ - -/* HAS_FUTIMES: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the futimes routine is - * available to change file descriptor time stamps with struct timevals. - */ -/*#define HAS_FUTIMES /**/ - -/* Gconvert: - * This preprocessor macro is defined to convert a floating point - * number to a string without a trailing decimal point. This - * emulates the behavior of sprintf("%g"), but is sometimes much more - * efficient. If gconvert() is not available, but gcvt() drops the - * trailing decimal point, then gcvt() is used. If all else fails, - * a macro using sprintf("%g") is used. Arguments for the Gconvert - * macro are: value, number of digits, whether trailing zeros should - * be retained, and the output buffer. - * The usual values are: - * d_Gconvert='gconvert((x),(n),(t),(b))' - * d_Gconvert='gcvt((x),(n),(b))' - * d_Gconvert='sprintf((b),"%.*g",(n),(x))' - * The last two assume trailing zeros should not be kept. - */ -#define Gconvert(x,n,t,b) sprintf((b),"%.*g",(n),(x)) - -/* HAS_GETCWD: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getcwd routine is - * available to get the current working directory. - */ -#define HAS_GETCWD /**/ - -/* HAS_GETESPWNAM: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getespwnam system call is - * available to retrieve enchanced (shadow) password entries by name. - */ -/*#define HAS_GETESPWNAM /**/ - -/* HAS_GETFSSTAT: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getfsstat routine is - * available to stat filesystems in bulk. - */ -/*#define HAS_GETFSSTAT /**/ - -/* HAS_GETGRENT: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getgrent routine is - * available for sequential access of the group database. - */ -/*#define HAS_GETGRENT /**/ - -/* HAS_GETGRENT_R: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getgrent_r routine - * is available to getgrent re-entrantly. - */ -/* GETGRENT_R_PROTO: - * This symbol encodes the prototype of getgrent_r. - * It is zero if d_getgrent_r is undef, and one of the - * REENTRANT_PROTO_T_ABC macros of reentr.h if d_getgrent_r - * is defined. - */ -/*#define HAS_GETGRENT_R /**/ -#define GETGRENT_R_PROTO 0 /**/ - -/* HAS_GETGRGID_R: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getgrgid_r routine - * is available to getgrgid re-entrantly. - */ -/* GETGRGID_R_PROTO: - * This symbol encodes the prototype of getgrgid_r. - * It is zero if d_getgrgid_r is undef, and one of the - * REENTRANT_PROTO_T_ABC macros of reentr.h if d_getgrgid_r - * is defined. - */ -/*#define HAS_GETGRGID_R /**/ -#define GETGRGID_R_PROTO 0 /**/ - -/* HAS_GETGRNAM_R: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getgrnam_r routine - * is available to getgrnam re-entrantly. - */ -/* GETGRNAM_R_PROTO: - * This symbol encodes the prototype of getgrnam_r. - * It is zero if d_getgrnam_r is undef, and one of the - * REENTRANT_PROTO_T_ABC macros of reentr.h if d_getgrnam_r - * is defined. - */ -/*#define HAS_GETGRNAM_R /**/ -#define GETGRNAM_R_PROTO 0 /**/ - -/* HAS_GETHOSTBYADDR: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the gethostbyaddr() routine is - * available to look up hosts by their IP addresses. - */ -#define HAS_GETHOSTBYADDR /**/ - -/* HAS_GETHOSTBYNAME: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the gethostbyname() routine is - * available to look up host names in some data base or other. - */ -#define HAS_GETHOSTBYNAME /**/ - -/* HAS_GETHOSTENT: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the gethostent() routine is - * available to look up host names in some data base or another. - */ -/*#define HAS_GETHOSTENT /**/ - -/* HAS_GETHOSTNAME: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the C program may use the - * gethostname() routine to derive the host name. See also HAS_UNAME - * and PHOSTNAME. - */ -/* HAS_UNAME: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the C program may use the - * uname() routine to derive the host name. See also HAS_GETHOSTNAME - * and PHOSTNAME. +/* HAS_UNAME: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the C program may use the + * uname() routine to derive the host name. See also HAS_GETHOSTNAME + * and PHOSTNAME. */ /* PHOSTNAME: * This symbol, if defined, indicates the command to feed to the @@ -1833,12 +1398,6 @@ */ #define HAS_GETHOST_PROTOS /**/ -/* HAS_GETITIMER: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getitimer routine is - * available to return interval timers. - */ -/*#define HAS_GETITIMER /**/ - /* HAS_GETLOGIN_R: * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getlogin_r routine * is available to getlogin re-entrantly. @@ -1852,18 +1411,6 @@ /*#define HAS_GETLOGIN_R /**/ #define GETLOGIN_R_PROTO 0 /**/ -/* HAS_GETMNT: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getmnt routine is - * available to get filesystem mount info by filename. - */ -/*#define HAS_GETMNT /**/ - -/* HAS_GETMNTENT: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getmntent routine is - * available to iterate through mounted file systems to get their info. - */ -/*#define HAS_GETMNTENT /**/ - /* HAS_GETNETBYADDR: * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getnetbyaddr() routine is * available to look up networks by their IP addresses. @@ -1929,13 +1476,6 @@ */ /*#define HAS_GETNET_PROTOS /**/ -/* HAS_GETPAGESIZE: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getpagesize system call - * is available to get system page size, which is the granularity of - * many memory management calls. - */ -/*#define HAS_GETPAGESIZE /**/ - /* HAS_GETPROTOENT: * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getprotoent() routine is * available to look up protocols in some data base or another. @@ -2011,12 +1551,6 @@ */ #define HAS_GETPROTO_PROTOS /**/ -/* HAS_GETPRPWNAM: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getprpwnam system call is - * available to retrieve protected (shadow) password entries by name. - */ -/*#define HAS_GETPRPWNAM /**/ - /* HAS_GETPWENT: * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getpwent routine is * available for sequential access of the passwd database. @@ -2116,12 +1650,6 @@ */ #define HAS_GETSERV_PROTOS /**/ -/* HAS_GETSPNAM: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getspnam system call is - * available to retrieve SysV shadow password entries by name. - */ -/*#define HAS_GETSPNAM /**/ - /* HAS_GETSPNAM_R: * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getspnam_r routine * is available to getspnam re-entrantly. @@ -2159,21 +1687,6 @@ /*#define HAS_GMTIME_R /**/ #define GMTIME_R_PROTO 0 /**/ -/* HAS_GNULIBC: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that - * the GNU C library is being used. A better check is to use - * the __GLIBC__ and __GLIBC_MINOR__ symbols supplied with glibc. - */ -/*#define HAS_GNULIBC /**/ -#if defined(HAS_GNULIBC) && !defined(_GNU_SOURCE) -# define _GNU_SOURCE -#endif -/* HAS_HASMNTOPT: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the hasmntopt routine is - * available to query the mount options of file systems. - */ -/*#define HAS_HASMNTOPT /**/ - /* HAS_HTONL: * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the htonl() routine (and * friends htons() ntohl() ntohs()) are available to do network @@ -2199,109 +1712,50 @@ #define HAS_NTOHL /**/ #define HAS_NTOHS /**/ -/* HAS_ILOGBL: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the ilogbl routine is - * available. If scalbnl is also present we can emulate frexpl. +/* HAS_LOCALTIME_R: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the localtime_r routine + * is available to localtime re-entrantly. */ -/*#define HAS_ILOGBL /**/ - -/* HAS_INT64_T: - * This symbol will defined if the C compiler supports int64_t. - * Usually the needs to be included, but sometimes - * is enough. +/* LOCALTIME_R_NEEDS_TZSET: + * Many libc's localtime_r implementations do not call tzset, + * making them differ from localtime(), and making timezone + * changes using \undef{TZ} without explicitly calling tzset + * impossible. This symbol makes us call tzset before localtime_r */ -/*#define HAS_INT64_T /**/ +/*#define LOCALTIME_R_NEEDS_TZSET /**/ +#ifdef LOCALTIME_R_NEEDS_TZSET +#define L_R_TZSET tzset(), +#else +#define L_R_TZSET +#endif -/* HAS_ISASCII: - * This manifest constant lets the C program know that isascii - * is available. +/* LOCALTIME_R_PROTO: + * This symbol encodes the prototype of localtime_r. + * It is zero if d_localtime_r is undef, and one of the + * REENTRANT_PROTO_T_ABC macros of reentr.h if d_localtime_r + * is defined. */ -#define HAS_ISASCII /**/ +/*#define HAS_LOCALTIME_R /**/ +#define LOCALTIME_R_PROTO 0 /**/ -/* HAS_ISFINITE: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the isfinite routine is - * available to check whether a double is finite (non-infinity non-NaN). +/* HAS_LONG_DOUBLE: + * This symbol will be defined if the C compiler supports long + * doubles. */ -/*#define HAS_ISFINITE /**/ - -/* HAS_ISINF: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the isinf routine is - * available to check whether a double is an infinity. +/* LONG_DOUBLESIZE: + * This symbol contains the size of a long double, so that the + * C preprocessor can make decisions based on it. It is only + * defined if the system supports long doubles. */ -/*#define HAS_ISINF /**/ - -/* HAS_ISNAN: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the isnan routine is - * available to check whether a double is a NaN. - */ -#define HAS_ISNAN /**/ - -/* HAS_ISNANL: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the isnanl routine is - * available to check whether a long double is a NaN. - */ -/*#define HAS_ISNANL /**/ - -/* HAS_LCHOWN: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the lchown routine is - * available to operate on a symbolic link (instead of following the - * link). - */ -/*#define HAS_LCHOWN /**/ - -/* HAS_LDBL_DIG: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that this system's - * or defines the symbol LDBL_DIG, which is the number - * of significant digits in a long double precision number. Unlike - * for DBL_DIG, there's no good guess for LDBL_DIG if it is undefined. - */ -#define HAS_LDBL_DIG /**/ - -/* LIBM_LIB_VERSION: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that libm exports _LIB_VERSION - * and that math.h defines the enum to manipulate it. - */ -/*#define LIBM_LIB_VERSION /**/ - -/* HAS_LOCALTIME_R: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the localtime_r routine - * is available to localtime re-entrantly. - */ -/* LOCALTIME_R_NEEDS_TZSET: - * Many libc's localtime_r implementations do not call tzset, - * making them differ from localtime(), and making timezone - * changes using $ENV{TZ} without explicitly calling tzset - * impossible. This symbol makes us call tzset before localtime_r - */ -/* LOCALTIME_R_PROTO: - * This symbol encodes the prototype of localtime_r. - * It is zero if d_localtime_r is undef, and one of the - * REENTRANT_PROTO_T_ABC macros of reentr.h if d_localtime_r - * is defined. - */ -/*#define HAS_LOCALTIME_R /**/ -/*#define LOCALTIME_R_NEEDS_TZSET /**/ -#define LOCALTIME_R_PROTO 0 /**/ - -/* HAS_LONG_DOUBLE: - * This symbol will be defined if the C compiler supports long - * doubles. - */ -/* LONG_DOUBLESIZE: - * This symbol contains the size of a long double, so that the - * C preprocessor can make decisions based on it. It is only - * defined if the system supports long doubles. - */ -#define HAS_LONG_DOUBLE /**/ -#ifdef HAS_LONG_DOUBLE -#define LONG_DOUBLESIZE 10 /**/ -#endif +#define HAS_LONG_DOUBLE /**/ +#define LONG_DOUBLESIZE 10 /**/ +#endif /* HAS_LONG_LONG: * This symbol will be defined if the C compiler supports long long. */ /* LONGLONGSIZE: - * This symbol contains the size of a long long, so that the + * This symbol contains the size of a long long, so that the * C preprocessor can make decisions based on it. It is only * defined if the system supports long long. */ @@ -2318,36 +1772,12 @@ */ #define HAS_LSEEK_PROTO /**/ -/* HAS_MADVISE: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the madvise system call is - * available to map a file into memory. - */ -/*#define HAS_MADVISE /**/ - -/* HAS_MALLOC_SIZE: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the malloc_size - * routine is available for use. - */ -/*#define HAS_MALLOC_SIZE /**/ - -/* HAS_MALLOC_GOOD_SIZE: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the malloc_good_size - * routine is available for use. - */ -/*#define HAS_MALLOC_GOOD_SIZE /**/ - /* HAS_MEMCHR: * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the memchr routine is available * to locate characters within a C string. */ #define HAS_MEMCHR /**/ -/* HAS_MKDTEMP: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the mkdtemp routine is - * available to exclusively create a uniquely named temporary directory. - */ -/*#define HAS_MKDTEMP /**/ - /* HAS_MKSTEMP: * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the mkstemp routine is * available to exclusively create and open a uniquely named @@ -2355,13 +1785,6 @@ */ /*#define HAS_MKSTEMP /**/ -/* HAS_MKSTEMPS: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the mkstemps routine is - * available to excluslvely create and open a uniquely named - * (with a suffix) temporary file. - */ -/*#define HAS_MKSTEMPS /**/ - /* HAS_MMAP: * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the mmap system call is * available to map a file into memory. @@ -2374,76 +1797,18 @@ /*#define HAS_MMAP /**/ #define Mmap_t void * /**/ -/* HAS_MODFL: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the modfl routine is - * available to split a long double x into a fractional part f and - * an integer part i such that |f| < 1.0 and (f + i) = x. - */ -/* HAS_MODFL_PROTO: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the system provides - * a prototype for the modfl() function. Otherwise, it is up - * to the program to supply one. - */ -/* HAS_MODFL_POW32_BUG: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the modfl routine is - * broken for long doubles >= pow(2, 32). - * For example from 4294967303.150000 one would get 4294967302.000000 - * and 1.150000. The bug has been seen in certain versions of glibc, - * release 2.2.2 is known to be okay. - */ -/*#define HAS_MODFL /**/ -/*#define HAS_MODFL_PROTO /**/ -/*#define HAS_MODFL_POW32_BUG /**/ - -/* HAS_MPROTECT: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the mprotect system call is - * available to modify the access protection of a memory mapped file. - */ -/*#define HAS_MPROTECT /**/ - /* HAS_MSG: * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the entire msg*(2) library is * supported (IPC mechanism based on message queues). */ /*#define HAS_MSG /**/ -/* HAS_STRUCT_MSGHDR: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the struct msghdr - * is supported. - */ -/*#define HAS_STRUCT_MSGHDR /**/ - -/* HAS_NL_LANGINFO: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the nl_langinfo routine is - * available to return local data. You will also need - * and therefore I_LANGINFO. - */ -/*#define HAS_NL_LANGINFO /**/ - -/* HAS_OFF64_T: - * This symbol will be defined if the C compiler supports off64_t. - */ -/*#define HAS_OFF64_T /**/ - -/* HAS_OPEN3: - * This manifest constant lets the C program know that the three - * argument form of open(2) is available. - */ -/*#define HAS_OPEN3 /**/ - -/* HAS_PROCSELFEXE: - * This symbol is defined if PROCSELFEXE_PATH is a symlink - * to the absolute pathname of the executing program. - */ -/* PROCSELFEXE_PATH: - * If HAS_PROCSELFEXE is defined this symbol is the filename - * of the symbolic link pointing to the absolute pathname of - * the executing program. +/* HAS_POLL: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the poll routine is + * available to poll active file descriptors. Please check I_POLL and + * I_SYS_POLL to know which header should be included as well. */ -/*#define HAS_PROCSELFEXE /**/ -#if defined(HAS_PROCSELFEXE) && !defined(PROCSELFEXE_PATH) -#define PROCSELFEXE_PATH /**/ -#endif +/*#define HAS_POLL /**/ /* OLD_PTHREAD_CREATE_JOINABLE: * This symbol, if defined, indicates how to create pthread @@ -2461,15 +1826,8 @@ */ /*#define HAS_PTHREAD_ATFORK /**/ -/* HAS_PTHREAD_ATTR_SETSCOPE: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the pthread_attr_setscope - * system call is available to set the contention scope attribute of - * a thread attribute object. - */ -/*#define HAS_PTHREAD_ATTR_SETSCOPE / **/ - /* HAS_PTHREAD_YIELD: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the pthread_yield + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the pthread_yield * routine is available to yield the execution of the current * thread. sched_yield is preferable to pthread_yield. */ @@ -2526,69 +1884,12 @@ /*#define HAS_READDIR_R /**/ #define READDIR_R_PROTO 0 /**/ -/* HAS_READV: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the readv routine is - * available to do gather reads. You will also need - * and there I_SYSUIO. - */ -/*#define HAS_READV /**/ - -/* HAS_RECVMSG: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the recvmsg routine is - * available to send structured socket messages. - */ -/*#define HAS_RECVMSG /**/ - -/* HAS_SAFE_BCOPY: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the bcopy routine is available - * to copy potentially overlapping memory blocks. Normally, you should - * probably use memmove() or memcpy(). If neither is defined, roll your - * own version. - */ -/*#define HAS_SAFE_BCOPY /**/ - -/* HAS_SAFE_MEMCPY: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the memcpy routine is available - * to copy potentially overlapping memory blocks. If you need to - * copy overlapping memory blocks, you should check HAS_MEMMOVE and - * use memmove() instead, if available. - */ -/*#define HAS_SAFE_MEMCPY /**/ - -/* HAS_SANE_MEMCMP: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the memcmp routine is available - * and can be used to compare relative magnitudes of chars with their high - * bits set. If it is not defined, roll your own version. - */ -#define HAS_SANE_MEMCMP /**/ - -/* HAS_SBRK_PROTO: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the system provides - * a prototype for the sbrk() function. Otherwise, it is up - * to the program to supply one. Good guesses are - * extern void* sbrk(int); - * extern void* sbrk(size_t); - */ -/*#define HAS_SBRK_PROTO /**/ - -/* HAS_SCALBNL: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the scalbnl routine is - * available. If ilogbl is also present we can emulate frexpl. - */ -/*#define HAS_SCALBNL /**/ - /* HAS_SEM: * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the entire sem*(2) library is * supported. */ /*#define HAS_SEM /**/ -/* HAS_SENDMSG: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the sendmsg routine is - * available to send structured socket messages. - */ -/*#define HAS_SENDMSG /**/ - /* HAS_SETGRENT: * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the setgrent routine is * available for initializing sequential access of the group database. @@ -2634,12 +1935,6 @@ /*#define HAS_SETHOSTENT_R /**/ #define SETHOSTENT_R_PROTO 0 /**/ -/* HAS_SETITIMER: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the setitimer routine is - * available to set interval timers. - */ -/*#define HAS_SETITIMER /**/ - /* HAS_SETLOCALE_R: * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the setlocale_r routine * is available to setlocale re-entrantly. @@ -2690,12 +1985,6 @@ /*#define HAS_SETPGRP /**/ /*#define USE_BSD_SETPGRP /**/ -/* HAS_SETPROCTITLE: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the setproctitle routine is - * available to set process title. - */ -/*#define HAS_SETPROCTITLE /**/ - /* HAS_SETPROTOENT_R: * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the setprotoent_r routine * is available to setprotoent re-entrantly. @@ -2754,12 +2043,6 @@ */ #define HAS_SETVBUF /**/ -/* USE_SFIO: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that sfio should - * be used. - */ -/*#define USE_SFIO /**/ - /* HAS_SHM: * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the entire shm*(2) library is * supported. @@ -2780,88 +2063,13 @@ #define Shmat_t void * /**/ /*#define HAS_SHMAT_PROTOTYPE /**/ -/* HAS_SIGACTION: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that Vr4's sigaction() routine - * is available. +/* HAS_SOCKET: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the BSD socket interface is + * supported. */ -/*#define HAS_SIGACTION /**/ - -/* HAS_SIGPROCMASK: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the sigprocmask - * system call is available to examine or change the signal mask - * of the calling process. - */ -/*#define HAS_SIGPROCMASK /**/ - -/* HAS_SIGSETJMP: - * This variable indicates to the C program that the sigsetjmp() - * routine is available to save the calling process's registers - * and stack environment for later use by siglongjmp(), and - * to optionally save the process's signal mask. See - * Sigjmp_buf, Sigsetjmp, and Siglongjmp. - */ -/* Sigjmp_buf: - * This is the buffer type to be used with Sigsetjmp and Siglongjmp. - */ -/* Sigsetjmp: - * This macro is used in the same way as sigsetjmp(), but will invoke - * traditional setjmp() if sigsetjmp isn't available. - * See HAS_SIGSETJMP. - */ -/* Siglongjmp: - * This macro is used in the same way as siglongjmp(), but will invoke - * traditional longjmp() if siglongjmp isn't available. - * See HAS_SIGSETJMP. - */ -/*#define HAS_SIGSETJMP /**/ -#ifdef HAS_SIGSETJMP -#define Sigjmp_buf sigjmp_buf -#define Sigsetjmp(buf,save_mask) sigsetjmp((buf),(save_mask)) -#define Siglongjmp(buf,retval) siglongjmp((buf),(retval)) -#else -#define Sigjmp_buf jmp_buf -#define Sigsetjmp(buf,save_mask) setjmp((buf)) -#define Siglongjmp(buf,retval) longjmp((buf),(retval)) -#endif - -/* USE_SITECUSTOMIZE: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that sitecustomize should - * be used. - */ -/*#define USE_SITECUSTOMIZE /**/ - -/* HAS_SNPRINTF: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the snprintf () library - * function is available for use. - */ -/* HAS_VSNPRINTF: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the vsnprintf () library - * function is available for use. - */ -#define HAS_SNPRINTF /**/ -#define HAS_VSNPRINTF /**/ - -/* HAS_SOCKATMARK: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the sockatmark routine is - * available to test whether a socket is at the out-of-band mark. - */ -/*#define HAS_SOCKATMARK /**/ - -/* HAS_SOCKATMARK_PROTO: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the system provides - * a prototype for the sockatmark() function. Otherwise, it is up - * to the program to supply one. A good guess is - * extern int sockatmark(int); - */ -/*#define HAS_SOCKATMARK_PROTO /**/ - -/* HAS_SOCKET: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the BSD socket interface is - * supported. - */ -/* HAS_SOCKETPAIR: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the BSD socketpair() call is - * supported. +/* HAS_SOCKETPAIR: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the BSD socketpair() call is + * supported. */ /* HAS_MSG_CTRUNC: * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the MSG_CTRUNC is supported. @@ -2902,26 +2110,6 @@ /*#define HAS_MSG_PROXY /**/ /*#define HAS_SCM_RIGHTS /**/ -/* HAS_SOCKS5_INIT: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the socks5_init routine is - * available to initialize SOCKS 5. - */ -/*#define HAS_SOCKS5_INIT /**/ - -/* SPRINTF_RETURNS_STRLEN: - * This variable defines whether sprintf returns the length of the string - * (as per the ANSI spec). Some C libraries retain compatibility with - * pre-ANSI C and return a pointer to the passed in buffer; for these - * this variable will be undef. - */ -#define SPRINTF_RETURNS_STRLEN /**/ - -/* HAS_SQRTL: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the sqrtl routine is - * available to do long double square roots. - */ -/*#define HAS_SQRTL /**/ - /* HAS_SRAND48_R: * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the srand48_r routine * is available to srand48 re-entrantly. @@ -2948,22 +2136,6 @@ /*#define HAS_SRANDOM_R /**/ #define SRANDOM_R_PROTO 0 /**/ -/* HAS_SETRESGID_PROTO: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the system provides - * a prototype for the setresgid() function. Otherwise, it is up - * to the program to supply one. Good guesses are - * extern int setresgid(uid_t ruid, uid_t euid, uid_t suid); - */ -/*#define HAS_SETRESGID_PROTO /**/ - -/* HAS_SETRESUID_PROTO: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the system provides - * a prototype for the setresuid() function. Otherwise, it is up - * to the program to supply one. Good guesses are - * extern int setresuid(uid_t ruid, uid_t euid, uid_t suid); - */ -/*#define HAS_SETRESUID_PROTO /**/ - /* USE_STAT_BLOCKS: * This symbol is defined if this system has a stat structure declaring * st_blksize and st_blocks. @@ -2972,98 +2144,12 @@ /*#define USE_STAT_BLOCKS /**/ #endif -/* HAS_STRUCT_STATFS_F_FLAGS: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the struct statfs - * does have the f_flags member containing the mount flags of - * the filesystem containing the file. - * This kind of struct statfs is coming from (BSD 4.3), - * not from (SYSV). Older BSDs (like Ultrix) do not - * have statfs() and struct statfs, they have ustat() and getmnt() - * with struct ustat and struct fs_data. - */ -/*#define HAS_STRUCT_STATFS_F_FLAGS /**/ - -/* HAS_STRUCT_STATFS: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the struct statfs - * to do statfs() is supported. - */ -/*#define HAS_STRUCT_STATFS /**/ - -/* HAS_FSTATVFS: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the fstatvfs routine is - * available to stat filesystems by file descriptors. - */ -/*#define HAS_FSTATVFS /**/ - -/* USE_STDIO_PTR: - * This symbol is defined if the _ptr and _cnt fields (or similar) - * of the stdio FILE structure can be used to access the stdio buffer - * for a file handle. If this is defined, then the FILE_ptr(fp) - * and FILE_cnt(fp) macros will also be defined and should be used - * to access these fields. - */ -/* FILE_ptr: - * This macro is used to access the _ptr field (or equivalent) of the - * FILE structure pointed to by its argument. This macro will always be - * defined if USE_STDIO_PTR is defined. - */ -/* STDIO_PTR_LVALUE: - * This symbol is defined if the FILE_ptr macro can be used as an - * lvalue. - */ -/* FILE_cnt: - * This macro is used to access the _cnt field (or equivalent) of the - * FILE structure pointed to by its argument. This macro will always be - * defined if USE_STDIO_PTR is defined. - */ -/* STDIO_CNT_LVALUE: - * This symbol is defined if the FILE_cnt macro can be used as an - * lvalue. - */ -/* STDIO_PTR_LVAL_SETS_CNT: - * This symbol is defined if using the FILE_ptr macro as an lvalue - * to increase the pointer by n has the side effect of decreasing the - * value of File_cnt(fp) by n. - */ -/* STDIO_PTR_LVAL_NOCHANGE_CNT: - * This symbol is defined if using the FILE_ptr macro as an lvalue - * to increase the pointer by n leaves File_cnt(fp) unchanged. - */ -#define USE_STDIO_PTR /**/ -#ifdef USE_STDIO_PTR -#define FILE_ptr(fp) ((fp)->_ptr) -#define STDIO_PTR_LVALUE /**/ -#define FILE_cnt(fp) ((fp)->_cnt) -#define STDIO_CNT_LVALUE /**/ -/*#define STDIO_PTR_LVAL_SETS_CNT /**/ -#define STDIO_PTR_LVAL_NOCHANGE_CNT /**/ -#endif - -/* USE_STDIO_BASE: - * This symbol is defined if the _base field (or similar) of the - * stdio FILE structure can be used to access the stdio buffer for - * a file handle. If this is defined, then the FILE_base(fp) macro - * will also be defined and should be used to access this field. - * Also, the FILE_bufsiz(fp) macro will be defined and should be used - * to determine the number of bytes in the buffer. USE_STDIO_BASE - * will never be defined unless USE_STDIO_PTR is. - */ -/* FILE_base: - * This macro is used to access the _base field (or equivalent) of the - * FILE structure pointed to by its argument. This macro will always be - * defined if USE_STDIO_BASE is defined. - */ -/* FILE_bufsiz: - * This macro is used to determine the number of bytes in the I/O - * buffer pointed to by _base field (or equivalent) of the FILE - * structure pointed to its argument. This macro will always be defined - * if USE_STDIO_BASE is defined. +/* USE_STRUCT_COPY: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that this C compiler knows how + * to copy structures. If undefined, you'll need to use a block copy + * routine of some sort instead. */ -#define USE_STDIO_BASE /**/ -#ifdef USE_STDIO_BASE -#define FILE_base(fp) ((fp)->_base) -#define FILE_bufsiz(fp) ((fp)->_cnt + (fp)->_ptr - (fp)->_base) -#endif +#define USE_STRUCT_COPY /**/ /* HAS_STRERROR: * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the strerror routine is @@ -3097,111 +2183,46 @@ /*#define HAS_STRERROR_R /**/ #define STRERROR_R_PROTO 0 /**/ -/* HAS_STRFTIME: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the strftime routine is - * available to do time formatting. +/* HAS_STRTOUL: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the strtoul routine is + * available to provide conversion of strings to unsigned long. */ -#define HAS_STRFTIME /**/ +#define HAS_STRTOUL /**/ -/* HAS_STRLCAT: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the strlcat () routine is - * available to do string concatenation. +/* HAS_TIME: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the time() routine exists. */ -/*#define HAS_STRLCAT /**/ - -/* HAS_STRLCPY: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the strlcpy () routine is - * available to do string copying. +/* Time_t: + * This symbol holds the type returned by time(). It can be long, + * or time_t on BSD sites (in which case should be + * included). */ -/*#define HAS_STRLCPY /**/ +#define HAS_TIME /**/ +#define Time_t time_t /* Time type */ -/* HAS_STRTOLD: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the strtold routine is - * available to convert strings to long doubles. +/* HAS_TIMES: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the times() routine exists. + * Note that this became obsolete on some systems (SUNOS), which now + * use getrusage(). It may be necessary to include . */ -/*#define HAS_STRTOLD /**/ +#define HAS_TIMES /**/ -/* HAS_STRTOLL: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the strtoll routine is - * available to convert strings to long longs. +/* HAS_TMPNAM_R: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the tmpnam_r routine + * is available to tmpnam re-entrantly. */ -#define HAS_STRTOLL /**/ - -/* HAS_STRTOQ: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the strtoq routine is - * available to convert strings to long longs (quads). +/* TMPNAM_R_PROTO: + * This symbol encodes the prototype of tmpnam_r. + * It is zero if d_tmpnam_r is undef, and one of the + * REENTRANT_PROTO_T_ABC macros of reentr.h if d_tmpnam_r + * is defined. */ -/*#define HAS_STRTOQ /**/ +/*#define HAS_TMPNAM_R /**/ +#define TMPNAM_R_PROTO 0 /**/ -/* HAS_STRTOUL: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the strtoul routine is - * available to provide conversion of strings to unsigned long. - */ -#define HAS_STRTOUL /**/ - -/* HAS_STRTOULL: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the strtoull routine is - * available to convert strings to unsigned long longs. - */ -#define HAS_STRTOULL /**/ - -/* HAS_STRTOUQ: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the strtouq routine is - * available to convert strings to unsigned long longs (quads). - */ -/*#define HAS_STRTOUQ /**/ - -/* HAS_SYSCALL_PROTO: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the system provides - * a prototype for the syscall() function. Otherwise, it is up - * to the program to supply one. Good guesses are - * extern int syscall(int, ...); - * extern int syscall(long, ...); - */ -/*#define HAS_SYSCALL_PROTO /**/ - -/* HAS_TELLDIR_PROTO: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the system provides - * a prototype for the telldir() function. Otherwise, it is up - * to the program to supply one. A good guess is - * extern long telldir(DIR*); - */ -#define HAS_TELLDIR_PROTO /**/ - -/* HAS_TIME: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the time() routine exists. - */ -/* Time_t: - * This symbol holds the type returned by time(). It can be long, - * or time_t on BSD sites (in which case should be - * included). - */ -#define HAS_TIME /**/ -#define Time_t time_t /* Time type */ - -/* HAS_TIMES: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the times() routine exists. - * Note that this became obsolete on some systems (SUNOS), which now - * use getrusage(). It may be necessary to include . - */ -#define HAS_TIMES /**/ - -/* HAS_TMPNAM_R: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the tmpnam_r routine - * is available to tmpnam re-entrantly. - */ -/* TMPNAM_R_PROTO: - * This symbol encodes the prototype of tmpnam_r. - * It is zero if d_tmpnam_r is undef, and one of the - * REENTRANT_PROTO_T_ABC macros of reentr.h if d_tmpnam_r - * is defined. - */ -/*#define HAS_TMPNAM_R /**/ -#define TMPNAM_R_PROTO 0 /**/ - -/* HAS_TTYNAME_R: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the ttyname_r routine - * is available to ttyname re-entrantly. +/* HAS_TTYNAME_R: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the ttyname_r routine + * is available to ttyname re-entrantly. */ /* TTYNAME_R_PROTO: * This symbol encodes the prototype of ttyname_r. @@ -3212,20 +2233,6 @@ /*#define HAS_TTYNAME_R /**/ #define TTYNAME_R_PROTO 0 /**/ -/* U32_ALIGNMENT_REQUIRED: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that you must access - * character data through U32-aligned pointers. - */ -#ifndef U32_ALIGNMENT_REQUIRED -#define U32_ALIGNMENT_REQUIRED /**/ -#endif - -/* HAS_UALARM: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the ualarm routine is - * available to do alarms with microsecond granularity. - */ -/*#define HAS_UALARM /**/ - /* HAS_UNION_SEMUN: * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the union semun is * defined by including . If not, the user code @@ -3248,33 +2255,6 @@ /*#define USE_SEMCTL_SEMUN /**/ /*#define USE_SEMCTL_SEMID_DS /**/ -/* HAS_UNORDERED: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the unordered routine is - * available to check whether two doubles are unordered - * (effectively: whether either of them is NaN) - */ -/*#define HAS_UNORDERED /**/ - -/* HAS_UNSETENV: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the unsetenv () routine is - * available for use. - */ -/*#define HAS_UNSETENV /**/ - -/* HAS_USLEEP_PROTO: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the system provides - * a prototype for the usleep() function. Otherwise, it is up - * to the program to supply one. A good guess is - * extern int usleep(useconds_t); - */ -/*#define HAS_USLEEP_PROTO /**/ - -/* HAS_USTAT: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the ustat system call is - * available to query file system statistics by dev_t. - */ -/*#define HAS_USTAT /**/ - /* HAS_VFORK: * This symbol, if defined, indicates that vfork() exists. */ @@ -3294,57 +2274,14 @@ */ #define Signal_t void /* Signal handler's return type */ -/* HAS_VPRINTF: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the vprintf routine is available - * to printf with a pointer to an argument list. If unavailable, you - * may need to write your own, probably in terms of _doprnt(). - */ -/* USE_CHAR_VSPRINTF: - * This symbol is defined if this system has vsprintf() returning type - * (char*). The trend seems to be to declare it as "int vsprintf()". It - * is up to the package author to declare vsprintf correctly based on the - * symbol. - */ -#define HAS_VPRINTF /**/ -/*#define USE_CHAR_VSPRINTF /**/ - -/* HAS_WRITEV: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the writev routine is - * available to do scatter writes. - */ -/*#define HAS_WRITEV /**/ - -/* USE_DYNAMIC_LOADING: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that dynamic loading of - * some sort is available. - */ -#define USE_DYNAMIC_LOADING /**/ - -/* DOUBLESIZE: - * This symbol contains the size of a double, so that the C preprocessor - * can make decisions based on it. - */ -#define DOUBLESIZE 8 /**/ - -/* EBCDIC: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that this system uses - * EBCDIC encoding. - */ -/*#define EBCDIC /**/ - -/* FFLUSH_NULL: - * This symbol, if defined, tells that fflush(NULL) does flush - * all pending stdio output. - */ -/* FFLUSH_ALL: - * This symbol, if defined, tells that to flush - * all pending stdio output one must loop through all - * the stdio file handles stored in an array and fflush them. - * Note that if fflushNULL is defined, fflushall will not - * even be probed for and will be left undefined. +/* HASVOLATILE: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that this C compiler knows about + * the volatile declaration. */ -#define FFLUSH_NULL /**/ -/*#define FFLUSH_ALL /**/ +#define HASVOLATILE /**/ +#ifndef HASVOLATILE +#define volatile +#endif /* Fpos_t: * This symbol holds the type used to declare file positions in libc. @@ -3382,8 +2319,8 @@ * This symbol holds the type used for the second argument to * getgroups() and setgroups(). Usually, this is the same as * gidtype (gid_t) , but sometimes it isn't. - * It can be int, ushort, gid_t, etc... - * It may be necessary to include to get any + * It can be int, ushort, gid_t, etc... + * It may be necessary to include to get any * typedef'ed information. This is only required if you have * getgroups() or setgroups().. */ @@ -3391,53 +2328,25 @@ #define Groups_t gid_t /* Type for 2nd arg to [sg]etgroups() */ #endif -/* I_CRYPT: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that exists and - * should be included. - */ -/*#define I_CRYPT /**/ - -/* DB_Prefix_t: - * This symbol contains the type of the prefix structure element - * in the header file. In older versions of DB, it was - * int, while in newer ones it is u_int32_t. - */ -/* DB_Hash_t: - * This symbol contains the type of the prefix structure element - * in the header file. In older versions of DB, it was - * int, while in newer ones it is size_t. - */ -/* DB_VERSION_MAJOR_CFG: - * This symbol, if defined, defines the major version number of - * Berkeley DB found in the header when Perl was configured. - */ -/* DB_VERSION_MINOR_CFG: - * This symbol, if defined, defines the minor version number of - * Berkeley DB found in the header when Perl was configured. - * For DB version 1 this is always 0. - */ -/* DB_VERSION_PATCH_CFG: - * This symbol, if defined, defines the patch version number of - * Berkeley DB found in the header when Perl was configured. - * For DB version 1 this is always 0. +/* I_DIRENT: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that it should + * include . Using this symbol also triggers the definition + * of the Direntry_t define which ends up being 'struct dirent' or + * 'struct direct' depending on the availability of . */ -#define DB_Hash_t int /**/ -#define DB_Prefix_t int /**/ -#define DB_VERSION_MAJOR_CFG 0 /**/ -#define DB_VERSION_MINOR_CFG 0 /**/ -#define DB_VERSION_PATCH_CFG 0 /**/ - -/* I_FP: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that exists and - * should be included. +/* DIRNAMLEN: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that the length + * of directory entry names is provided by a d_namlen field. Otherwise + * you need to do strlen() on the d_name field. */ -/*#define I_FP /**/ - -/* I_FP_CLASS: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that exists and - * should be included. +/* Direntry_t: + * This symbol is set to 'struct direct' or 'struct dirent' depending on + * whether dirent is available or not. You should use this pseudo type to + * portably declare your directory entries. */ -/*#define I_FP_CLASS /**/ +#define I_DIRENT /**/ +#define DIRNAMLEN /**/ +#define Direntry_t struct direct /* I_GRP: * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that it should @@ -3450,42 +2359,12 @@ /*#define I_GRP /**/ /*#define GRPASSWD /**/ -/* I_IEEEFP: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that exists and - * should be included. - */ -/*#define I_IEEEFP /**/ - -/* I_INTTYPES: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that it should - * include . - */ -/*#define I_INTTYPES /**/ - -/* I_LANGINFO: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that exists and - * should be included. - */ -/*#define I_LANGINFO /**/ - -/* I_LIBUTIL: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that exists and - * should be included. - */ -/*#define I_LIBUTIL /**/ - /* I_MACH_CTHREADS: * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that it should * include . */ /*#define I_MACH_CTHREADS /**/ -/* I_MNTENT: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that exists and - * should be included. - */ -/*#define I_MNTENT /**/ - /* I_NDBM: * This symbol, if defined, indicates that exists and should * be included. @@ -3498,23 +2377,11 @@ */ /*#define I_NETDB /**/ -/* I_NETINET_TCP: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that it should - * include . - */ -/*#define I_NETINET_TCP /**/ - -/* I_POLL: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that exists and - * should be included. (see also HAS_POLL) - */ -/*#define I_POLL /**/ - -/* I_PROT: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that exists and +/* I_NET_ERRNO: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that exists and * should be included. */ -/*#define I_PROT /**/ +/*#define I_NET_ERRNO /**/ /* I_PTHREAD: * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that it should @@ -3568,52 +2435,17 @@ /*#define PWGECOS /**/ /*#define PWPASSWD /**/ -/* I_SHADOW: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that exists and - * should be included. - */ -/*#define I_SHADOW /**/ - -/* I_SOCKS: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that exists and - * should be included. - */ -/*#define I_SOCKS /**/ - -/* I_SUNMATH: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that exists and - * should be included. - */ -/*#define I_SUNMATH /**/ - -/* I_SYSLOG: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that exists and - * should be included. - */ -/*#define I_SYSLOG /**/ - -/* I_SYSMODE: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that exists and - * should be included. - */ -/*#define I_SYSMODE /**/ - -/* I_SYS_MOUNT: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that exists and - * should be included. - */ -/*#define I_SYS_MOUNT /**/ - -/* I_SYS_STATFS: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that exists. +/* I_SYS_ACCESS: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that it should + * include . */ -/*#define I_SYS_STATFS /**/ +/*#define I_SYS_ACCESS /**/ -/* I_SYS_STATVFS: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that exists and - * should be included. +/* I_SYS_SECURITY: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that it should + * include . */ -/*#define I_SYS_STATVFS /**/ +/*#define I_SYS_SECURITY /**/ /* I_SYSUIO: * This symbol, if defined, indicates that exists and @@ -3621,50 +2453,6 @@ */ /*#define I_SYSUIO /**/ -/* I_SYSUTSNAME: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that exists and - * should be included. - */ -/*#define I_SYSUTSNAME /**/ - -/* I_SYS_VFS: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that exists and - * should be included. - */ -/*#define I_SYS_VFS /**/ - -/* I_TIME: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that it should - * include . - */ -/* I_SYS_TIME: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that it should - * include . - */ -/* I_SYS_TIME_KERNEL: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that it should - * include with KERNEL defined. - */ -/* HAS_TM_TM_ZONE: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that - * the struct tm has a tm_zone field. - */ -/* HAS_TM_TM_GMTOFF: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that - * the struct tm has a tm_gmtoff field. - */ -#define I_TIME /**/ -/*#define I_SYS_TIME /**/ -/*#define I_SYS_TIME_KERNEL /**/ -/*#define HAS_TM_TM_ZONE /**/ -/*#define HAS_TM_TM_GMTOFF /**/ - -/* I_USTAT: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that exists and - * should be included. - */ -/*#define I_USTAT /**/ - /* I_STDARG: * This symbol, if defined, indicates that exists and should * be included. @@ -3683,7 +2471,7 @@ * for a C initialization string. See the inc_version_list entry * in Porting/Glossary for more details. */ -#define PERL_INC_VERSION_LIST 0 /**/ +/*#define PERL_INC_VERSION_LIST 0 /**/ /* INSTALL_USR_BIN_PERL: * This symbol, if defined, indicates that Perl is to be installed @@ -3691,27 +2479,6 @@ */ /*#define INSTALL_USR_BIN_PERL /**/ -/* PERL_PRIfldbl: - * This symbol, if defined, contains the string used by stdio to - * format long doubles (format 'f') for output. - */ -/* PERL_PRIgldbl: - * This symbol, if defined, contains the string used by stdio to - * format long doubles (format 'g') for output. - */ -/* PERL_PRIeldbl: - * This symbol, if defined, contains the string used by stdio to - * format long doubles (format 'e') for output. - */ -/* PERL_SCNfldbl: - * This symbol, if defined, contains the string used by stdio to - * format long doubles (format 'f') for input. - */ -/*#define PERL_PRIfldbl "f" /**/ -/*#define PERL_PRIgldbl "g" /**/ -/*#define PERL_PRIeldbl "e" /**/ -/*#define PERL_SCNfldbl "f" /**/ - /* Off_t: * This symbol holds the type used to declare offsets in the kernel. * It can be int, long, off_t, etc... It may be necessary to include @@ -3727,12 +2494,6 @@ #define LSEEKSIZE 4 /* size */ #define Off_t_size 4 /* size */ -/* PERL_MAD: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the Misc Attribution - * Declaration code should be conditionally compiled. - */ -/*#define PERL_MAD /**/ - /* Free_t: * This variable contains the return type of free(). It is usually * void, but occasionally int. @@ -3754,51 +2515,13 @@ /*#define MYMALLOC /**/ /* Mode_t: - * This symbol holds the type used to declare file modes + * This symbol holds the type used to declare file modes * for systems calls. It is usually mode_t, but may be * int or unsigned short. It may be necessary to include * to get any typedef'ed information. */ #define Mode_t mode_t /* file mode parameter for system calls */ -/* VAL_O_NONBLOCK: - * This symbol is to be used during open() or fcntl(F_SETFL) to turn on - * non-blocking I/O for the file descriptor. Note that there is no way - * back, i.e. you cannot turn it blocking again this way. If you wish to - * alternatively switch between blocking and non-blocking, use the - * ioctl(FIOSNBIO) call instead, but that is not supported by all devices. - */ -/* VAL_EAGAIN: - * This symbol holds the errno error code set by read() when no data was - * present on the non-blocking file descriptor. - */ -/* RD_NODATA: - * This symbol holds the return code from read() when no data is present - * on the non-blocking file descriptor. Be careful! If EOF_NONBLOCK is - * not defined, then you can't distinguish between no data and EOF by - * issuing a read(). You'll have to find another way to tell for sure! - */ -/* EOF_NONBLOCK: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that a read() on - * a non-blocking file descriptor will return 0 on EOF, and not the value - * held in RD_NODATA (-1 usually, in that case!). - */ -#define VAL_O_NONBLOCK O_NONBLOCK -#define VAL_EAGAIN EAGAIN -#define RD_NODATA -1 -#define EOF_NONBLOCK - -/* NEED_VA_COPY: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the system stores - * the variable argument list datatype, va_list, in a format - * that cannot be copied by simple assignment, so that some - * other means must be used when copying is required. - * As such systems vary in their provision (or non-provision) - * of copying mechanisms, handy.h defines a platform- - * independent macro, Perl_va_copy(src, dst), to do the job. - */ -/*#define NEED_VA_COPY /**/ - /* Netdb_host_t: * This symbol holds the type used for the 1st argument * to gethostbyaddr(). @@ -3830,285 +2553,58 @@ */ /*#define PERL_OTHERLIBDIRS "" /**/ -/* HAS_QUAD: - * This symbol, if defined, tells that there's a 64-bit integer type, - * Quad_t, and its unsigned counterpar, Uquad_t. QUADKIND will be one - * of QUAD_IS_INT, QUAD_IS_LONG, QUAD_IS_LONG_LONG, or QUAD_IS_INT64_T. +/* Pid_t: + * This symbol holds the type used to declare process ids in the kernel. + * It can be int, uint, pid_t, etc... It may be necessary to include + * to get any typedef'ed information. */ -#define HAS_QUAD /**/ -#ifdef HAS_QUAD -# define Quad_t __int64 /**/ -# define Uquad_t unsigned __int64 /**/ -# define QUADKIND 4 /**/ -# define QUAD_IS_INT 1 -# define QUAD_IS_LONG 2 -# define QUAD_IS_LONG_LONG 3 -# define QUAD_IS_INT64_T 4 -#endif +#define Pid_t int /* PID type */ -/* IVTYPE: - * This symbol defines the C type used for Perl's IV. - */ -/* UVTYPE: - * This symbol defines the C type used for Perl's UV. - */ -/* I8TYPE: - * This symbol defines the C type used for Perl's I8. - */ -/* U8TYPE: - * This symbol defines the C type used for Perl's U8. - */ -/* I16TYPE: - * This symbol defines the C type used for Perl's I16. +/* PRIVLIB: + * This symbol contains the name of the private library for this package. + * The library is private in the sense that it needn't be in anyone's + * execution path, but it should be accessible by the world. The program + * should be prepared to do ~ expansion. */ -/* U16TYPE: - * This symbol defines the C type used for Perl's U16. +/* PRIVLIB_EXP: + * This symbol contains the ~name expanded version of PRIVLIB, to be used + * in programs that are not prepared to deal with ~ expansion at run-time. */ -/* I32TYPE: - * This symbol defines the C type used for Perl's I32. +#define PRIVLIB "c:\\perl\\lib" /**/ +#define PRIVLIB_EXP (win32_get_privlib("5.11.0")) /**/ + +/* CAN_PROTOTYPE: + * If defined, this macro indicates that the C compiler can handle + * function prototypes. */ -/* U32TYPE: - * This symbol defines the C type used for Perl's U32. +/* _: + * This macro is used to declare function parameters for folks who want + * to make declarations with prototypes using a different style than + * the above macros. Use double parentheses. For example: + * + * int main _((int argc, char *argv[])); */ -/* I64TYPE: - * This symbol defines the C type used for Perl's I64. +#define CAN_PROTOTYPE /**/ +#ifdef CAN_PROTOTYPE +#define _(args) args +#else +#define _(args) () +#endif + +/* Select_fd_set_t: + * This symbol holds the type used for the 2nd, 3rd, and 4th + * arguments to select. Usually, this is 'fd_set *', if HAS_FD_SET + * is defined, and 'int *' otherwise. This is only useful if you + * have select(), of course. */ -/* U64TYPE: - * This symbol defines the C type used for Perl's U64. - */ -/* NVTYPE: - * This symbol defines the C type used for Perl's NV. - */ -/* IVSIZE: - * This symbol contains the sizeof(IV). - */ -/* UVSIZE: - * This symbol contains the sizeof(UV). - */ -/* I8SIZE: - * This symbol contains the sizeof(I8). - */ -/* U8SIZE: - * This symbol contains the sizeof(U8). - */ -/* I16SIZE: - * This symbol contains the sizeof(I16). - */ -/* U16SIZE: - * This symbol contains the sizeof(U16). - */ -/* I32SIZE: - * This symbol contains the sizeof(I32). - */ -/* U32SIZE: - * This symbol contains the sizeof(U32). - */ -/* I64SIZE: - * This symbol contains the sizeof(I64). - */ -/* U64SIZE: - * This symbol contains the sizeof(U64). - */ -/* NVSIZE: - * This symbol contains the sizeof(NV). - */ -/* NV_PRESERVES_UV: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that a variable of type NVTYPE - * can preserve all the bits of a variable of type UVTYPE. - */ -/* NV_PRESERVES_UV_BITS: - * This symbol contains the number of bits a variable of type NVTYPE - * can preserve of a variable of type UVTYPE. - */ -/* NV_OVERFLOWS_INTEGERS_AT - * This symbol gives the largest integer value that NVs can hold. This - * value + 1.0 cannot be stored accurately. It is expressed as constant - * floating point expression to reduce the chance of decimale/binary - * conversion issues. If it can not be determined, the value 0 is given. - */ -/* NV_ZERO_IS_ALLBITS_ZERO - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that a variable of type NVTYPE - * stores 0.0 in memory as all bits zero. - */ -#define IVTYPE __int64 /**/ -#define UVTYPE unsigned __int64 /**/ -#define I8TYPE char /**/ -#define U8TYPE unsigned char /**/ -#define I16TYPE short /**/ -#define U16TYPE unsigned short /**/ -#define I32TYPE long /**/ -#define U32TYPE unsigned long /**/ -#ifdef HAS_QUAD -#define I64TYPE __int64 /**/ -#define U64TYPE unsigned __int64 /**/ -#endif -#define NVTYPE double /**/ -#define IVSIZE 8 /**/ -#define UVSIZE 8 /**/ -#define I8SIZE 1 /**/ -#define U8SIZE 1 /**/ -#define I16SIZE 2 /**/ -#define U16SIZE 2 /**/ -#define I32SIZE 4 /**/ -#define U32SIZE 4 /**/ -#ifdef HAS_QUAD -#define I64SIZE 8 /**/ -#define U64SIZE 8 /**/ -#endif -#define NVSIZE 8 /**/ -#undef NV_PRESERVES_UV -#define NV_PRESERVES_UV_BITS 53 -#define NV_OVERFLOWS_INTEGERS_AT 256.0*256.0*256.0*256.0*256.0*256.0*2.0*2.0*2.0*2.0*2.0 -#define NV_ZERO_IS_ALLBITS_ZERO -#if 8 == 8 -# ifdef BYTEORDER -# if BYTEORDER == 0x1234 -# undef BYTEORDER -# define BYTEORDER 0x12345678 -# else -# if BYTEORDER == 0x4321 -# undef BYTEORDER -# define BYTEORDER 0x87654321 -# endif -# endif -# endif -#endif - -/* IVdf: - * This symbol defines the format string used for printing a Perl IV - * as a signed decimal integer. - */ -/* UVuf: - * This symbol defines the format string used for printing a Perl UV - * as an unsigned decimal integer. - */ -/* UVof: - * This symbol defines the format string used for printing a Perl UV - * as an unsigned octal integer. - */ -/* UVxf: - * This symbol defines the format string used for printing a Perl UV - * as an unsigned hexadecimal integer in lowercase abcdef. - */ -/* UVXf: - * This symbol defines the format string used for printing a Perl UV - * as an unsigned hexadecimal integer in uppercase ABCDEF. - */ -/* NVef: - * This symbol defines the format string used for printing a Perl NV - * using %e-ish floating point format. - */ -/* NVff: - * This symbol defines the format string used for printing a Perl NV - * using %f-ish floating point format. - */ -/* NVgf: - * This symbol defines the format string used for printing a Perl NV - * using %g-ish floating point format. - */ -#define IVdf "I64d" /**/ -#define UVuf "I64u" /**/ -#define UVof "I64o" /**/ -#define UVxf "I64x" /**/ -#define UVXf "I64X" /**/ -#define NVef "e" /**/ -#define NVff "f" /**/ -#define NVgf "g" /**/ - -/* Pid_t: - * This symbol holds the type used to declare process ids in the kernel. - * It can be int, uint, pid_t, etc... It may be necessary to include - * to get any typedef'ed information. - */ -#define Pid_t int /* PID type */ - -/* PRIVLIB: - * This symbol contains the name of the private library for this package. - * The library is private in the sense that it needn't be in anyone's - * execution path, but it should be accessible by the world. The program - * should be prepared to do ~ expansion. - */ -/* PRIVLIB_EXP: - * This symbol contains the ~name expanded version of PRIVLIB, to be used - * in programs that are not prepared to deal with ~ expansion at run-time. - */ -#define PRIVLIB "c:\\perl\\5.11.0\\lib" /**/ -#define PRIVLIB_EXP (win32_get_privlib("5.11.0")) /**/ - -/* CAN_PROTOTYPE: - * If defined, this macro indicates that the C compiler can handle - * function prototypes. - */ -/* _: - * This macro is used to declare function parameters for folks who want - * to make declarations with prototypes using a different style than - * the above macros. Use double parentheses. For example: - * - * int main _((int argc, char *argv[])); - */ -#define CAN_PROTOTYPE /**/ -#ifdef CAN_PROTOTYPE -#define _(args) args -#else -#define _(args) () -#endif - -/* PTRSIZE: - * This symbol contains the size of a pointer, so that the C preprocessor - * can make decisions based on it. It will be sizeof(void *) if - * the compiler supports (void *); otherwise it will be - * sizeof(char *). - */ -#define PTRSIZE 8 /**/ - -/* Drand01: - * This macro is to be used to generate uniformly distributed - * random numbers over the range [0., 1.[. You may have to supply - * an 'extern double drand48();' in your program since SunOS 4.1.3 - * doesn't provide you with anything relevant in its headers. - * See HAS_DRAND48_PROTO. - */ -/* Rand_seed_t: - * This symbol defines the type of the argument of the - * random seed function. - */ -/* seedDrand01: - * This symbol defines the macro to be used in seeding the - * random number generator (see Drand01). - */ -/* RANDBITS: - * This symbol indicates how many bits are produced by the - * function used to generate normalized random numbers. - * Values include 15, 16, 31, and 48. - */ -#define Drand01() (rand()/(double)((unsigned)1< or - * to get any typedef'ed information. - * We will pick a type such that sizeof(SSize_t) == sizeof(Size_t). - */ -#define SSize_t __int64 /* signed count of bytes */ - -/* STARTPERL: - * This variable contains the string to put in front of a perl - * script to make sure (one hopes) that it runs with perl and not - * some shell. - */ -#define STARTPERL "#!perl" /**/ - /* STDCHAR: * This symbol is defined to be the type of char used in stdio.h. * It has the values "unsigned char" or "char". */ #define STDCHAR char /**/ -/* HAS_STDIO_STREAM_ARRAY: - * This symbol, if defined, tells that there is an array - * holding the stdio streams. - */ -/* STDIO_STREAM_ARRAY: - * This symbol tells the name of the array holding the stdio streams. - * Usual values include _iob, __iob, and __sF. - */ -/*#define HAS_STDIO_STREAM_ARRAY /**/ -#define STDIO_STREAM_ARRAY - /* Uid_t_f: * This symbol defines the format string used for printing a Uid_t. */ @@ -4270,6 +2738,1655 @@ */ #define Uid_t uid_t /* UID type */ +/* USE_ITHREADS: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that Perl should be built to + * use the interpreter-based threading implementation. + */ +/* USE_5005THREADS: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that Perl should be built to + * use the 5.005-based threading implementation. + * Only valid up to 5.8.x. + */ +/* OLD_PTHREADS_API: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that Perl should + * be built to use the old draft POSIX threads API. + */ +/* USE_REENTRANT_API: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that Perl should + * try to use the various _r versions of library functions. + * This is extremely experimental. + */ +/*#define USE_5005THREADS /**/ +/*#define USE_ITHREADS /**/ +#if defined(USE_5005THREADS) && !defined(USE_ITHREADS) +#define USE_THREADS /* until src is revised*/ +#endif +/*#define OLD_PTHREADS_API /**/ +/*#define USE_REENTRANT_API /**/ + +/* PERL_VENDORARCH: + * If defined, this symbol contains the name of a private library. + * The library is private in the sense that it needn't be in anyone's + * execution path, but it should be accessible by the world. + * It may have a ~ on the front. + * The standard distribution will put nothing in this directory. + * Vendors who distribute perl may wish to place their own + * architecture-dependent modules and extensions in this directory with + * MakeMaker Makefile.PL INSTALLDIRS=vendor + * or equivalent. See INSTALL for details. + */ +/* PERL_VENDORARCH_EXP: + * This symbol contains the ~name expanded version of PERL_VENDORARCH, to be used + * in programs that are not prepared to deal with ~ expansion at run-time. + */ +/*#define PERL_VENDORARCH "" /**/ +/*#define PERL_VENDORARCH_EXP "" /**/ + +/* PERL_VENDORLIB_EXP: + * This symbol contains the ~name expanded version of VENDORLIB, to be used + * in programs that are not prepared to deal with ~ expansion at run-time. + */ +/* PERL_VENDORLIB_STEM: + * This define is PERL_VENDORLIB_EXP with any trailing version-specific component + * removed. The elements in inc_version_list (inc_version_list.U) can + * be tacked onto this variable to generate a list of directories to search. + */ +/*#define PERL_VENDORLIB_EXP "" /**/ +/*#define PERL_VENDORLIB_STEM "" /**/ + +/* VOIDFLAGS: + * This symbol indicates how much support of the void type is given by this + * compiler. What various bits mean: + * + * 1 = supports declaration of void + * 2 = supports arrays of pointers to functions returning void + * 4 = supports comparisons between pointers to void functions and + * addresses of void functions + * 8 = suports declaration of generic void pointers + * + * The package designer should define VOIDUSED to indicate the requirements + * of the package. This can be done either by #defining VOIDUSED before + * including config.h, or by defining defvoidused in Myinit.U. If the + * latter approach is taken, only those flags will be tested. If the + * level of void support necessary is not present, defines void to int. + */ +#ifndef VOIDUSED +#define VOIDUSED 15 +#endif +#define VOIDFLAGS 15 +#if (VOIDFLAGS & VOIDUSED) != VOIDUSED +#define void int /* is void to be avoided? */ +#define M_VOID /* Xenix strikes again */ +#endif + +/* USE_CROSS_COMPILE: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that Perl is being cross-compiled. + */ +/* PERL_TARGETARCH: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates the target architecture + * Perl has been cross-compiled to. Undefined if not a cross-compile. + */ +#ifndef USE_CROSS_COMPILE +/*#define USE_CROSS_COMPILE /**/ +#define PERL_TARGETARCH "" /**/ +#endif + +/* MEM_ALIGNBYTES: + * This symbol contains the number of bytes required to align a + * double, or a long double when applicable. Usual values are 2, + * 4 and 8. The default is eight, for safety. + */ +#if defined(USE_CROSS_COMPILE) || defined(MULTIARCH) +# define MEM_ALIGNBYTES 8 +#else +#define MEM_ALIGNBYTES 8 +#endif + +/* BYTEORDER: + * This symbol holds the hexadecimal constant defined in byteorder, + * in a UV, i.e. 0x1234 or 0x4321 or 0x12345678, etc... + * If the compiler supports cross-compiling or multiple-architecture + * binaries (eg. on NeXT systems), use compiler-defined macros to + * determine the byte order. + * On NeXT 3.2 (and greater), you can build "Fat" Multiple Architecture + * Binaries (MAB) on either big endian or little endian machines. + * The endian-ness is available at compile-time. This only matters + * for perl, where the config.h can be generated and installed on + * one system, and used by a different architecture to build an + * extension. Older versions of NeXT that might not have + * defined either *_ENDIAN__ were all on Motorola 680x0 series, + * so the default case (for NeXT) is big endian to catch them. + * This might matter for NeXT 3.0. + */ +#if defined(USE_CROSS_COMPILE) || defined(MULTIARCH) +# ifdef __LITTLE_ENDIAN__ +# if LONGSIZE == 4 +# define BYTEORDER 0x1234 +# else +# if LONGSIZE == 8 +# define BYTEORDER 0x12345678 +# endif +# endif +# else +# ifdef __BIG_ENDIAN__ +# if LONGSIZE == 4 +# define BYTEORDER 0x4321 +# else +# if LONGSIZE == 8 +# define BYTEORDER 0x87654321 +# endif +# endif +# endif +# endif +# if !defined(BYTEORDER) && (defined(NeXT) || defined(__NeXT__)) +# define BYTEORDER 0x4321 +# endif +#else +#define BYTEORDER 0x1234 /* large digits for MSB */ +#endif /* NeXT */ + +/* CASTI32: + * This symbol is defined if the C compiler can cast negative + * or large floating point numbers to 32-bit ints. + */ +/*#define CASTI32 /**/ + +/* CASTNEGFLOAT: + * This symbol is defined if the C compiler can cast negative + * numbers to unsigned longs, ints and shorts. + */ +/* CASTFLAGS: + * This symbol contains flags that say what difficulties the compiler + * has casting odd floating values to unsigned long: + * 0 = ok + * 1 = couldn't cast < 0 + * 2 = couldn't cast >= 0x80000000 + * 4 = couldn't cast in argument expression list + */ +#define CASTNEGFLOAT /**/ +#define CASTFLAGS 0 /**/ + +/* VOID_CLOSEDIR: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the closedir() routine + * does not return a value. + */ +/*#define VOID_CLOSEDIR /**/ + +/* HAS_FD_SET: + * This symbol, when defined, indicates presence of the fd_set typedef + * in + */ +#define HAS_FD_SET /**/ + +/* Gconvert: + * This preprocessor macro is defined to convert a floating point + * number to a string without a trailing decimal point. This + * emulates the behavior of sprintf("%g"), but is sometimes much more + * efficient. If gconvert() is not available, but gcvt() drops the + * trailing decimal point, then gcvt() is used. If all else fails, + * a macro using sprintf("%g") is used. Arguments for the Gconvert + * macro are: value, number of digits, whether trailing zeros should + * be retained, and the output buffer. + * The usual values are: + * d_Gconvert='gconvert((x),(n),(t),(b))' + * d_Gconvert='gcvt((x),(n),(b))' + * d_Gconvert='sprintf((b),"%.*g",(n),(x))' + * The last two assume trailing zeros should not be kept. + */ +#define Gconvert(x,n,t,b) sprintf((b),"%.*g",(n),(x)) + +/* HAS_GETPAGESIZE: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getpagesize system call + * is available to get system page size, which is the granularity of + * many memory management calls. + */ +/*#define HAS_GETPAGESIZE /**/ + +/* HAS_GNULIBC: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that + * the GNU C library is being used. A better check is to use + * the __GLIBC__ and __GLIBC_MINOR__ symbols supplied with glibc. + */ +/*#define HAS_GNULIBC /**/ +#if defined(HAS_GNULIBC) && !defined(_GNU_SOURCE) +# define _GNU_SOURCE +#endif + +/* HAS_ISASCII: + * This manifest constant lets the C program know that isascii + * is available. + */ +#define HAS_ISASCII /**/ + +/* HAS_LCHOWN: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the lchown routine is + * available to operate on a symbolic link (instead of following the + * link). + */ +/*#define HAS_LCHOWN /**/ + +/* HAS_OPEN3: + * This manifest constant lets the C program know that the three + * argument form of open(2) is available. + */ +/*#define HAS_OPEN3 /**/ + +/* HAS_SAFE_BCOPY: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the bcopy routine is available + * to copy potentially overlapping memory blocks. Normally, you should + * probably use memmove() or memcpy(). If neither is defined, roll your + * own version. + */ +/*#define HAS_SAFE_BCOPY /**/ + +/* HAS_SAFE_MEMCPY: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the memcpy routine is available + * to copy potentially overlapping memory blocks. If you need to + * copy overlapping memory blocks, you should check HAS_MEMMOVE and + * use memmove() instead, if available. + */ +/*#define HAS_SAFE_MEMCPY /**/ + +/* HAS_SANE_MEMCMP: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the memcmp routine is available + * and can be used to compare relative magnitudes of chars with their high + * bits set. If it is not defined, roll your own version. + */ +#define HAS_SANE_MEMCMP /**/ + +/* HAS_SIGACTION: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that Vr4's sigaction() routine + * is available. + */ +/*#define HAS_SIGACTION /**/ + +/* HAS_SIGSETJMP: + * This variable indicates to the C program that the sigsetjmp() + * routine is available to save the calling process's registers + * and stack environment for later use by siglongjmp(), and + * to optionally save the process's signal mask. See + * Sigjmp_buf, Sigsetjmp, and Siglongjmp. + */ +/* Sigjmp_buf: + * This is the buffer type to be used with Sigsetjmp and Siglongjmp. + */ +/* Sigsetjmp: + * This macro is used in the same way as sigsetjmp(), but will invoke + * traditional setjmp() if sigsetjmp isn't available. + * See HAS_SIGSETJMP. + */ +/* Siglongjmp: + * This macro is used in the same way as siglongjmp(), but will invoke + * traditional longjmp() if siglongjmp isn't available. + * See HAS_SIGSETJMP. + */ +/*#define HAS_SIGSETJMP /**/ +#ifdef HAS_SIGSETJMP +#define Sigjmp_buf sigjmp_buf +#define Sigsetjmp(buf,save_mask) sigsetjmp((buf),(save_mask)) +#define Siglongjmp(buf,retval) siglongjmp((buf),(retval)) +#else +#define Sigjmp_buf jmp_buf +#define Sigsetjmp(buf,save_mask) setjmp((buf)) +#define Siglongjmp(buf,retval) longjmp((buf),(retval)) +#endif + +/* USE_STDIO_PTR: + * This symbol is defined if the _ptr and _cnt fields (or similar) + * of the stdio FILE structure can be used to access the stdio buffer + * for a file handle. If this is defined, then the FILE_ptr(fp) + * and FILE_cnt(fp) macros will also be defined and should be used + * to access these fields. + */ +/* FILE_ptr: + * This macro is used to access the _ptr field (or equivalent) of the + * FILE structure pointed to by its argument. This macro will always be + * defined if USE_STDIO_PTR is defined. + */ +/* STDIO_PTR_LVALUE: + * This symbol is defined if the FILE_ptr macro can be used as an + * lvalue. + */ +/* FILE_cnt: + * This macro is used to access the _cnt field (or equivalent) of the + * FILE structure pointed to by its argument. This macro will always be + * defined if USE_STDIO_PTR is defined. + */ +/* STDIO_CNT_LVALUE: + * This symbol is defined if the FILE_cnt macro can be used as an + * lvalue. + */ +/* STDIO_PTR_LVAL_SETS_CNT: + * This symbol is defined if using the FILE_ptr macro as an lvalue + * to increase the pointer by n has the side effect of decreasing the + * value of File_cnt(fp) by n. + */ +/* STDIO_PTR_LVAL_NOCHANGE_CNT: + * This symbol is defined if using the FILE_ptr macro as an lvalue + * to increase the pointer by n leaves File_cnt(fp) unchanged. + */ +#define USE_STDIO_PTR /**/ +#ifdef USE_STDIO_PTR +#define FILE_ptr(fp) ((fp)->_ptr) +#define STDIO_PTR_LVALUE /**/ +#define FILE_cnt(fp) ((fp)->_cnt) +#define STDIO_CNT_LVALUE /**/ +/*#define STDIO_PTR_LVAL_SETS_CNT /**/ +#define STDIO_PTR_LVAL_NOCHANGE_CNT /**/ +#endif + +/* USE_STDIO_BASE: + * This symbol is defined if the _base field (or similar) of the + * stdio FILE structure can be used to access the stdio buffer for + * a file handle. If this is defined, then the FILE_base(fp) macro + * will also be defined and should be used to access this field. + * Also, the FILE_bufsiz(fp) macro will be defined and should be used + * to determine the number of bytes in the buffer. USE_STDIO_BASE + * will never be defined unless USE_STDIO_PTR is. + */ +/* FILE_base: + * This macro is used to access the _base field (or equivalent) of the + * FILE structure pointed to by its argument. This macro will always be + * defined if USE_STDIO_BASE is defined. + */ +/* FILE_bufsiz: + * This macro is used to determine the number of bytes in the I/O + * buffer pointed to by _base field (or equivalent) of the FILE + * structure pointed to its argument. This macro will always be defined + * if USE_STDIO_BASE is defined. + */ +#define USE_STDIO_BASE /**/ +#ifdef USE_STDIO_BASE +#define FILE_base(fp) ((fp)->_base) +#define FILE_bufsiz(fp) ((fp)->_cnt + (fp)->_ptr - (fp)->_base) +#endif + +/* HAS_VPRINTF: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the vprintf routine is available + * to printf with a pointer to an argument list. If unavailable, you + * may need to write your own, probably in terms of _doprnt(). + */ +/* USE_CHAR_VSPRINTF: + * This symbol is defined if this system has vsprintf() returning type + * (char*). The trend seems to be to declare it as "int vsprintf()". It + * is up to the package author to declare vsprintf correctly based on the + * symbol. + */ +#define HAS_VPRINTF /**/ +/*#define USE_CHAR_VSPRINTF /**/ + +/* DOUBLESIZE: + * This symbol contains the size of a double, so that the C preprocessor + * can make decisions based on it. + */ +#define DOUBLESIZE 8 /**/ + +/* I_TIME: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that it should + * include . + */ +/* I_SYS_TIME: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that it should + * include . + */ +/* I_SYS_TIME_KERNEL: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that it should + * include with KERNEL defined. + */ +/* HAS_TM_TM_ZONE: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that + * the struct tm has a tm_zone field. + */ +/* HAS_TM_TM_GMTOFF: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that + * the struct tm has a tm_gmtoff field. + */ +#define I_TIME /**/ +/*#define I_SYS_TIME /**/ +/*#define I_SYS_TIME_KERNEL /**/ +/*#define HAS_TM_TM_ZONE /**/ +/*#define HAS_TM_TM_GMTOFF /**/ + +/* VAL_O_NONBLOCK: + * This symbol is to be used during open() or fcntl(F_SETFL) to turn on + * non-blocking I/O for the file descriptor. Note that there is no way + * back, i.e. you cannot turn it blocking again this way. If you wish to + * alternatively switch between blocking and non-blocking, use the + * ioctl(FIOSNBIO) call instead, but that is not supported by all devices. + */ +/* VAL_EAGAIN: + * This symbol holds the errno error code set by read() when no data was + * present on the non-blocking file descriptor. + */ +/* RD_NODATA: + * This symbol holds the return code from read() when no data is present + * on the non-blocking file descriptor. Be careful! If EOF_NONBLOCK is + * not defined, then you can't distinguish between no data and EOF by + * issuing a read(). You'll have to find another way to tell for sure! + */ +/* EOF_NONBLOCK: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that a read() on + * a non-blocking file descriptor will return 0 on EOF, and not the value + * held in RD_NODATA (-1 usually, in that case!). + */ +#define VAL_O_NONBLOCK O_NONBLOCK +#define VAL_EAGAIN EAGAIN +#define RD_NODATA -1 +#define EOF_NONBLOCK + +/* PTRSIZE: + * This symbol contains the size of a pointer, so that the C preprocessor + * can make decisions based on it. It will be sizeof(void *) if + * the compiler supports (void *); otherwise it will be + * sizeof(char *). + */ +#define PTRSIZE 8 /**/ + +/* Drand01: + * This macro is to be used to generate uniformly distributed + * random numbers over the range [0., 1.[. You may have to supply + * an 'extern double drand48();' in your program since SunOS 4.1.3 + * doesn't provide you with anything relevant in its headers. + * See HAS_DRAND48_PROTO. + */ +/* Rand_seed_t: + * This symbol defines the type of the argument of the + * random seed function. + */ +/* seedDrand01: + * This symbol defines the macro to be used in seeding the + * random number generator (see Drand01). + */ +/* RANDBITS: + * This symbol indicates how many bits are produced by the + * function used to generate normalized random numbers. + * Values include 15, 16, 31, and 48. + */ +#define Drand01() (rand()/(double)((unsigned)1< or + * to get any typedef'ed information. + * We will pick a type such that sizeof(SSize_t) == sizeof(Size_t). + */ +#define SSize_t __int64 /* signed count of bytes */ + +/* EBCDIC: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that this system uses + * EBCDIC encoding. + */ +/*#define EBCDIC /**/ + +/* HAS_ATOLF: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the atolf routine is + * available to convert strings into long doubles. + */ +/*#define HAS_ATOLF /**/ + +/* HAS_ATOLL: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the atoll routine is + * available to convert strings into long longs. + */ +#define HAS_ATOLL /**/ + +/* HAS__FWALK: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the _fwalk system call is + * available to apply a function to all the file handles. + */ +/*#define HAS__FWALK /**/ + +/* HAS_AINTL: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the aintl routine is + * available. If copysignl is also present we can emulate modfl. + */ +/*#define HAS_AINTL /**/ + +/* HAS_BUILTIN_CHOOSE_EXPR: + * Can we handle GCC builtin for compile-time ternary-like expressions + */ +/* HAS_BUILTIN_EXPECT: + * Can we handle GCC builtin for telling that certain values are more + * likely + */ +/*#define HAS_BUILTIN_EXPECT /**/ +/*#define HAS_BUILTIN_CHOOSE_EXPR /**/ + +/* HAS_C99_VARIADIC_MACROS: + * If defined, the compiler supports C99 variadic macros. + */ +/*#define HAS_C99_VARIADIC_MACROS /**/ + +/* HAS_CLASS: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the class routine is + * available to classify doubles. Available for example in AIX. + * The returned values are defined in and are: + * + * FP_PLUS_NORM Positive normalized, nonzero + * FP_MINUS_NORM Negative normalized, nonzero + * FP_PLUS_DENORM Positive denormalized, nonzero + * FP_MINUS_DENORM Negative denormalized, nonzero + * FP_PLUS_ZERO +0.0 + * FP_MINUS_ZERO -0.0 + * FP_PLUS_INF +INF + * FP_MINUS_INF -INF + * FP_NANS Signaling Not a Number (NaNS) + * FP_NANQ Quiet Not a Number (NaNQ) + */ +/*#define HAS_CLASS /**/ + +/* HAS_CLEARENV: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the clearenv () routine is + * available for use. + */ +/*#define HAS_CLEARENV /**/ + +/* HAS_STRUCT_CMSGHDR: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the struct cmsghdr + * is supported. + */ +/*#define HAS_STRUCT_CMSGHDR /**/ + +/* HAS_COPYSIGNL: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the copysignl routine is + * available. If aintl is also present we can emulate modfl. + */ +/*#define HAS_COPYSIGNL /**/ + +/* USE_CPLUSPLUS: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that a C++ compiler was + * used to compiled Perl and will be used to compile extensions. + */ +/*#define USE_CPLUSPLUS /**/ + +/* HAS_DBMINIT_PROTO: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the system provides + * a prototype for the dbminit() function. Otherwise, it is up + * to the program to supply one. A good guess is + * extern int dbminit(char *); + */ +/*#define HAS_DBMINIT_PROTO /**/ + +/* HAS_DIR_DD_FD: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the the DIR* dirstream + * structure contains a member variable named dd_fd. + */ +/*#define HAS_DIR_DD_FD /**/ + +/* HAS_DIRFD: + * This manifest constant lets the C program know that dirfd + * is available. + */ +/*#define HAS_DIRFD /**/ + +/* DLSYM_NEEDS_UNDERSCORE: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that we need to prepend an + * underscore to the symbol name before calling dlsym(). This only + * makes sense if you *have* dlsym, which we will presume is the + * case if you're using dl_dlopen.xs. + */ +/*#define DLSYM_NEEDS_UNDERSCORE /**/ + +/* HAS_FAST_STDIO: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the "fast stdio" + * is available to manipulate the stdio buffers directly. + */ +#define HAS_FAST_STDIO /**/ + +/* HAS_FCHDIR: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the fchdir routine is + * available to change directory using a file descriptor. + */ +/*#define HAS_FCHDIR /**/ + +/* FCNTL_CAN_LOCK: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that fcntl() can be used + * for file locking. Normally on Unix systems this is defined. + * It may be undefined on VMS. + */ +/*#define FCNTL_CAN_LOCK /**/ + +/* HAS_FINITE: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the finite routine is + * available to check whether a double is finite (non-infinity non-NaN). + */ +/*#define HAS_FINITE /**/ + +/* HAS_FINITEL: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the finitel routine is + * available to check whether a long double is finite + * (non-infinity non-NaN). + */ +/*#define HAS_FINITEL /**/ + +/* HAS_FLOCK_PROTO: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the system provides + * a prototype for the flock() function. Otherwise, it is up + * to the program to supply one. A good guess is + * extern int flock(int, int); + */ +#define HAS_FLOCK_PROTO /**/ + +/* HAS_FP_CLASS: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the fp_class routine is + * available to classify doubles. Available for example in Digital UNIX. + * The returned values are defined in and are: + * + * FP_SNAN Signaling NaN (Not-a-Number) + * FP_QNAN Quiet NaN (Not-a-Number) + * FP_POS_INF +infinity + * FP_NEG_INF -infinity + * FP_POS_NORM Positive normalized + * FP_NEG_NORM Negative normalized + * FP_POS_DENORM Positive denormalized + * FP_NEG_DENORM Negative denormalized + * FP_POS_ZERO +0.0 (positive zero) + * FP_NEG_ZERO -0.0 (negative zero) + */ +/*#define HAS_FP_CLASS /**/ + +/* HAS_FPCLASS: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the fpclass routine is + * available to classify doubles. Available for example in Solaris/SVR4. + * The returned values are defined in and are: + * + * FP_SNAN signaling NaN + * FP_QNAN quiet NaN + * FP_NINF negative infinity + * FP_PINF positive infinity + * FP_NDENORM negative denormalized non-zero + * FP_PDENORM positive denormalized non-zero + * FP_NZERO negative zero + * FP_PZERO positive zero + * FP_NNORM negative normalized non-zero + * FP_PNORM positive normalized non-zero + */ +/*#define HAS_FPCLASS /**/ + +/* HAS_FPCLASSIFY: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the fpclassify routine is + * available to classify doubles. Available for example in HP-UX. + * The returned values are defined in and are + * + * FP_NORMAL Normalized + * FP_ZERO Zero + * FP_INFINITE Infinity + * FP_SUBNORMAL Denormalized + * FP_NAN NaN + * + */ +/*#define HAS_FPCLASSIFY /**/ + +/* HAS_FPCLASSL: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the fpclassl routine is + * available to classify long doubles. Available for example in IRIX. + * The returned values are defined in and are: + * + * FP_SNAN signaling NaN + * FP_QNAN quiet NaN + * FP_NINF negative infinity + * FP_PINF positive infinity + * FP_NDENORM negative denormalized non-zero + * FP_PDENORM positive denormalized non-zero + * FP_NZERO negative zero + * FP_PZERO positive zero + * FP_NNORM negative normalized non-zero + * FP_PNORM positive normalized non-zero + */ +/*#define HAS_FPCLASSL /**/ + +/* HAS_FPOS64_T: + * This symbol will be defined if the C compiler supports fpos64_t. + */ +/*#define HAS_FPOS64_T /**/ + +/* HAS_FREXPL: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the frexpl routine is + * available to break a long double floating-point number into + * a normalized fraction and an integral power of 2. + */ +/*#define HAS_FREXPL /**/ + +/* HAS_STRUCT_FS_DATA: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the struct fs_data + * to do statfs() is supported. + */ +/*#define HAS_STRUCT_FS_DATA /**/ + +/* HAS_FSEEKO: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the fseeko routine is + * available to fseek beyond 32 bits (useful for ILP32 hosts). + */ +/*#define HAS_FSEEKO /**/ + +/* HAS_FSTATFS: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the fstatfs routine is + * available to stat filesystems by file descriptors. + */ +/*#define HAS_FSTATFS /**/ + +/* HAS_FSYNC: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the fsync routine is + * available to write a file's modified data and attributes to + * permanent storage. + */ +/*#define HAS_FSYNC /**/ + +/* HAS_FTELLO: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the ftello routine is + * available to ftell beyond 32 bits (useful for ILP32 hosts). + */ +/*#define HAS_FTELLO /**/ + +/* HAS_FUTIMES: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the futimes routine is + * available to change file descriptor time stamps with struct timevals. + */ +/*#define HAS_FUTIMES /**/ + +/* HAS_GETCWD: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getcwd routine is + * available to get the current working directory. + */ +#define HAS_GETCWD /**/ + +/* HAS_GETESPWNAM: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getespwnam system call is + * available to retrieve enchanced (shadow) password entries by name. + */ +/*#define HAS_GETESPWNAM /**/ + +/* HAS_GETFSSTAT: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getfsstat routine is + * available to stat filesystems in bulk. + */ +/*#define HAS_GETFSSTAT /**/ + +/* HAS_GETITIMER: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getitimer routine is + * available to return interval timers. + */ +/*#define HAS_GETITIMER /**/ + +/* HAS_GETMNT: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getmnt routine is + * available to get filesystem mount info by filename. + */ +/*#define HAS_GETMNT /**/ + +/* HAS_GETMNTENT: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getmntent routine is + * available to iterate through mounted file systems to get their info. + */ +/*#define HAS_GETMNTENT /**/ + +/* HAS_GETPRPWNAM: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getprpwnam system call is + * available to retrieve protected (shadow) password entries by name. + */ +/*#define HAS_GETPRPWNAM /**/ + +/* HAS_GETSPNAM: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getspnam system call is + * available to retrieve SysV shadow password entries by name. + */ +/*#define HAS_GETSPNAM /**/ + +/* HAS_HASMNTOPT: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the hasmntopt routine is + * available to query the mount options of file systems. + */ +/*#define HAS_HASMNTOPT /**/ + +/* HAS_ILOGBL: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the ilogbl routine is + * available. If scalbnl is also present we can emulate frexpl. + */ +/*#define HAS_ILOGBL /**/ + +/* HAS_INT64_T: + * This symbol will defined if the C compiler supports int64_t. + * Usually the needs to be included, but sometimes + * is enough. + */ +/*#define HAS_INT64_T /**/ + +/* HAS_ISFINITE: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the isfinite routine is + * available to check whether a double is finite (non-infinity non-NaN). + */ +/*#define HAS_ISFINITE /**/ + +/* HAS_ISINF: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the isinf routine is + * available to check whether a double is an infinity. + */ +/*#define HAS_ISINF /**/ + +/* HAS_ISNAN: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the isnan routine is + * available to check whether a double is a NaN. + */ +#define HAS_ISNAN /**/ + +/* HAS_ISNANL: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the isnanl routine is + * available to check whether a long double is a NaN. + */ +/*#define HAS_ISNANL /**/ + +/* HAS_LDBL_DIG: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that this system's + * or defines the symbol LDBL_DIG, which is the number + * of significant digits in a long double precision number. Unlike + * for DBL_DIG, there's no good guess for LDBL_DIG if it is undefined. + */ +#define HAS_LDBL_DIG /**/ + +/* LIBM_LIB_VERSION: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that libm exports _LIB_VERSION + * and that math.h defines the enum to manipulate it. + */ +/*#define LIBM_LIB_VERSION /**/ + +/* HAS_MADVISE: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the madvise system call is + * available to map a file into memory. + */ +/*#define HAS_MADVISE /**/ + +/* HAS_MALLOC_SIZE: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the malloc_size + * routine is available for use. + */ +/*#define HAS_MALLOC_SIZE /**/ + +/* HAS_MALLOC_GOOD_SIZE: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the malloc_good_size + * routine is available for use. + */ +/*#define HAS_MALLOC_GOOD_SIZE /**/ + +/* HAS_MKDTEMP: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the mkdtemp routine is + * available to exclusively create a uniquely named temporary directory. + */ +/*#define HAS_MKDTEMP /**/ + +/* HAS_MKSTEMPS: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the mkstemps routine is + * available to excluslvely create and open a uniquely named + * (with a suffix) temporary file. + */ +/*#define HAS_MKSTEMPS /**/ + +/* HAS_MODFL: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the modfl routine is + * available to split a long double x into a fractional part f and + * an integer part i such that |f| < 1.0 and (f + i) = x. + */ +/* HAS_MODFL_PROTO: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the system provides + * a prototype for the modfl() function. Otherwise, it is up + * to the program to supply one. + */ +/* HAS_MODFL_POW32_BUG: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the modfl routine is + * broken for long doubles >= pow(2, 32). + * For example from 4294967303.150000 one would get 4294967302.000000 + * and 1.150000. The bug has been seen in certain versions of glibc, + * release 2.2.2 is known to be okay. + */ +/*#define HAS_MODFL /**/ +/*#define HAS_MODFL_PROTO /**/ +/*#define HAS_MODFL_POW32_BUG /**/ + +/* HAS_MPROTECT: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the mprotect system call is + * available to modify the access protection of a memory mapped file. + */ +/*#define HAS_MPROTECT /**/ + +/* HAS_STRUCT_MSGHDR: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the struct msghdr + * is supported. + */ +/*#define HAS_STRUCT_MSGHDR /**/ + +/* HAS_NL_LANGINFO: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the nl_langinfo routine is + * available to return local data. You will also need + * and therefore I_LANGINFO. + */ +/*#define HAS_NL_LANGINFO /**/ + +/* HAS_OFF64_T: + * This symbol will be defined if the C compiler supports off64_t. + */ +/*#define HAS_OFF64_T /**/ + +/* HAS_PROCSELFEXE: + * This symbol is defined if PROCSELFEXE_PATH is a symlink + * to the absolute pathname of the executing program. + */ +/* PROCSELFEXE_PATH: + * If HAS_PROCSELFEXE is defined this symbol is the filename + * of the symbolic link pointing to the absolute pathname of + * the executing program. + */ +/*#define HAS_PROCSELFEXE /**/ +#if defined(HAS_PROCSELFEXE) && !defined(PROCSELFEXE_PATH) +#define PROCSELFEXE_PATH /**/ +#endif + +/* HAS_PTHREAD_ATTR_SETSCOPE: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the pthread_attr_setscope + * system call is available to set the contention scope attribute of + * a thread attribute object. + */ +/*#define HAS_PTHREAD_ATTR_SETSCOPE /**/ + +/* HAS_READV: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the readv routine is + * available to do gather reads. You will also need + * and there I_SYSUIO. + */ +/*#define HAS_READV /**/ + +/* HAS_RECVMSG: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the recvmsg routine is + * available to send structured socket messages. + */ +/*#define HAS_RECVMSG /**/ + +/* HAS_SBRK_PROTO: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the system provides + * a prototype for the sbrk() function. Otherwise, it is up + * to the program to supply one. Good guesses are + * extern void* sbrk(int); + * extern void* sbrk(size_t); + */ +/*#define HAS_SBRK_PROTO /**/ + +/* HAS_SCALBNL: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the scalbnl routine is + * available. If ilogbl is also present we can emulate frexpl. + */ +/*#define HAS_SCALBNL /**/ + +/* HAS_SENDMSG: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the sendmsg routine is + * available to send structured socket messages. + */ +/*#define HAS_SENDMSG /**/ + +/* HAS_SETITIMER: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the setitimer routine is + * available to set interval timers. + */ +/*#define HAS_SETITIMER /**/ + +/* HAS_SETPROCTITLE: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the setproctitle routine is + * available to set process title. + */ +/*#define HAS_SETPROCTITLE /**/ + +/* USE_SFIO: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that sfio should + * be used. + */ +/*#define USE_SFIO /**/ + +/* HAS_SIGNBIT: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the signbit routine is + * available to check if the given number has the sign bit set. + * This should include correct testing of -0.0. This will only be set + * if the signbit() routine is safe to use with the NV type used internally + * in perl. Users should call Perl_signbit(), which will be #defined to + * the system's signbit() function or macro if this symbol is defined. + */ +/*#define HAS_SIGNBIT /**/ + +/* HAS_SIGPROCMASK: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the sigprocmask + * system call is available to examine or change the signal mask + * of the calling process. + */ +/*#define HAS_SIGPROCMASK /**/ + +/* USE_SITECUSTOMIZE: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that sitecustomize should + * be used. + */ +#ifndef USE_SITECUSTOMIZE +/*#define USE_SITECUSTOMIZE /**/ +#endif + +/* HAS_SNPRINTF: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the snprintf () library + * function is available for use. + */ +/* HAS_VSNPRINTF: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the vsnprintf () library + * function is available for use. + */ +#define HAS_SNPRINTF /**/ +#define HAS_VSNPRINTF /**/ + +/* HAS_SOCKATMARK: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the sockatmark routine is + * available to test whether a socket is at the out-of-band mark. + */ +/*#define HAS_SOCKATMARK /**/ + +/* HAS_SOCKATMARK_PROTO: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the system provides + * a prototype for the sockatmark() function. Otherwise, it is up + * to the program to supply one. A good guess is + * extern int sockatmark(int); + */ +/*#define HAS_SOCKATMARK_PROTO /**/ + +/* HAS_SOCKS5_INIT: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the socks5_init routine is + * available to initialize SOCKS 5. + */ +/*#define HAS_SOCKS5_INIT /**/ + +/* SPRINTF_RETURNS_STRLEN: + * This variable defines whether sprintf returns the length of the string + * (as per the ANSI spec). Some C libraries retain compatibility with + * pre-ANSI C and return a pointer to the passed in buffer; for these + * this variable will be undef. + */ +#define SPRINTF_RETURNS_STRLEN /**/ + +/* HAS_SQRTL: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the sqrtl routine is + * available to do long double square roots. + */ +/*#define HAS_SQRTL /**/ + +/* HAS_SETRESGID_PROTO: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the system provides + * a prototype for the setresgid() function. Otherwise, it is up + * to the program to supply one. Good guesses are + * extern int setresgid(uid_t ruid, uid_t euid, uid_t suid); + */ +/*#define HAS_SETRESGID_PROTO /**/ + +/* HAS_SETRESUID_PROTO: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the system provides + * a prototype for the setresuid() function. Otherwise, it is up + * to the program to supply one. Good guesses are + * extern int setresuid(uid_t ruid, uid_t euid, uid_t suid); + */ +/*#define HAS_SETRESUID_PROTO /**/ + +/* HAS_STRUCT_STATFS_F_FLAGS: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the struct statfs + * does have the f_flags member containing the mount flags of + * the filesystem containing the file. + * This kind of struct statfs is coming from (BSD 4.3), + * not from (SYSV). Older BSDs (like Ultrix) do not + * have statfs() and struct statfs, they have ustat() and getmnt() + * with struct ustat and struct fs_data. + */ +/*#define HAS_STRUCT_STATFS_F_FLAGS /**/ + +/* HAS_STRUCT_STATFS: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the struct statfs + * to do statfs() is supported. + */ +/*#define HAS_STRUCT_STATFS /**/ + +/* HAS_FSTATVFS: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the fstatvfs routine is + * available to stat filesystems by file descriptors. + */ +/*#define HAS_FSTATVFS /**/ + +/* HAS_STRFTIME: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the strftime routine is + * available to do time formatting. + */ +#define HAS_STRFTIME /**/ + +/* HAS_STRLCAT: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the strlcat () routine is + * available to do string concatenation. + */ +/*#define HAS_STRLCAT /**/ + +/* HAS_STRLCPY: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the strlcpy () routine is + * available to do string copying. + */ +/*#define HAS_STRLCPY /**/ + +/* HAS_STRTOLD: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the strtold routine is + * available to convert strings to long doubles. + */ +/*#define HAS_STRTOLD /**/ + +/* HAS_STRTOLL: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the strtoll routine is + * available to convert strings to long longs. + */ +#define HAS_STRTOLL /**/ + +/* HAS_STRTOQ: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the strtoq routine is + * available to convert strings to long longs (quads). + */ +/*#define HAS_STRTOQ /**/ + +/* HAS_STRTOULL: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the strtoull routine is + * available to convert strings to unsigned long longs. + */ +#define HAS_STRTOULL /**/ + +/* HAS_STRTOUQ: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the strtouq routine is + * available to convert strings to unsigned long longs (quads). + */ +/*#define HAS_STRTOUQ /**/ + +/* HAS_SYSCALL_PROTO: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the system provides + * a prototype for the syscall() function. Otherwise, it is up + * to the program to supply one. Good guesses are + * extern int syscall(int, ...); + * extern int syscall(long, ...); + */ +/*#define HAS_SYSCALL_PROTO /**/ + +/* HAS_TELLDIR_PROTO: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the system provides + * a prototype for the telldir() function. Otherwise, it is up + * to the program to supply one. A good guess is + * extern long telldir(DIR*); + */ +#define HAS_TELLDIR_PROTO /**/ + +/* U32_ALIGNMENT_REQUIRED: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that you must access + * character data through U32-aligned pointers. + */ +#ifndef U32_ALIGNMENT_REQUIRED +#define U32_ALIGNMENT_REQUIRED /**/ +#endif + +/* HAS_UALARM: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the ualarm routine is + * available to do alarms with microsecond granularity. + */ +/*#define HAS_UALARM /**/ + +/* HAS_UNORDERED: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the unordered routine is + * available to check whether two doubles are unordered + * (effectively: whether either of them is NaN) + */ +/*#define HAS_UNORDERED /**/ + +/* HAS_UNSETENV: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the unsetenv () routine is + * available for use. + */ +/*#define HAS_UNSETENV /**/ + +/* HAS_USLEEP_PROTO: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the system provides + * a prototype for the usleep() function. Otherwise, it is up + * to the program to supply one. A good guess is + * extern int usleep(useconds_t); + */ +/*#define HAS_USLEEP_PROTO /**/ + +/* HAS_USTAT: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the ustat system call is + * available to query file system statistics by dev_t. + */ +/*#define HAS_USTAT /**/ + +/* HAS_WRITEV: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the writev routine is + * available to do scatter writes. + */ +/*#define HAS_WRITEV /**/ + +/* USE_DYNAMIC_LOADING: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that dynamic loading of + * some sort is available. + */ +#define USE_DYNAMIC_LOADING /**/ + +/* FFLUSH_NULL: + * This symbol, if defined, tells that fflush(NULL) does flush + * all pending stdio output. + */ +/* FFLUSH_ALL: + * This symbol, if defined, tells that to flush + * all pending stdio output one must loop through all + * the stdio file handles stored in an array and fflush them. + * Note that if fflushNULL is defined, fflushall will not + * even be probed for and will be left undefined. + */ +#define FFLUSH_NULL /**/ +/*#define FFLUSH_ALL /**/ + +/* I_ASSERT: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that exists and + * could be included by the C program to get the assert() macro. + */ +#define I_ASSERT /**/ + +/* I_CRYPT: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that exists and + * should be included. + */ +/*#define I_CRYPT /**/ + +/* DB_Prefix_t: + * This symbol contains the type of the prefix structure element + * in the header file. In older versions of DB, it was + * int, while in newer ones it is u_int32_t. + */ +/* DB_Hash_t: + * This symbol contains the type of the prefix structure element + * in the header file. In older versions of DB, it was + * int, while in newer ones it is size_t. + */ +/* DB_VERSION_MAJOR_CFG: + * This symbol, if defined, defines the major version number of + * Berkeley DB found in the header when Perl was configured. + */ +/* DB_VERSION_MINOR_CFG: + * This symbol, if defined, defines the minor version number of + * Berkeley DB found in the header when Perl was configured. + * For DB version 1 this is always 0. + */ +/* DB_VERSION_PATCH_CFG: + * This symbol, if defined, defines the patch version number of + * Berkeley DB found in the header when Perl was configured. + * For DB version 1 this is always 0. + */ +#define DB_Hash_t int /**/ +#define DB_Prefix_t int /**/ +#define DB_VERSION_MAJOR_CFG 0 /**/ +#define DB_VERSION_MINOR_CFG 0 /**/ +#define DB_VERSION_PATCH_CFG 0 /**/ + +/* I_FP: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that exists and + * should be included. + */ +/*#define I_FP /**/ + +/* I_FP_CLASS: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that exists and + * should be included. + */ +/*#define I_FP_CLASS /**/ + +/* I_IEEEFP: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that exists and + * should be included. + */ +/*#define I_IEEEFP /**/ + +/* I_INTTYPES: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that it should + * include . + */ +/*#define I_INTTYPES /**/ + +/* I_LANGINFO: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that exists and + * should be included. + */ +/*#define I_LANGINFO /**/ + +/* I_LIBUTIL: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that exists and + * should be included. + */ +/*#define I_LIBUTIL /**/ + +/* I_MNTENT: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that exists and + * should be included. + */ +/*#define I_MNTENT /**/ + +/* I_NETINET_TCP: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that it should + * include . + */ +/*#define I_NETINET_TCP /**/ + +/* I_POLL: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that exists and + * should be included. (see also HAS_POLL) + */ +/*#define I_POLL /**/ + +/* I_PROT: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that exists and + * should be included. + */ +/*#define I_PROT /**/ + +/* I_SHADOW: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that exists and + * should be included. + */ +/*#define I_SHADOW /**/ + +/* I_SOCKS: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that exists and + * should be included. + */ +/*#define I_SOCKS /**/ + +/* I_SUNMATH: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that exists and + * should be included. + */ +/*#define I_SUNMATH /**/ + +/* I_SYSLOG: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that exists and + * should be included. + */ +/*#define I_SYSLOG /**/ + +/* I_SYSMODE: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that exists and + * should be included. + */ +/*#define I_SYSMODE /**/ + +/* I_SYS_MOUNT: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that exists and + * should be included. + */ +/*#define I_SYS_MOUNT /**/ + +/* I_SYS_STATFS: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that exists. + */ +/*#define I_SYS_STATFS /**/ + +/* I_SYS_STATVFS: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that exists and + * should be included. + */ +/*#define I_SYS_STATVFS /**/ + +/* I_SYSUTSNAME: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that exists and + * should be included. + */ +/*#define I_SYSUTSNAME /**/ + +/* I_SYS_VFS: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that exists and + * should be included. + */ +/*#define I_SYS_VFS /**/ + +/* I_USTAT: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that exists and + * should be included. + */ +/*#define I_USTAT /**/ + +/* PERL_PRIfldbl: + * This symbol, if defined, contains the string used by stdio to + * format long doubles (format 'f') for output. + */ +/* PERL_PRIgldbl: + * This symbol, if defined, contains the string used by stdio to + * format long doubles (format 'g') for output. + */ +/* PERL_PRIeldbl: + * This symbol, if defined, contains the string used by stdio to + * format long doubles (format 'e') for output. + */ +/* PERL_SCNfldbl: + * This symbol, if defined, contains the string used by stdio to + * format long doubles (format 'f') for input. + */ +/*#define PERL_PRIfldbl "f" /**/ +/*#define PERL_PRIgldbl "g" /**/ +/*#define PERL_PRIeldbl "e" /**/ +/*#define PERL_SCNfldbl "f" /**/ + +/* PERL_MAD: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the Misc Attribution + * Declaration code should be conditionally compiled. + */ +/*#define PERL_MAD /**/ + +/* NEED_VA_COPY: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the system stores + * the variable argument list datatype, va_list, in a format + * that cannot be copied by simple assignment, so that some + * other means must be used when copying is required. + * As such systems vary in their provision (or non-provision) + * of copying mechanisms, handy.h defines a platform- + * independent macro, Perl_va_copy(src, dst), to do the job. + */ +/*#define NEED_VA_COPY /**/ + +/* IVTYPE: + * This symbol defines the C type used for Perl's IV. + */ +/* UVTYPE: + * This symbol defines the C type used for Perl's UV. + */ +/* I8TYPE: + * This symbol defines the C type used for Perl's I8. + */ +/* U8TYPE: + * This symbol defines the C type used for Perl's U8. + */ +/* I16TYPE: + * This symbol defines the C type used for Perl's I16. + */ +/* U16TYPE: + * This symbol defines the C type used for Perl's U16. + */ +/* I32TYPE: + * This symbol defines the C type used for Perl's I32. + */ +/* U32TYPE: + * This symbol defines the C type used for Perl's U32. + */ +/* I64TYPE: + * This symbol defines the C type used for Perl's I64. + */ +/* U64TYPE: + * This symbol defines the C type used for Perl's U64. + */ +/* NVTYPE: + * This symbol defines the C type used for Perl's NV. + */ +/* IVSIZE: + * This symbol contains the sizeof(IV). + */ +/* UVSIZE: + * This symbol contains the sizeof(UV). + */ +/* I8SIZE: + * This symbol contains the sizeof(I8). + */ +/* U8SIZE: + * This symbol contains the sizeof(U8). + */ +/* I16SIZE: + * This symbol contains the sizeof(I16). + */ +/* U16SIZE: + * This symbol contains the sizeof(U16). + */ +/* I32SIZE: + * This symbol contains the sizeof(I32). + */ +/* U32SIZE: + * This symbol contains the sizeof(U32). + */ +/* I64SIZE: + * This symbol contains the sizeof(I64). + */ +/* U64SIZE: + * This symbol contains the sizeof(U64). + */ +/* NVSIZE: + * This symbol contains the sizeof(NV). + */ +/* NV_PRESERVES_UV: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that a variable of type NVTYPE + * can preserve all the bits of a variable of type UVTYPE. + */ +/* NV_PRESERVES_UV_BITS: + * This symbol contains the number of bits a variable of type NVTYPE + * can preserve of a variable of type UVTYPE. + */ +/* NV_OVERFLOWS_INTEGERS_AT: + * This symbol gives the largest integer value that NVs can hold. This + * value + 1.0 cannot be stored accurately. It is expressed as constant + * floating point expression to reduce the chance of decimale/binary + * conversion issues. If it can not be determined, the value 0 is given. + */ +/* NV_ZERO_IS_ALLBITS_ZERO: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that a variable of type NVTYPE + * stores 0.0 in memory as all bits zero. + */ +#define IVTYPE __int64 /**/ +#define UVTYPE unsigned __int64 /**/ +#define I8TYPE char /**/ +#define U8TYPE unsigned char /**/ +#define I16TYPE short /**/ +#define U16TYPE unsigned short /**/ +#define I32TYPE long /**/ +#define U32TYPE unsigned long /**/ +#ifdef HAS_QUAD +#define I64TYPE __int64 /**/ +#define U64TYPE unsigned __int64 /**/ +#endif +#define NVTYPE double /**/ +#define IVSIZE 8 /**/ +#define UVSIZE 8 /**/ +#define I8SIZE 1 /**/ +#define U8SIZE 1 /**/ +#define I16SIZE 2 /**/ +#define U16SIZE 2 /**/ +#define I32SIZE 4 /**/ +#define U32SIZE 4 /**/ +#ifdef HAS_QUAD +#define I64SIZE 8 /**/ +#define U64SIZE 8 /**/ +#endif +#define NVSIZE 8 /**/ +#undef NV_PRESERVES_UV +#define NV_PRESERVES_UV_BITS 53 +#define NV_OVERFLOWS_INTEGERS_AT 256.0*256.0*256.0*256.0*256.0*256.0*2.0*2.0*2.0*2.0*2.0 +#define NV_ZERO_IS_ALLBITS_ZERO +#if UVSIZE == 8 +# ifdef BYTEORDER +# if BYTEORDER == 0x1234 +# undef BYTEORDER +# define BYTEORDER 0x12345678 +# else +# if BYTEORDER == 0x4321 +# undef BYTEORDER +# define BYTEORDER 0x87654321 +# endif +# endif +# endif +#endif + +/* IVdf: + * This symbol defines the format string used for printing a Perl IV + * as a signed decimal integer. + */ +/* UVuf: + * This symbol defines the format string used for printing a Perl UV + * as an unsigned decimal integer. + */ +/* UVof: + * This symbol defines the format string used for printing a Perl UV + * as an unsigned octal integer. + */ +/* UVxf: + * This symbol defines the format string used for printing a Perl UV + * as an unsigned hexadecimal integer in lowercase abcdef. + */ +/* UVXf: + * This symbol defines the format string used for printing a Perl UV + * as an unsigned hexadecimal integer in uppercase ABCDEF. + */ +/* NVef: + * This symbol defines the format string used for printing a Perl NV + * using %e-ish floating point format. + */ +/* NVff: + * This symbol defines the format string used for printing a Perl NV + * using %f-ish floating point format. + */ +/* NVgf: + * This symbol defines the format string used for printing a Perl NV + * using %g-ish floating point format. + */ +#define IVdf "I64d" /**/ +#define UVuf "I64u" /**/ +#define UVof "I64o" /**/ +#define UVxf "I64x" /**/ +#define UVXf "I64X" /**/ +#define NVef "e" /**/ +#define NVff "f" /**/ +#define NVgf "g" /**/ + +/* SELECT_MIN_BITS: + * This symbol holds the minimum number of bits operated by select. + * That is, if you do select(n, ...), how many bits at least will be + * cleared in the masks if some activity is detected. Usually this + * is either n or 32*ceil(n/32), especially many little-endians do + * the latter. This is only useful if you have select(), naturally. + */ +#define SELECT_MIN_BITS 32 /**/ + +/* STARTPERL: + * This variable contains the string to put in front of a perl + * script to make sure (one hopes) that it runs with perl and not + * some shell. + */ +#define STARTPERL "#!perl" /**/ + +/* HAS_STDIO_STREAM_ARRAY: + * This symbol, if defined, tells that there is an array + * holding the stdio streams. + */ +/* STDIO_STREAM_ARRAY: + * This symbol tells the name of the array holding the stdio streams. + * Usual values include _iob, __iob, and __sF. + */ +/*#define HAS_STDIO_STREAM_ARRAY /**/ +#ifdef HAS_STDIO_STREAM_ARRAY +#define STDIO_STREAM_ARRAY +#endif + /* USE_64_BIT_INT: * This symbol, if defined, indicates that 64-bit integers should * be used when available. If not defined, the native integers @@ -4291,18 +4408,23 @@ #ifndef USE_64_BIT_INT #define USE_64_BIT_INT /**/ #endif - #ifndef USE_64_BIT_ALL /*#define USE_64_BIT_ALL /**/ #endif +/* USE_DTRACE: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that Perl should + * be built with support for DTrace. + */ +/*#define USE_DTRACE /**/ + /* USE_FAST_STDIO: * This symbol, if defined, indicates that Perl should * be built to use 'fast stdio'. * Defaults to define in Perls 5.8 and earlier, to undef later. */ #ifndef USE_FAST_STDIO -/*#define USE_FAST_STDIO / **/ +/*#define USE_FAST_STDIO /**/ #endif /* USE_LARGE_FILES: @@ -4354,97 +4476,4 @@ /*#define USE_SOCKS /**/ #endif -/* USE_ITHREADS: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that Perl should be built to - * use the interpreter-based threading implementation. - */ -/* USE_5005THREADS: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that Perl should be built to - * use the 5.005-based threading implementation. - */ -/* OLD_PTHREADS_API: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that Perl should - * be built to use the old draft POSIX threads API. - */ -/* USE_REENTRANT_API: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that Perl should - * try to use the various _r versions of library functions. - * This is extremely experimental. - */ -/*#define USE_5005THREADS /**/ -/*#define USE_ITHREADS /**/ -#if defined(USE_5005THREADS) && !defined(USE_ITHREADS) -#define USE_THREADS /* until src is revised*/ -#endif -/*#define OLD_PTHREADS_API /**/ -/*#define USE_REENTRANT_API /**/ - -/* USE_DTRACE - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that Perl should - * be built with support for DTrace. - */ -/*#define USE_DTRACE / **/ - -/* PERL_VENDORARCH: - * If defined, this symbol contains the name of a private library. - * The library is private in the sense that it needn't be in anyone's - * execution path, but it should be accessible by the world. - * It may have a ~ on the front. - * The standard distribution will put nothing in this directory. - * Vendors who distribute perl may wish to place their own - * architecture-dependent modules and extensions in this directory with - * MakeMaker Makefile.PL INSTALLDIRS=vendor - * or equivalent. See INSTALL for details. - */ -/* PERL_VENDORARCH_EXP: - * This symbol contains the ~name expanded version of PERL_VENDORARCH, to be used - * in programs that are not prepared to deal with ~ expansion at run-time. - */ -/*#define PERL_VENDORARCH "" /**/ -/*#define PERL_VENDORARCH_EXP "" /**/ - -/* PERL_VENDORLIB_EXP: - * This symbol contains the ~name expanded version of VENDORLIB, to be used - * in programs that are not prepared to deal with ~ expansion at run-time. - */ -/* PERL_VENDORLIB_STEM: - * This define is PERL_VENDORLIB_EXP with any trailing version-specific component - * removed. The elements in inc_version_list (inc_version_list.U) can - * be tacked onto this variable to generate a list of directories to search. - */ -/*#define PERL_VENDORLIB_EXP "" /**/ -/*#define PERL_VENDORLIB_STEM "" /**/ - -/* VOIDFLAGS: - * This symbol indicates how much support of the void type is given by this - * compiler. What various bits mean: - * - * 1 = supports declaration of void - * 2 = supports arrays of pointers to functions returning void - * 4 = supports comparisons between pointers to void functions and - * addresses of void functions - * 8 = suports declaration of generic void pointers - * - * The package designer should define VOIDUSED to indicate the requirements - * of the package. This can be done either by #defining VOIDUSED before - * including config.h, or by defining defvoidused in Myinit.U. If the - * latter approach is taken, only those flags will be tested. If the - * level of void support necessary is not present, defines void to int. - */ -#ifndef VOIDUSED -#define VOIDUSED 15 -#endif -#define VOIDFLAGS 15 -#if (VOIDFLAGS & VOIDUSED) != VOIDUSED -#define void int /* is void to be avoided? */ -#define M_VOID /* Xenix strikes again */ -#endif - -/* HAS_POLL: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the poll routine is - * available to poll active file descriptors. You may safely - * include when both this symbol *and* I_POLL are defined. - */ -/*#define HAS_POLL /**/ - #endif